Youth Competition Times

MATHS
CAPSULE
Useful for All Competitive Exams :

Useful for :

Y
RRB : NTPC, GROUP-D, ALP, JE, RPF CONSTABLE, SI
SP
SSC : CGL, CHSL, CPO-SI, GD, MTS, DELHI POLICE CONSTABLE
UPSSSC, PET, UPSI, UPP CONSTABLE, JAIL WARDEN, FIREMAN, RADIO OPERATOR,
BIHAR SI/CONSTABLE, MP SI/CONSTABLE, RAJASTHAN SI/ CONSTABLE, HARYANA
POLICE, DSSSB, HSSCE, TET, CTET, BANK, NAVODAY/ARMY SCHOOL, IB, NDA, CDS.
AGNIVEER : AIR FORCE X & Y, ARMY GD/CLERK, NAVY SSR/MR
am
And All Other Competitive Exams

Chief Editor
A.K. Mahajan
Compiled & Written by
Te

Saurabh Khare

Computer Graphics by
Balkrishna & Pankaj Kushwaha

Editorial Office
12, Church Lane Prayagraj-211002
: 9415650134
Email : [email protected]
website : www.yctbooks.com/www.yctfastbook.com/ www.yctbooksprime.com
 All Rights Reserved with Publisher

Publisher Declaration
Edited and Published by A.K. Mahajan for YCT Publications Pvt. Ltd.
and E:Book by APP Youth Prime BOOKS In order to Publish the book,
full care has been taken by the Editor and the Publisher,
still your suggestions and queries are welcomed.
In case of any dispute, the judicial area will be Prayagraj.
 efJe<eÙe metÛeer (Index)
DebkeâieefCele ...................................................................3-60 A. efÉ-DeeÙeeceer/efJeceerÙe #esleefceefle-(2D-
1. mebKÙee heæefle (Number System) .................. 3-32 Mensuration) ......................................... 103
A. DebkeâeW keâe efJeYeepeve-ØeJeen DeejsKe (Division B. ef$e-DeeÙeeceer/ef$eefJeceerÙe #esleefceefle-(3D-
of numbers-flow chart) .............................. 3 Mensuration) ......................................... 134
B. efJeYeeefpelee kesâ efveÙece (Divisibility Rules) ......... 5 21. yeerpeieefCele (Algebra) ............................. 155-164
C. mLeeveerÙeceeve Deewj peeleerÙeceeve (Place value 22. ef$ekeâesCeefceefle (Trigonometry)................. 165-172
and Face Value )........................................ 7 23. TBÛeeF& Deewj otjer (Height & Distance) .... 173-175
D. mebKÙeeDeeW ceW Yeeie mebef›eâÙeeSB (Division meebefKÙekeâer (Statistics) .................................... 176-208
Operations in Number) .............................. 8
E. FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ (Unit Digit) ........................... 9 24. kesâvõerÙe ØeJe=efòe keâer ceehe (Measurement of
F. MetvÙe mLeeve (Zero Place) ............................. 10 Central Tendency)............................... 176-187
H. Mes<eheâue ØecesÙe (Remainder Theorem ) ......... 15 A. meceevlej ceeOÙe (Arithmetic Mean) ............. 176
2. ØeefleMele (Percentage) ................................. 33-36 B. iegCeesòej ceeOÙe (Geometric Mean) .............. 180
3. ueeYe Deewj neefve (Profit & Loss) ................. 36-38 C. njelcekeâ ceeOÙe (Harmonic Mean) .............. 180
4. Útš (Discount)........................................... 38-39 D. meceevlej ceeOÙe, iegCeesòej ceeOÙe leLee njelcekeâ
5. Devegheele-meceevegheele (Ratio-Proportion) ...... 39-41 ceeOÙe kesâ ceOÙe mecyevOe

Y
6. meePesoejer (Partnership).............................. 42-42 (The Relation Between Arithmetic
7. efceßeCe Deewj mebueÙeve (Mixture & Mean, Geometric Mean & Harmonic

8.
SP
Alligation)................................................. 43-45
meceÙe Deewj keâeÙe& (Time & Work) ............... 45-46
Mean) .................................................... 181
E. ceeefOÙekeâe (Median) ................................... 181
9. heeFhe Deewj šbkeâer (Pipe & Cistern)............... 46-47 F. yenguekeâ Ùee YetefÙe‰keâ (Mode) ....................... 184
10. meeOeejCe yÙeepe (Simple Interest) ............... 47-48 G. DevegYeJepevÙe mecyevOe ceeOÙe ceeefOÙekeâe Deewj
11. Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe (Compound Interest) ....... 49-50 yenguekeâ (Empirical Relation between
m
12. meceÙe, Ûeeue Deewj otjer (Time, Speed & Mean, Median and Mode) ..................... 185
H. efJeYeepeve cetuÙe (Partition Value)................ 186
Distance) ................................................... 51-53
13. jsueieeÌ[er (Train) ......................................... 54-55 25. DeheefkeâjCe keâer ceehe (Measurement of
a

14. veeJe Deewj Oeeje (Boat & Stream) ................ 55-56 Dispersion) ........................................... 188-194
15. oewÌ[ (Race) ................................................ 57-58 A. DeheefkeâjCe (Dispersion) ........................ 188
DeeÙeg (Age) ................................................. 58-58
Te

16. B. øemejCe (Variance) ................................... 188

17. Deewmele (Average) ....................................... 59-60 C. DeheefkeâjCe ceeheves keâer jerefleÙeeB (Method of
S[Jeebm[ (Advanced) ...................................... 61-175 Dispersion of Measurement) ................. 188
18. pÙeeefceefle (Geometry) .................................. 69-97 (i) efJemleej (Range) ................................ 189
A. jsKee Deewj keâesCe (Line and Angle) ................ 61 (ii) Devlej ÛelegLe&keâ efJemleej (Inter
Quartile Range) .............................. 189
B. ef$eYegpe (Triangle) ....................................... 63
C. ef$eYegpe keâer meJeeËiemecelee leLee mece™helee (iii) Melecekeâ efJemleej (Percentile Range) ... 189
(Congruency & Similarity of (iv) ÛelegLe&keâ efJeÛeueve (Quartile
Triangle) .................................................. 66 deviation) ....................................... 190
D. ef$eYegpe kesâ kesâvõ (Centre of Triangle) ............ 68 (v) ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve (Mean Deviation) ....... 191
E. ÛelegYeg&pe (Quadrilateral) .............................. 77 (vi) Øeceehe DeLeJee ceevekeâ efJeÛeueve
F. Je=òe (Circle) .............................................. 87 (Standard Deviation) ...................... 192
G. Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe (Cyclic Quadrilateral) ......... 95 D. DeheefkeâjCe keâer ceeheeW keâe mecyevOe
H. õJÙeceeve efyevog pÙeeefceefle (Mass Point (Relationship between Measures of
Geometry) ............................................... 97 Dispersion) ............................................ 194
19. efveoxMeebkeâ pÙeeefceefle (Co-ordinate 26. ›eâceÛeÙe Deewj mebÛeÙe (Permutation &
Geometry) .............................................. 98-102 Combination) ....................................... 195-197
20. #es$eefceefle (Mensuration) ........................ 103-154 27. ØeeefÙekeâlee (Probability) ......................... 198-208
2
 Y
SP
am
Te

Maths Capsule 3 YCT

 Y
SP
hegvejeJe=efòe kesâ meeLe Jeeues oMeceueJe keâes heefjcesÙe mebKÙee keâs ™he ceW 21 mes Úesšer DeYeepÙe mebKÙeeSB (Prime number less than 21)
JÙeòeâ keâj mekeâles nQ~ (Decimals with repetition can be = 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19,
expressed as rational numbers). ∵ 437, 19 mes hetCe&le: efJeYeepÙe nw~ (437 is completly
m
divisible by 19)
DeYeepÙe Ùee ™Ì[ mebKÙeeDeeW keâer henÛeeve
∴ 437 Skeâ YeepÙe mebKÙee nw~
(The test of prime number)
(437 is a composite number).
ceevee 'a' keâesF& oer ieÙeer mebKÙee nw leLee 'n' Jen Úesšer mes Úesšer
a

Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙee nw, (Let a is any give number and n is DeYeepÙe mebKÙeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee
the smallest natural number). (Number of prime numbers)
Te

peneB (where), n2 ≥ a 1-10 kesâ yeerÛe DeYeepÙe mebKÙee 4

Deye oer ieÙeer mebKÙee keâes 'n' leLee Fmemes Úesšer ØelÙeskeâ DeYeepÙe (Prime numbers between 1-10)
mebKÙee mes efJeYeòeâ keâjkesâ osKes~ Ùeefo FveceW mes efkeâmeer Yeer mebKÙee mes 1-50 kesâ yeerÛe DeYeepÙe mebKÙee 15
'a' hetCe&le: efJeYeòeâ veneR neslee nw leye 'a' Skeâ DeYeepÙe mebKÙee
(Prime numbers between 1-50)
nesieer, DevÙeLee veneR~
1-100 kesâ yeerÛe DeYeepÙe mebKÙee 25
Now divide the given number by 'n' and smaller than
each prime number. If 'a' is not completely divisible (Prime numbers between 1-100)
by any of these numbers, then 'a' will be a prime 1-200 kesâ yeerÛe DeYeepÙe mebKÙee 46
number otherwise not. (Prime numbers between 1-200)
Ex. 241 keâe hejer#eCe (Test of 241)– 1-1000 kesâ yeerÛe DeYeepÙe mebKÙee 168
241 ⇒ 162 ≥ 241 (Prime numbers between 1-1000)
16 mes Úesšer DeYeepÙe mebKÙeeSB (Prime number less than 16)
= 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13 ØeLece DeYeepÙe mebKÙee (First prime number) = 2
∵ 241, 16 mes Úesšer efkeâmeer Yeer DeYeepÙe mebKÙee mes efJeYeòeâ veneR nw~ ØelÙeskeâ DeYeepÙe mebKÙee keâes (6k ± 1) kesâ ™he ceW efueKee pee
(241 is not divisible by any prime number less than 16) mekeâlee nw~ uesefkeâve ØelÙeskeâ (6k ± 1) DeeJeMÙekeâ ™he mes DeYeepÙe
∴ 241 DeYeepÙe mebKÙee nw~ mebKÙee veneR nes mekeâleer nw~
(241 is a prime number). Each prime number can be written as (6k ± 1) form.
Ex. 437 keâe hejer#eCe (Test of 437)– But every (6k ± 1) from may not be necessarily
437 ⇒ 212 ≥ 437 prime number.
Maths Capsule 4 YCT
 3 leLee 9 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 3 and 9)
3 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 3) –: Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee
kesâ DebkeâeW keâe Ùeesie 3 mes efJeYeepÙe nw lees Jen mebKÙee 3 mes efJeYeepÙe
efJeYeeefpelee kesâ efveÙece (Divisibility Rules) nesieer~
If the sum of its all digits of a number is divisible by
2, 4, 8 leLee 16 keâer efJeYeeefpelee 3, then the number is divisible by 3.
(Divisibility of 2, 4, 8 and 16) Ex. 78141
7 + 8 +1+ 4 +1 21
2 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 2)–: Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee ⇒ = = 7 (efJeYeepÙe/divisible)
3 3
keâe FkeâeF& (Debeflece) keâe Debkeâ Ùee lees '0' nes Ùee 2 mes efJeYeepÙe nes Dele: mebKÙee 78141, 3 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ (Hence, the
lees Jen mebKÙee 2 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ number 78141 will be divisible by 3)
If the digit at unit place of a number is either '0' or Ex. 246753
divisible by 2, then the number is divisible by 2.
2 + 4 + 6 + 7 + 5 + 3 27
Ex. 8570, 7242, 9376 ⇒ = = 9 (efJeYeepÙe/divisible)
4 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 4)–: Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee 3 3
Dele: mebKÙee 246753, 3 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ (Hence, the
kesâ Deefvlece oes Debkeâ (FkeâeF&, oneF&) Ùee lees '00' nes Ùee 4 mes
number 246753 will be divisible by 3)
efJeYeepÙe nes lees Jen mebKÙee 4 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~
9 keâer efJeYeeefpelee –: Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee kesâ DebkeâeW keâe Ùeesie 9
If the last two digits (ten's place, units place) of a
mes efJeYeepÙe nw lees Jen mebKÙee 9 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~

Y
number is either '00' or divisible by 4, then the
number is divisible by 4. If the sum of its all digits of a number is divsible by
Ex. 8700, 6924, 6376 9, then the number is divisible by 9)
SP
8 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 8)–: Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee
kesâ Deefvlece leerve Debkeâ (FkeâeF&, oneF&, mewkeâÌ[e), Ùee lees '000' Ùee
Ex. 764352

⇒
7 +6+4+3+5+2 27
= 3 (efJeYeepÙe/divisible)
8 mes efJeYeepÙe nes, lees mebKÙee 8 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ 9 9
If the last three digits (Hundred's place, ten's place, Dele: mebKÙee 764352, 9 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ (Hence, the
units place) of a number is either '000' or divisible number 764352 will be divisible by 9)
am
by 8, then the number is divisible by 8.
Ex. 63000, 9248, 7464 Ex. 432432
16 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 16)–: Ùeefo efkeâmeer 4 + 3 + 2 + 4 + 3 + 2 18
⇒ = = 2 (efJeYeepÙe/divisible)
mebKÙee kesâ Deefvlece Ûeej Debkeâ (FkeâeF&, oneF&, mewkeâÌ[e, npeej), Ùee 9 9
lees '0000' Ùee 16 mes efJeYeepÙe nes, lees mebKÙee 16 mes efJeYeepÙe Dele: mebKÙee 432432, 9 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ (Hence, the
number 432432 will be divisible by 9)
nesieer~
Te

3 Deewj 9 keâer efJeYeeefpelee ceW, Ùeesie kesâ mLeeve hej ‘DebkeâerÙe Ùeesie’
If the last three digits (Thousand's place, hundred's
place, ten's place, units place) of a number is either (Digital sum) keâe ØeÙeesie keâj mekeâles nQ~
'0000' or divisible by 16, then the number is In divisibility of 3 and 9, we can use 'digital sum' in
divisible by 16. place of sum.
Ex. 630000, 948464 DebkeâerÙe Ùeesie (Digital sum)– Ùen kesâJeue Mes<eheâue keâer efmLeefle
nw peye Fmes 9 mes efJeYeeefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ DeLee&led DebkeâeW keâe
Ùeesie 9 nesvee ÛeeefnS~ 9 mes DeefOekeâ nesves hej Debkeâes keâes Deeheme ceW
peesÌ[ osles nQ~
It is just a position of remainder when it is divided
by 9. That is, the sum of the digits should be 9. If it
is more than 9 then add the digits together.
Digitalsum
Ex. 10 
→1 + 0 = 1
Digitalsum
11 
→1 + 1 = 2
Digitalsum
84 
→ 8 + 4 = 12 1 2 3
Digitalsum
786 
→ 7 + 8 + 6 = 21 2 1
3
Gve meYeer DebkeâeW keâes keâeš oW efpevekeâe Ùeesie 9 nw~ (Cut all
digits whose sum is 9)

Maths Capsule 5 YCT

 Skeâ hetCe& Jeie& mebKÙee keâe ef[efpešue Ùeesie 0 Ùee 9, 1, 4, 7 nw~ If the number obtained by subtracting twice the unit
(Digital sum of a perfect square number 0 or 9, 1, 4, digit from the remaining number excluding the unit
7) digit, is divisible by 7, then that number will be
DebMe mebKÙee ceW ef[efpešue Ùeesie keâer ieCevee keâjves kesâ efueS ncesMee divisible by 7. Repeat this process again and again
for larger numbers.
nj ceW ef[efpešue Ùeesie 1 yeveeSb~ Ex. 343
To calculate digital sum in fraction number, then
always make digital sum 1 in denominator.
nj iegCekeâ DebkeâerÙe Ùeesie
(Demominator) (Multiply) (Digital sum)
4 4 × 7 = 28 1 Dele: 343, 7 mes efJeYeepÙe nw~
7 7 × 4 = 28 1 (Hence, 343 is divisible by 7)
Ex. 383838
5 5 × 2 = 10 1
2 2 × 5 = 10 1
8 8 × 8 = 64 1
Note– Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee keâe nj 3, 6 Ùee 9 nw, lees DebkeâerÙe Ùeesie
kesâ efueS 1 veneR yevee mekeâles nQ~ (If the denominator of a
number is 3, 6 or 9 then 1 can not be made for the
digital sum).
5, 10, 25 Deewj 100 keâer efJeYeeefpelee
(Divisibility of 5, 10, 25 and 100) Dele: 383838, 7 mes efJeYeepÙe nw~
5 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 5) –: Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee (Hence, 383838 is divisible by 7)
keâe FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ 0 Ùee 5 nw lees Jen mebKÙee 5 mes efJeYeepÙe 11 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 11)–: Ùeefo efkeâmeer
nesieer~ mebKÙee kesâ mecemLeeveeW kesâ DebkeâeW Ùeesie, efJe<ece mLeeveeW kesâ DebkeâeW keâe
If the digit at unit place of a number is either 0 or 5 Ùeesie, keâe Deblej Ùee lees MetvÙe nes Ùee 11 keâe iegCepe nes, lees Jen
then the number is divisible by 5. mebKÙee 11 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~
Ex. 24520, 28735 If the difference of the sum of the digits in even
10 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 10) –: Ùeefo efkeâmeer position and the sum of the digits in odd position is
zero or multiple of 11.
mebKÙee keâe FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ MetvÙe nw lees Jen mebKÙee 10 mes
Ex. 35 2143
efJeYeepÙe nesieer~
If the digit at unit place of a number is 0 then the mecemLeeveeW keâe Ùeesie (Sum of even position) = 4 + 2 + 3 = 9
number is divisible by 10. efJe<ece mLeeveeW keâe Ùeesie (Sum of odd position) = 3 + 1 + 5 = 9
Ex. 570120, 4567890 ⇒ 9–9 =0
25 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 25) –: Ùeefo efkeâmeer Dele: mebKÙee 352143, 11 mes hetCe&le: efJeYeòeâ nesieer~
mebKÙee kesâ Debeflece oes Debkeâ (oneF&, FkeâeF&) 25, 50, 75 Ùee 00 (Hence, the number 352143 is divisible by 11)
nes lees Jen mebKÙee 25 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ Ex. 719 40
If the last two digits (ten's, unit's place) of a number
either 25, 50, 75 or 00, then the number is divisible
mecemLeeveeW keâe Ùeesie (Sum of even position) = 4 + 1 = 5
by 25. efJe<ece mLeeveeW keâe Ùeesie (Sum of odd position) = 0 + 9 + 7 = 16
Ex. 8725, 68750, 931275, 8600 5 – 16
⇒ = 1 (hetCe& mebKÙee)
100 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 100) –: Ùeefo efkeâmeer 11
mebKÙee kesâ Debeflece oes Debkeâ (oneF&, FkeâeF&) 00 nes lees Jen mebKÙee Dele: mebKÙee 71940, 11 mes hetCe&le: efJeYeòeâ nesieer~
100 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ (Hence, the number 71940 is divisible by 11)
If the last two digits (ten's, unit's place) of a number
00, then the number is divisible by 100. 7, 11 Deewj 13 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 7, 11, 13)
Ex. 689200
7 keâer efJeYeeefpelee (Divisibility of 7) –: efkeâmeer mebKÙee kesâ efkeâmeer mebKÙee kesâ oeefnves lejheâ mes 3-3 DebkeâeW kesâ peesÌ[s yeveeÙes~
FkeâeF& kesâ Debkeâ keâes Úes[Ì keâj Mes<e yeÛeer, mebKÙee mes FkeâeF& kesâ Debkeâ mecemLeeveeW kesâ ÙegiceeW keâe Ùeesie leLee efJe<ece mLeeveeW kesâ ÙegiceeW keâe
kesâ ogieves keâes Ieševes hej Øeehle mebKÙee Ùeefo 7 mes efJeYeepÙe nw lees Ùeesie keâe Deblej efvekeâeueW–
Make pairs of three digits from the right side of a
Jen mebKÙee 7 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ yeÌ[er mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ efueS Ùen numbers. Find the difference between sum of pairs
ef›eâÙee yeej-yeej oesnjeles nw~ at even places and sum of pairs at odd places–
Maths Capsule 6 YCT
 Ùeefo Deblej 0 DeeÙesiee lees mebKÙee 7, 11 Deewj 13 mes efJeYeepÙe Ex. 12, 2 leLee 3 mes efJeYeepÙe nw~ (12 is divisible by 2 and
nesieer~ 3)
If the difference is 0, then the number will be ∵ (2, 3) → menDeYeepÙe mebKÙeeSb nQ~ (Co-prime number)
divisible by 7, 11 and 13. ∴ 12, (2 × 3) mes Yeer efJeYeepÙe nesiee~ (12 is divisilbe by (2
Ùeefo Deblej 7, 11 Deewj 13 ceW mes efpeme-efpeme mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer × 3).
leye mebKÙee Yeer Gmeer mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ peye keâesF& mebKÙee, oer ieÙeer efkeâvneR oes mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCeveKeC[
If the difference is divisible by any of 7, 11 and 13, nes, lees Jen mebKÙee Gve oes mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ Ùeesie Deewj Deblej keâe Yeer
then the number will also be divisible by that. iegCeveKeC[ nesieer~
Ex. 786786 When a number is a factor of two given number It is
786 786 = |786 – 786| ⇒ 0 also a factor of their sum and difference.
Dele: mebKÙee 7, 11 Deewj 13 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ Ex. ∵ 6, 30 keâe iegCeveKeC[ nw~ (6 is factor of 30)
Hence, the number is divisible by 7, 11 and 13. leLee 6, 18 keâe iegCeveKeC[ nw~ (and 6 is factor of 18)
Ex. 1001 leye 6, {(30 + 18) = 48} Deewj {(30 – 18) = 12} keâe
001 001 = |001 – 001| ⇒ 0 iegCeveKeC[ nesiee~
Dele: mebKÙee 7, 11 Deewj 13 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ Then, 6 is factor of {(30 + 18) = 48} and {(30 – 18)
Hence, the number is divisible by 7, 11 and 13. = 12}
Ex. 786730 peye keâesF& mebKÙee, efkeâmeer DevÙe mebKÙee keâe iegCeveKeC[ nw, lees Jen
786 730 = |786 – 730| mebKÙee, Gme (DevÙe) mebKÙee kesâ iegCepe keâe Yeer iegCeveKeC[ nesieer~
⇒ 56 (7 mes efJeYeepÙe/Divisible by 7) When a number is a factor of another number, It is
Dele: mebKÙee 7 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ also a factor of any multiple of that number.
Hence, the number is divisible by 7 Ex. ∵ 4, 12 keâe iegCeveKeC[ nw~ (4 is factor of 12)
Ex. 5786 leye 4, 12 kesâ iegCepe (12, 24, 36, ........) keâe Yeer iegCeveKeC[
005 786 = |005 – 786| nesiee~
⇒ 781 (11 mes efJeYeepÙe/Divisible by 11) Then, 4 is also factor of multiple (12, 24, 36, ........)
Dele: mebKÙee 11 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ of 12.
Hence, the number is divisible by 11 Ùeefo keâesF& mebKÙee Skeâ Debkeâ keâer 6 yeej hegvejeJe=efòe mes yeveer nw~ lees
Ex. 91689 Jen 3, 7, 11, 13, 37 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~
091 689 = |091 – 689| If a number is formed by repeating a digit six times,
⇒ 598 (13 mes efJeYeepÙe/Divisible by 13) it will be divisible by 3, 7, 11, 13, 37.
Ex. (111111), (222222), (333333)
Dele: mebKÙee 13 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~
Ùeefo keâesF& mebKÙee oes DebkeâeW keâer leerve yeej hegvejeJe=efòe mes yeveer nw lees
Hence, the number is divisible by 13
Ex. 786709
Jen 3, 7, 13, 37 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~
786 709 = |786 – 709| If a number is formed by repeating 2 digit 3 times, it
will be divisible by 3, 7, 13, 37.
⇒ 77 (7 Deewj 11 mes efJeYeepÙe/Divisible by 7 and 11)
Ex. 383838, 171717, 595959
Dele: mebKÙee 7 Deewj 13 mes efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee ceW 3, 6, 9 Ùee 12 (3 kesâ iegCepe) ceW yeej
Hence, the number is divisible by 7 and 13. meceeve DebkeâeW keâer hegvejeJe=efòe nesleer nw lees Jen mebKÙee 3 leLee 37 mes
peye keâesF& mebKÙee efkeâmeer DevÙe mebKÙee mes efJeYeepÙe nw, lees Jen Gme efJeYeepÙe nesieer~
(DevÙe) mebKÙee kesâ iegCeveKeC[ mes Yeer efJeYeepÙe nesieer~ If a number repeats the same digit 3, 6, 9, 12
When a number is divisible by another number, It is (multiple of 3), then that number will be divisible by
also divisible by the factor of the number. 3 and 37.
Ex. 48, 12 mes efJeYeepÙe nw~ (48 is divisible by 12) Ex. (111), (222222), (333333333), (444444444444)
leye 12 kesâ iegCeveKeC[ (1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12) mes Yeer 48 efJeYeepÙe mLeeveerÙeceeve leLee peeleerÙeceeve
nesiee~ (Then, 48 is also divisible by factor (1, 2, 3, 4, (Place value and face value )
6, 12) of 12).
mLeeveerÙeceeve (Place value)–: efkeâmeer oer ieÙeer mebKÙee ceW efkeâmeer
peye keâesF& mebKÙee oes Ùee oes mes DeefOekeâ menDeYeepÙe mebKÙeeDeeW mes
efJeYeepÙe nes lees Jen mebKÙee Gvekesâ iegCeveheâue mes Yeer efJeYeepÙe Debkeâ keâe mLeeveerÙeceeve Gmekesâ mLeeve keâe JeCe&ve keâjlee nw~
The place value of a digit describes its place in a given
nesieer~ number.
When a number is divisible by two or more co- Ex. mebKÙee 7345724 ceW 7 keâe mLeeveerÙeceeve nw–
prime numbers, It is also divisible by their products. Place value of 7 in number 7345724–
Maths Capsule 7 YCT
 mebKÙeeDeeW ceW Yeeie mebef›eâÙeeSB
(Division operation in numbers)
Ex.

Ex. ‘iÙeejn npeej iÙeejn meew iÙeejn’ keâes DebkeâeW ceW efueKees– Ex. Jen mebKÙee %eele keâjes efpemes 15 mes Yeeie osves hej Yeeieheâue 14
Write 'Eleven thousand eleven hundred eleven' in Deewj Mes<eheâue 13 Øeehle nes?
digits– Find the number in which dividing by 15 gives
11000 quotient 14 and remainder 13?
Solve– D = dq + r
1100 D = 15 × 14 + 13
+ 11 D = 223
12111 Ex. efkeâmeer mebKÙee keâes peye 11 leLee 5 mes Gòejeslej Yeeie efoÙee peelee
peeleerÙeceeve (Face value)–: efkeâmeer mebKÙee ceW efkeâmeer Debkeâ keâe nw, lees Mes<eheâue ›eâceMe: 2 leLee 3 yeÛelee nw, Gmeer mebKÙee keâes
peeleerÙe ceeve Gmekeâe Dehevee ceeve nw~ Fmekeâe ceeve mLeeve hej efveYe&j veneR 55 mes Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue efkeâlevee Øeehle nesiee?
keâjlee nw~ By dividing a number by 11 and 5 successively, the
Face value is the value of the digit itself in a number. It remainder remains 2 and 3 respectively, what will be
does not depend upon its position in the number. the remainder if the number is divided by 55?
Ex. mebKÙee 7345724 ceW 7 keâe peeleerÙeceeve nw– Solve– ∵ 11 × 5 = 55
Face value of 7 in number 7345724– 11 Deewj 5, 55 kesâ iegCeveKeC[ nQ
(11 and 5 are factors of 55)
∴ D = 11 × 3 + 2
D = 35
Ex. Ex. peye oes Deueie-Deueie mebKÙeeDeeW keâes efkeâmeer Yeepekeâ mes Yeeie osves
hej Mes<eheâue ›eâceMe: 547 SJeb 349 Deelee nw~ peye Gmeer Yeepekeâ
mes oesveeW mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ Ùeesie ceW Yeeie oW lees Mes<eheâue 211 Deelee
nw, Yeepekeâ %eele keâerefpeS?
When two different number are divided by a divisor,
the remainder becomes 547 and 349 respectively
when the sum of both numbers is divided by the
same divisor, the remainder is 211, find the divisor.
MetvÙe keâe mLeeveerÙeceeve kesâ meeLe-meeLe peeleerÙe ceeve Yeer MetvÙe neslee Solve–
ceevee, ØeLece Yeeieheâue (First quotient) = q1
nw~ (The face value as well as place value of zero is
efÉleerÙe Yeeieheâue (Second quotient) = q2
always zero). GYeÙeefve‰ Yeepekeâ (Common divisor) = d
oMeceueJe mebKÙee keâe mLeeveerÙe ceeve ∴ ØeLece mebKÙee (First number) = dq1 + 547
(Place value of a decimal number) efÉleerÙe mebKÙee (Second number) = dq2 + 349
then,
(dq1 + 547) + ( dq 2 + 349) 
Remainder
→ 211
d
∴ d = 547 + 349 – 211
d = 685
Ex. efkeâmeer mebKÙee keâes 441 mes Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue 40 yeÛelee nw~
Gmeer mebKÙee keâes 21 mes Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue efkeâlevee yeÛesiee?
When a number is divided by 441, the remainder is
40. If the same number is divided by 21, the
remainder will be?
Maths Capsule 8 YCT
Solve– peye efkeâmeer mebKÙee keâe FkeâeF& Debkeâ (0, 1, 5, 6) nes lees Gme
∵ 21, 441 keâe Skeâ iegCeveKeC[ nw (21 is the factor of hej keâesF& Yeer Ieele nes leye Gmekeâe FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ Jener
441) nesiee~ (When the unit digit of a number is 0, 1, 5
40 Remainder and 6 and it has any power, then its unit digit will
∴  → 19
21 be the same digit).
Dele: Mes<eheâue 19 nesiee~
Hence, the remainder will be 19.
Ex. efkeâmeer mebKÙee keâes 231 mes Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue 45 yeÛelee nw~
Gmeer mebKÙee keâes 17 mes Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue efkeâlevee nesiee?
When a number is divided by 231, the remainder is
45. If the same number is divided by 17, the
remainder will be?
Solve–
peye efkeâmeer mebKÙee keâe FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ (2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9) nes
∵ 17, 231 keâe iegCeveKeC[ veneR nw~ (17 is not the factor
leLee Gme hej keâesF& Ieele nes leye FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ
of 231)
efvekeâeuevee–
∴ Mes<eheâue %eele veneR efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ (The remainder
When the unit digit of a number is 2, 3, 4, 7, 8,
can not be determined) and 9 and it has any power, then find the unit
FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ (Unit digit) digit–
Ieele kesâ Debeflece oes DebkeâeW keâes 4 mes Yeeie oskeâj Mes<eheâue Øeehle
efkeâmeer mebKÙee keâe Debeflece Debkeâ, FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ keânueelee keâjles nQ~ (Divid last two digits of power by 4 and find
nw~ (The last digit of a number is called the unit out remainder)
digit). Ieele keâs Debeflece oes Debkeâ ( Last two digits of power )
4
Mes<eheâue (Remainder) ⇒ 1, 2, 3, 0
Mes<eheâue (Remainder) Ieele (Power)
1 1
2 2
3 3
0 4

IešeJe Jeeues ØeMveeW ceW FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ efvekeâeueles meceÙe yeÌ[er mebKÙee
ceW mes Úesšer mebKÙee keâes Iešeles nQ~ (In subtraction problems,
while finding the unit digit, the smaller number is
subtracted from the larger number).
Øeehle Gòej keâe Debeflece Debkeâ, FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ nesiee~ Øeehle Gòej
Oeveelcekeâ Ùee $e+Ceelcekeâ nes mekeâlee nw uesefkeâve FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ
veneR~ (The last digit of the answer obtained will be
unit digit. The answer obtained can be positive or
negative, but not the unit digit).

FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ efvekeâeuevee peye mebKÙee ceW Ieele ueieer nes
(Finding the unit digit when number is rised to the
power)

Maths Capsule 9 YCT

 efkeâmeer hetCe& Jeie& mebKÙee keâe FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ 0, 1, 4, 5, 6 Ùee 9
peye mebKÙee N! kesâ ™he ceW nes nes mekeâlee nw, uesefkeâve Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee keâe FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ 0,
(When the number is in the form of N!) 1, 4, 5, 6 Ùee 9 nQ, lees DeeJeMÙekeâ veneR efkeâ Jen hetCe& Jeie& mebKÙee
nesieer~
The unit digit of a perfect square number can be 0,
1, 4, 5, 6 or 9 but if the unit digit of a number is 0, 1,
4, 5, 6 or 9 then it is not necessary that it is a perfect
square number.
MetvÙe mLeeve (Zero Place)
MetvÙeeW keâer heieob[er (Number of trailing zeroes)
MetvÙe keâe efvecee&Ce 5 SJeb 2 kesâ Ùegice (Pair) mes neslee nw DeLee&le 5
leLee 2 keâe iegCeveheâue keâjves hej nceW MetvÙe keâer Øeeefhle nesleer nw~
A zero is formed by a pair of 5 and 2, i.e. by
multiplying 5 and 2, we get zero
efkeâmeer Yeer ØeMve ceW 5 SJeb 2 kesâ efpeleves pees[Ì s nesies Gleves ner MetvÙe
keâe efvecee&Ce neslee nw~ FmeefueS ØeMveeW keâes nue keâjves kesâ efueS 5
SJeb 2 keâer Ieelees keâes osKee peelee nw Deewj efpemekeâe Ieele keâce neslee
nw Gleves ner MetvÙe keâe efvecee&Ce neslee nw~
In any question, as many pairs of five and two are
peye mebKÙee n! kesâ iegCeveheâue kesâ ™he ceW nes (When the formed, The same zero is formed. Therefore, to
number is in the form of multiplication of n!)– solve the question the powers of 5 and 2 are seen
mebKÙee/ number 0! 1! 2! 3! 4! and whose power is less, the same zero is created.
FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ/Unit digit 1 1 2 6 4
• 5! Deewj 5! mes DeefOekeâ FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ 0 oslee nw~ (5! and
greater than 5! give unit digit 0).

5 kesâ iegCeve keâe FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ

(Unit digit of multiplication by 5)

Ex. 25 × 16 × 2 × 5 keâes iegCee keâjves hej oeefnves Deesj efkeâleves MetvÙe

nesies?
Multiplying 25 × 16 × 2 × 5 will be how many
zeros on the right side.
Sol. 25 × 16 × 2 × 5
⇒5×5×2×2×2×2×5
⇒ 53 × 24

Ex. 300 × 400 × 24 × 25 keâe iegCee keâjves hej oeefnves Deesj efkeâleves
MetvÙe nesies?
Multiplying 300 × 400 × 24 × 25 will be how many
zeros on right side.
Maths Capsule 10 YCT
Sol. 300 × 400 × 24 × 25 40
=8
⇒ 3 × 4 × 24 × 25 × 10000 5
⇒ 3 × 4 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 × 5 × 10000 8
⇒ 25 × 52 × 32 × 10000 =1 200 + 40 + 8 +1 = 249 ( MetvÙe/Zeroes)
5
Ex. 80 lekeâ keâer meYeer mece mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCee keâjves hej oeefnveer Deesj
efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeSsies?
Multiplying all even numbers upto 80, How many
MetvÙeeW keâer mebKÙee (Number of zeroes) = 6 zeros will come to right side.
Ex. 1 mes ueskeâj 60 lekeâ meYeer Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCee keâjves hej Sol. 2 × 4 × 6 × ............ × 80
oeefnves Deesj efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeSsies? [Multiplying all natural 80
=8
numbers from 1 to 60, how many zeros will come to 10
the right side.] 8
Sol. 1 × 2 × 3 ×......... × 25 × .......× 50 × ...... × 60 =1 8 + 1 = 9 ( MetvÙe/Zeroes)
5
60
= 12 mece mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ iegCeveheâue ceW, henueer yeej Yeeie 10 mes keâjles
5
nQ, Fmekesâ yeeo 5 mes~
12
=2 12 + 2 = 14 ( MetvÙe/Zeroes) In multiplication of even number, first divide by 10,
5 then by 5
efoS ieÙes ØeMve ceW Ùen mhe° nw efkeâ iegCeveheâue keâjves hej 5 keâer Ex. 51 mes ueskeâj 100 lekeâ keâer meYeer mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCee keâjves hej
Ieele keâer mebKÙee 2 keâer Dehes#ee keâce Øeehle nesleer nw~ efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeSsies?
In the given question it is clear taht on multiplying, Multiplying all the numbers 51 to 100, How many
the power of 5 is less than that of 2. zeros will come to right side.
peye Yeeieheâue 5mes keâce nes leye Yeeie osvee yevo keâj osles nQ~ Sol. 51 × 52 × 53 .............. 100
Stop dividing when the quotient is less than 5. ⇒ [1 × 2 × 3 ............. 100] – [1 × 2 × 3 ........... 50]
Ex. 1 mes ueskeâj 100 lekeâ keâer meYeer mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCee keâjves hej 100 50
⇒ = 20 = 10
efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeSsies? Multiplying all natural number 5 5
from 1 to 100, How many zeros will come to right 20 10
=4 =2
side. 5 5
Sol. 1 × 2 × 3 ×..... × 25 × .....× 50 ×...... ×75 × ...... × 100 ⇒ [20 + 4 = 24] [10 + 2 = 12]
⇒
100
= 20 ⇒ [24] – [12] = 12 ( Met v Ùe/ Zeroes)
5 Ex. 96! keâes nue keâjves hej oeefnves Deesj efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeÙesies~
100 On solving 96! how many zeros will come to right
=4 20 + 4 = 24 ( MetvÙe/Zeroes)
25 side.
Ex. 1 mes ueskeâj 500 lekeâ meYeer Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCee keâjves Sol. 96! = 96 × 95 × 94 × ............................× 1
hej oeefnves Deesj efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeSsies~ 96
= 19
Multiplying all natural numbers from 1 to 500, how 5
many zeros will come to right side. 19
=3 19 + 3 = 22 ( MetvÙe /Zeroes)
Sol. 1 × 2 × 3 ×.....× 25 × .....× 50 ×......× 100× ......×500 5
500 Ex. 9860! keâes nue keâjves hej oeefnves Deesj efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeÙesies~
= 100
5 On solving 9860!, How many zeros will come to
100 right side.
= 20 Sol. 9860! = 9860 × 9859 ............. × 1
5
9860
20 ∴ = 1972
=4 100 + 20 + 4 = 124 ( MetvÙe/Zeroes) 5
5
1972
Ex. 1 mes ueskeâj 1000 lekeâ keâer meYeer mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCee keâjves hej = 394
5
oeefnves Deesj efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeSsies~
394
Multiplying all natural numbers 1 to 1000, How = 78
many zeros will come to right side. 5
Ex. 1 × 2 × 3 ×.....× 25 × .....× 50 ×......× 100× ......×1000 78
= 15
1000 5
= 200 15
5 =3
200 5
5
= 40 ⇒ 1972 + 394 + 78 + 15 + 3 = 2462 (MetvÙe/Zeroes)

Maths Capsule 11 YCT

Ex. 1 mes ueskeâj 100 lekeâ efJe<ece mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCee keâjves hej efkeâleves Sol. 100! = 100 × 99 × 98 × ........................ × 1
MetvÙe DeeSsies? 100
= 33
Multiplying all the odd numbers 1 to 100, how many 3
zeros will come to right side. 33
= 11
Sol. 1 × 3 × 5 × 7 × 9 × 11 ........... 99 3
‘‘MetvÙeeW keâer mebKÙee MetvÙe nesieer (Number of zeroes is 11
=3
zero)’’ 3
efoÙes ieÙes ØeMve ceW meYeer mebKÙeeSs efJe<ece nw~ keâesF& Yeer mebKÙee 2 mes 3
=1
efJeYeeefpele vener nesieer FmeefueÙes Fve mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ iegCeveheâue ceW 2 3
keâe keâesF& Yeer Debkeâ vener DeeÙesiee~ Dele: efoS ieÙes ØeMve kesâ ⇒ 33 + 11 + 3 + 1 = 48
iegCeveheâue kesâ Devle ceW Skeâ Yeer MetvÙe Øeehle vener nesiee? Dele:/Hence n = 48
In the given question all the numbers are odd, no Ex. Ùeefo 122!, 6 mes hetCe&le: efJeYeepÙe nes lees n keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve
n

number will be divisible by 2. Hence no digit of two nesiee–

will appear in the product of these numbers. Hence If 122! is divisible by 6n then find the maximum
not a single zero will be obtained at the end of the value of n :
product of the given question.
122! 122!
Ex. ØeLece 100 DeYeepÙe mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCee keâjves hej oeefnves Deesj Sol. =
6 2×3
efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeSsies? 2 Deewj 3 keâe pees[Ì e yeveeves kesâ efueS, 3 keâer Ieele keâce nesieer (To
Multiplying the first 100 prime numbers, How many
make a pair of 2 and 3, the power of 3 will be
zeros will come to right side.
reduced.)
Sol. 2 × 3 × 5 × 7 × 11 × 13 × 17 × 19 × ................... ×
122
97 = 40
3
⇒2×5
40
⇒ 21 × 51 = 13
= MetvÙe keâer mebKÙee (Number of zero) = 1 3
13
Ex. (1 × 3 × 5 × 7 × ............ × 99) × 8 kesâ iegCeveKeC[ kesâ Deble =4
3
ceW oeefnves Deesj kegâue efkeâleves MetvÙe DeeÙeWies~
4
How many zeroes on the right end of the product of =1
3
(1 × 3 × 5 × 7 × ............ × 99) × 8.
Sol. (1 × 3 × 5 × 7 × ............ × 99) × 8 ⇒ 40 + 13 + 4 + 1 = 58
(5 × 15 × 25 × 35 × ............... × 95) × 8 Dele:/Hence n = 58
{5 Deewj 2 kesâ pees[Ì s kesâ efueS/For pair of 5 and 2} Ex. 123!, 12n mes hetCe&le: efJeYeepÙe nes lees n keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeve
⇒ 512 × 23 nesiee–
If 123! is divisible by 12n then find the maximum
value of n :
Ex. MetvÙekeâeW keâer mebKÙee %eele keâjes~ 123! 123 123 123
Sol. = = 41 = 61
Find the number of zeroes. 12n 3 × 22 3 2
(3123 – 3122 – 3121) (2121 – 2120 – 2119) 123! 41 61
Sol. (3123 – 3122 – 3121) (2121 – 2120 – 2119) = 13 = 30
359 × 2117 3 2
3121 (32 – 31 – 30) 2119 (22 – 21 – 20) 123! 13 30
3121 (9 – 3 – 1) 2119 (4 – 2 – 1) 2 58
=4 = 15
3121 (5) 2119 (1) 3 × (2 ) × 2
59 1 3 2
2119 × 3121 × 51 123! 4 15
58 =1 =7
3 × ( 4) × 21
59
3 2
7
Dele:/Hence n = 58 Sum = 59 =3
2
Ex. Ùeefo 100! keâes 3n mes hetCe&le: efJeYeeefpele efkeâÙee peeS lees n keâe
3
DeefOekeâlece ceeve nesiee– =1
2
If 100! divisible by 3n then find the maximum value
Sum = 117
of n :
Maths Capsule 12 YCT
 iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (Number of factors) 12 kesâ efJeefYeVe iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ efueS
(For the factors of 12)
iegCeveKeC[ (Factors)
iegCeveKeC[ Oeveelcekeâ hetCeeËkeâ nesles nQ, pees efkeâmeer mebKÙee keâes 12 = 22 × 31
hetCe&le: efJeYeeefpele keâj mekeâles nQ~ kegâue iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (The number of total
Factors are positive integers that can divide a factors)–
number exactly.
Ex. 12 kesâ iegCeveKeC[ (Factors of 12)
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
12 kesâ iegCepe (Multiple of 12)
12, 24, 36, 48, ........ efJe<ece iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (The number of odd
factors)–
iegCeveKeC[eW keâes %eele keâjvee (How to find factors)
efkeâmeer Yeer mebKÙee keâes Gmekesâ DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ ™he ceW
efueKevee~ mece iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (The number of even
Writing any numbers as its prime factors.
factors)–
Ex. 12 = 22 × 31
72 = 23 × 32 12 = 2 2 × 31
90 = 21 × 32 × 51

meYeer iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (The sum of factors)–

12 = 2 2 × 31
= (20 + 21 + 22) (30 + 31)
= (1 + 2 + 4) (1 + 3)
= 7 × 4 ⇒ 28
efJe<ece iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (The sum of odd
factors)–
kegâue iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (The number of total 12 = 2 2 × 31
factors)–: (a + 1) (b + 1) (c + 1) ⇒ (30 + 31)
efJe<ece iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (The number of odd 1+3⇒4
factors)–: (b + 1) (c + 1) efJe<ece iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ Ùeesie kesâ efueS, mece iegCeveKeC[eW keâes ÚesÌ[
mece iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (The number of even osles nQ~ (For the sum of odd factors, leave out even
factors)–: a (b + 1) (c + 1) factors).
meYeer iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (The sum of all factors)–: mece iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (The sum of even factors)–
(x0 + x1 + x2 ...... xa) × (y0 + y1 + y2 ...... yb) × (z0 + 12 = 2 2 × 31
z1 + z2 ...... zc)
⇒ (21 + 22) (30 + 31)
efJe<ece iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (The sum of odd factors)–: ⇒ (2 + 4) (1 + 3)
(y0 + y1 + ...... yb) × (z0 + z1 + z2 ...... zc)
⇒6×4
mece iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (The sum of even factors)–:
⇒ 24
(x1 + x2 + x3 ...... xa) × (y0 + y1 ....... yb) × (z0 + z1 +
z2 ...... zc) mece iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ Ùeesie kesâ efueS, 20 mes ØeejcYe veneR keâjles nQ~
meYeer iegCeveKeC[eW keâe iegCee (The product of factors) –: (For sum of even factors, don't start from 20).
(x.y.z)Total no. of factors/2 meYeer iegCeveKeC[eW keâe iegCee (The product of all
mebKÙee n kesâ iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ JÙegl›eâceeW keâe Ùeesie (Sum of factors)–
reciprocal of factors of n) = 12 = 2 2 × 31
iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (sum of factors ) Product of all factors of N = NTotal no. of factors/2
6
n = 12 2
iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (Sum of factors ) = 123
Deewmele (Average) =
iegCeveKeC[eW keâermebKÙee ( No. of factors )
Maths Capsule 13 YCT
 864 kesâ Ssmes efkeâleves iegCeveKeC[ nQ, pees 6 kesâ iegCeve nes~ Sol. 25 × 36 × 54
How many factors of 864 which are multiple of ⇒ [20 + 22 + 24] [30 + 32 + 34 + 36] [50 + 52 + 54]
6? ⇒ [1 + 4 + 16] [1 + 9 + 81 + 729] [1 + 25 + 625]
5
Sol. 864 = 2 × 3 3
⇒ [21] × [820] × [651]
864 = 2 × 3 [24 × 32] {6 kesâ iegCepe kesâ efueS} ⇒ 11210220
25 × 36 × 54 kesâ meYeer iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie %eele keâerefpeS
pees hetCe& Ieve nes~
⇒5×3 Find the sum of all factors of 25 × 36 × 54 that are
compeletly cube.
⇒ 15
Sol. 25 × 36 × 54
27 × 38 × 59 × 710 kesâ Ssmes efkeâleves iegCeveKeC[ nw, pees hetCe&
⇒ [20 + 23] [30 + 33 + 36] [50 + 53]
Jeie& nQ~ ⇒ [1 + 8] [1 + 27 + 729] [1+125]
How many factors of 27 × 38 × 59 × 710 which are ⇒ [9] [757] [126]
completely square?
⇒ 858438
Sol. 27 × 38 × 59 × 710
90 kesâ meYeer iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ JÙegl›eâce keâe Ùeesie %eele
⇒ [(22)3 2 × (32)4 × (52)4 5 × (72)5]
keâerefpeS~
{hetCe& Jeie& kesâ efueS}
Find the sum of reciprocal of factors of 90.
Sol. mebKÙee n kesâ iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ JÙegl›eâceeW keâe Ùeesie (Sum of
reciprocal of factors of n) =
iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee = 4 × 5 × 5 × 6 ⇒ 600 iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (sum of factors )
26 ×38 ×510 ×712 kesâ Ssmes efkeâleves iegCeveKeC[ nQ pees hetCe& n
Ieve nQ~ 90 = 21 × 32 × 51
How many factors of 26 ×38 ×510 ×712 which are (2 0
+ 21 )(30 + 31 + 32 )(50 + 51 )
completely cube? ⇒
90
Sol. 26 ×38 ×510 ×712
⇒ (23)2 × (33)2 × (53)3 × 5 × (73)4 ⇒
[(1 + 2)(1 + 3 + 9)(1 + 5)]
90
⇒
[3 × 13 × 6]
90
⇒3×3×4×5 [39 × 6]
⇒ 180 ⇒
90
26 × 315 × 535 ×742 kesâ Ssmes efkeâleves iegCeveKeC[ nQ pees hetCe& 234
Jeie& kesâ meeLe-meeLe hetCe& Ieve Yeer nQ~ ⇒
90
How many factors of 26 × 315 × 535 ×742 which ⇒ 2.6
are completely square as well as completely 144 kesâ meYeer iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Deewmele %eele keâjes~
cube?
Find the average of all the factors of 144.
Sol. 26 × 315 × 535 ×742
Jeie& kesâ efueS Ieele (Power for square) = 2 iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie (Sum of factors )
Sol. Deewmele (Average ) =
Ieve kesâ efueS Ieele (Power for cube) = 3 iegCeveKeC[eW keâermebKÙee ( No. of factors )
ue.me.he. (LCM) = 6 iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ Ùeesie kesâ efueS (For sum of factors)–
⇒ [(2 ) × (3 ) × 3 × (5 ) × 5 × (7 ) ]
6 1 6 2 3 6 5 5 6 7 144 = 24 ×32
⇒ [(20 + 21 + 22 + 23 + 24) (30 + 31 + 32)]
⇒ [(1 + 2 + 4 + 8 + 16) (1 + 3 + 9)]
⇒ [(31) (13)]
⇒ [2 × 3 × 6 × 8] ⇒ 403
⇒ [6 × 6 × 8] iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee kesâ efueS (For no. of factors)–
⇒ [36 × 8] ⇒ (4 + 1) (2 +1)
⇒ 288 ⇒ 5×3
25 × 36 × 54 kesâ meYeer iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie %eele keâerefpeS, ⇒ 15
pees hetCe& Jeie& nes~ Deewmele (Average) =
403
5 6
Find the sum of all factors of 2 × 3 × 5 that are 4 15
completely square. ⇒ 26.86
Maths Capsule 14 YCT
 144 kesâ meYeer DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee %eele
keâerefpeS~
Find the total number of prime factors of 144.
Sol. 144 = 24 × 32
DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (No. of prime factors)
=4+2⇒6
25 × 36 × 712 kesâ meYeer DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee
%eele keâerefpeS~
Find the total number of prime factor of 25 × 36
× 712 .
2 DebkeâeW keâer efkeâleveer mebKÙeeSb nQ efpevekesâ kesâJeue 3
Sol. 25 × 36 × 712
iegCeveKeC[ nQ?
DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (No. of prime factors)
The total number of 2 digit no's which have only
3 factors? = 5 + 6 + 12
Sol. ∵ DeYeepÙe mebKÙee kesâ Jeie& kesâ cee$e 3 iegCeveKeC[ nesles nQ~ ⇒ 23
(Square of a prime number has only 3 factor) 66 × 1010 × 353 kesâ meYeer DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW keâer
mebKÙee %eele keâerefpeS~
Find the total number of prime factor of 66 ×
1010 × 353 .
5, 7 → DeYeepÙe mebKÙee (Prime number) Sol. 66 × 1010 × 353
Dele: 2 DebkeâeW keâer 2 mebKÙeeDeeW (25, 49) kesâ 3 iegCeveKeC[ ⇒ (2 × 3)6 × (2 × 5)10 × (5 × 7)3
neWies~ (Hence, 2, two digit no. will have 3 factors) ⇒ 26 × 36 × 210 × 510 × 53 × 73
3 DebkeâeW keâer efkeâleveer mebKÙeeSb nw, efpevekesâ kesâJeue 3
DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee (No. of prime factors)
iegCeveKeC[ nQ?
= (6 + 6 + 10 + 10 + 3 + 3)
The total number of 3 digit no's which have only
⇒ (12 + 20 + 6)
3 factors?
Sol. ⇒ (18 + 20)
⇒ 38
23 × 34 × 56 kesâ meYeer DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW keâe Ùeesie
%eele keâerefpeS~
Find sum of all the prime factors of 23 × 34 × 56.
Sol. 23 × 34 × 56
⇒ (2 + 2 + ...... 3 times) + (3 + 3 +.......... 4 times)
+ (5 + 5 + .......... 6 times)
⇒ (2 × 3) + (3 × 4) + (5 × 6)
⇒ 6 + 12 + 30
Dele: 3 DebkeâeW keâer 7 mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ 3 iegCeveKeC[ neWies~ ⇒ 48
(Hence, 7, three digit no. will have 3 factors).
DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[ %eele keâjvee Mes<eheâue ØecesÙe (Remainder Theorem)
(How to find prime factor)

Maths Capsule 15 YCT

 1!+ 2!+ 3!+ 4!+ 5!+ 6!........1000!
DeeOeejerÙe Mes<eheâue ØecesÙe Sol.
10
(Basic remainder theorem) 1+ ( 2 ×1) + (3× 2 ×1) + ( 4 × 3× 2×1) + (5× 4× 3× 2 ×1) ........1000!
=
10
+1 +2 –4 +4 0 0
1 + 2 + 6 + 24 +120 +........1000!
10
1+ 2 – 4 + 4 3
⇒ =
10 10
Mes<eheâue (Remainder) = 3
Mes<eheâue %eele keâjes~/Find the remainder :
1! + 2! + 3! + 4! + 5!..........1000!
12
1 +2 +6 0 0 0
1+ 2+ 6+ 24+120+ ...........1000!
⇒
12
1+ 2 + 6 + 0 + ......0 9
⇒ ⇒
12 12
Mes<eheâue (Remainder) = 9
Mes<eheâue %eele keâjes~/Find the remainder :
1! + 2! + 3! + 4! + 5! + 6!.........1000!
18
1!+ 2!+ 3!+ 4!+ 5!+ 6!.........1000!
Sol.
18
+1 +2 +6 +6 –6 0 + 0
Mes<eheâue %eele keâjes~/Find the remainder : 1+ 2+ 6+ 24+120+ 720.+..........1000!
⇒
70 × 100 × 65 × 1735 × 87 18
17 1+ 2 + 6 + 6 – 6 9
= =
( +2) ( –2 ) ( –3) ( +1) ( +2) 18 18
Sol.
70 × 100 × 65 × 1735 × 87 Mes<eheâue (Remainder) = 9
17 Factorial function ceW, Ùeefo efkeâmeer mebKÙee mes Yeeie efoÙee peeS
( +2) × ( –2) × ( –3) × ( +1) × ( +2) 24 lees Skeâ yeej Mes<eheâue MetvÙe Deeves hej, Deeies Yeer Mes<eheâue MetvÙe
17 17 Deelee jnsiee~/In factorial fuction, if divide by any
number then remainder will come zero one's further
zero will come to.

Debeflece (FkeâeF&) Debkeâ Deewj Debeflece oes Debkeâ efvekeâeuevee

Dele:/ Hence, (To find last (unit) digit and last two digits)
Mes<eheâue (Remainder) = +7 efkeâmeer mebKÙee ceW 10 mes Yeeie osves hej, pees Mes<eheâue Øeehle nesiee,
Jen Gme mebKÙee keâe Debeflece Debkeâ (FkeâeF& keâe Debkeâ) nesiee~
The remainder obtained by dividing a number by
10 will be the last (unit) digit of the number.
efkeâmeer mebKÙee ceW 100 mes Yeeie osves hej, pees Mes<eheâue Øeehle nesiee
Jen Gme mebKÙee kesâ Debeflece oes Debkeâ nesiee~
The remainder obtained by dividing a number by
100 will be the last two digits of that number.
Debeflece (FkeâeF&) Debkeâ %eele keâerefpeS/Find the last (unit)
digit-
1! + 2! + 3! + 4! + 5! + 6!........1000!
Sol. Debeflece Debkeâ kesâ efueS (For last digit)–
1! + 2! + 3! + 4! + 5! + 6!........1000! 1!+ 2!+ 3!+ 4!+ 5!+ 6!........1000!
10 10
Maths Capsule 16 YCT
 1 + ( 2 ×1) + ( 3× 2 ×1) + ( 4 × 3× 2 ×1) + (5× 4 × 3× 2 ×1) ........1000! +3 –2 +3 –6 +2
= 13978 ×398 ×53 ×19 × 27
10
+1 +2 –4 +4 0 0 25
1 + 2 + 6 + 24 +120 +........1000! ( +3) × ( −2) × ( +3) × ( −6) × ( +2)
10 25
1+ 2 – 4 + 4 3 216
⇒ = Remainder
16, 9
10 10 25
∵ Mes<eheâue (Remainder) = 3 JeemleefJekeâ Mes<eheâue (Actual remainder)
∴ Debeflece Debkeâ (Last digit) = 3 = +16 × 4, –9 × 4 {∵ simplify by 4}
Debeflece oes Debkeâ %eele keâerefpeS/Find the last two digits- = +64, –36 (Mes<eheâue ncesMee Oeveelcekeâ uesles nQ)
103 × 1298 × 13702 × 1197 (Take remainder always positive)
Sol. Debeflece oes Debkeâ kesâ efueS (For last two digits)– Dele:/Hence,
103 × 1298 × 13702 × 1197 Debeflece oes Debkeâ (Last two digits) = 64
100 Ûe›eâerÙe Ùee Øeefle™he ØecesÙe
+3 −2 +2 −3
103 +1298 +13702 +1197 (Cyclicity or pattern theorem)
100 Ûe›eâerÙe ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej, Mes<eheâue Skeâ efveefMÛele Deblejeue kesâ
( +3) × ( −2) × ( +2) × ( −3) 36 yeeo Skeâ mebKÙee mes efJeYeeefpele nesves hej Kego keâes oesnjeles nQ~
100 100 According to the cyclicity or pattern theorem,
∵ Mes<eheâue (Remainder) = 36 remainders repeat themselves after a certain interval
when divided by a number.
∴ Debeflece Debkeâ (Last digit) = 36 Mes<eheâue 1 Deeves kesâ yeeo, Ûe›eâerÙelee keâer hegvejeJe=efòe nesleer nw~
mejueerkeâjCe keâe ØeÙeesie (Use of simplification) After the remainder is 1, there is a repetition of the
cyclicity.
efYeVe keâer DeefYeJÙeefòeâ keâes mejue yeveeves kesâ efueS, DebMe Deewj nj kesâ
efnmmeeW keâes efpelevee nes mekesâ Glevee Úesše keâjves keâe ØeÙeeme keâjvee
ÛeeefnS~ efheâj JeemleefJekeâ Mes<e Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS, Debeflece Mes<e
keâes efpeleves iegCekeâ mes Úesše efkeâÙee ieÙee Gmekeâe iegCee keâjWies~
For simplification of the expression of the fraction,
to cancel out parts of the numerator and denominator
as much as you can, then final remainder to be
multiplied by the canceled number to get the actual
remainder.

Mes<eheâue –1 mes +1 yeveeves kesâ efueS Ûe›eâerÙelee keâes oesiegvee keâj osles
nQ~/To change the remainder from –1 to +1, the
cyclicity is doubled.

Debeflece oes Debkeâ %eele keâerefpeS/Find the last two digits-

13978 × 398 × 53 × 76 × 27
Sol. Debeflece oes Debkeâ kesâ efueS (For last two digits)–
13978 × 398 × 53 × 76 × 27
100
Simplify by 4,

Maths Capsule 17 YCT

 Mes<eheâue %eele keâerefpeS~/Find the remainder.
37100
7
37100
Sol.
7
∵ cyclicity = 3
2100
⇒ 100 Remainder
7  →1
3 Mes<eheâue efvekeâeefueS/Find the remainder :
21 2 13 8
⇒ = 15
7 7
Mes<eheâue (Remainder) = 2 138
Sol.
15
Ùetuej keâer Mes<eheâue ØecesÙe
(∵ 13, 15 → men DeYeepÙe/Co-prime)
(Euler's Remainder Theorem)

Ùetuej keâe šesMeWš mebKÙee (Euler's Totient Number)–

mebKÙee x kesâ Ùetuej šesMeWš mebKÙee, x mes Úesšer Je x kesâ meeLe
menYeepÙe nesieer~ (Euler's totient number of x is of
numbers which are less than x and co-prime to x).
Ex. 12 kesâ šesMeWš (Totient of 12) = 1, 5, 7, 11
∴ šesMeWš mebKÙee (Totient number) = 4
⇒ 12 (φ) = 4
heâjcesšdme ØecesÙe (Fermatas theorem)

šesMeWš mebKÙee efvekeâeuevee (Find the totient number)–

If n = a × b
{a, b → DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[ (prime factors)}
 1  1 
∴ n ( φ ) = n  1 – 1 – 
 a  b 
If n = a2 × b3 × c5
Mes<eheâue %eele keâerefpeS/Find the remainder :
{a, b, c → DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[ (prime factors)} ap
 1  1  1  p
∴ n ( φ ) = n 1 – 1 – 1 – 
 a  b  c  ap
Sol.
If n is a prime number –: p
n→n a p–1.a1
⇒
 1 p
n ( φ ) = n 1 – 
 n ⇒
1.a a Remainder
=  →a
p p
n ( n –1)
n ( φ) = Mes<eheâue %eele keâerefpeS/Find the remainder :
n
ap – a
n ( φ ) = ( n –1)
p
Dele: DeYeepÙe mebKÙeeDeeW keâer šesMeWš mebKÙee Gmemes Skeâ keâce nesleer ap – a a.a p –1 – a
Sol.
nw~ p p
Hence, the totient number of prime number is less a –a 0 Remainder
= 0
than 1 that number. p p
Maths Capsule 18 YCT
 Mes<eheâue %eele keâerefpeS/Find the remainder : ∴ 18 × x = 18
72
2 x=1
73 17! Remainder
∴  →1
2 72 18
Sol.
73
272–1 a P–1 ÛeeFveerpe Mes<eheâue ØecesÙe
⇒ ⇒ (heâjcesšdme ØecesÙe mes)
73 p (Chinese remainder theorem)
Mes<eheâue = 1
73 → DeYeepÙe mebKÙee (Prime number)
ÛeeFveerpe Mes<eheâue ØecesÙe kesâ Devegmeej, Ùeefo keâesF& hetCeeËkeâ n kesâ
(2, 73) → men DeYeepÙe mebKÙeeSB (Co-prime number) Ùetefkeäueef[Ùeve efJeYeepeve kesâ DeJeMes<eW keâes keâF& hetCeeËkeâeW mes peevelee
Mes<eheâue %eele keâerefpeS/Find the remainder : nw, lees Fve hetCeeËkeâeW kesâ Glheeo Éeje n kesâ efJeYeepeve kesâ Mes<e keâes
2100 efJeefMe° ™he mes efveOee&efjle efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw, Fme Mele& kesâ lenle
101 efkeâ efJeYeepekeâ peesÌ[eroej men DeYeepÙe nw~
2100 According to Chinese remainder theorem, one
Sol.
101
knows the remainders of the euclidean division of
2101–1 a P–1
⇒ = an integer n by several integers, then one can
101 P
determine uniquely the remainder of the division of
= Remainder = +1
101 → DeYeepÙe mebKÙee (Prime number) n by the product of these integers, under the
(2, 101) → men DeYeepÙe mebKÙee (Co-prime number) condition that the divisors are pariwise coprime.

efJeuemeve ØecesÙe (Wilson theorem)

Mes<eheâue %eele keâerefpeS/ Find the remainder :

18!
19
18!
Sol.
19

⇒
(19 – 1)! 
Remainder
→ (19 – 1) = 18
19
Mes<eheâue %eele keâerefpeS/ Find the remainder :
17! Common remainder = R
19 R = (a – R1) = (b – R2) = (c – R3)
17! Re mainder
Sol. ceevee  →x
19
∵ nce peeveles nw efkeâ (We know that),
18! Remainder
⇒  →18
19
18×17! Remainder
⇒  →18
19

R = ax + R1 = by + R2 = cz + R3
[Where as, (a – R1) ≠ (b – R2) ≠ (c – R3)]

Maths Capsule 19 YCT

 yengheo Mes<eheâue ØecesÙe
(Polynomial Remainder Theorem)

Skeâ Ùee Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ Ieele Jeeues yengheo P(x) ceW, jwefKekeâ
yengheo (x – a) mes Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue P(a) neslee nw~
Dividing a polynomial P(x) of degree one or more
by the linear polynomial (x – a) gives the
remainder P(a).
Ex. P(x) = x3 + 2x2 – x + 1 keâes (x – 2) mes Yeeie osves hej
Mes<eheâue %eele keâerefpeS
Sol. ∵ Yeepekeâ (divisor) = (x – 2)
∴ (x – 2) = 0 ⇒ x = 2
x keâe ceeve yengheo ceW jKeves hej, ue.me.he. Deewj ce.me.he. (L.C.M. and H.C.F.)
3 2
P(x) = x + 2x – x + 1
iegCepe (DeheJelÙe&) Deewj iegCeveKeC[ (DeheJele&keâ) ceW Deblej
= (2)3 + 2(2)2 – 2 + 1
(Difference between multiple and factor)
=8+8–2+1
Mes<eheâue (Remainder) = 15 ›eâ. iegCepe iegCeveKeC[
iegCeveKeC[ ØecesÙe (Factor theorem)– Skeâ Ùee Skeâ mes meb. (Multiple) (Factor)
S.
DeefOekeâ Ieele Jeeues yengheo P(x) ceW jwefKekeâ yengheo (x – a) mes
N.
Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue P(a) keâe ceeve 0 neslee nw~ 1. iegCepe keâes DevÙe mebKÙeeDeeW iegCeveKeC[eW keâes oer ieF&
Ex. P(x) = x3 + 2x2 – x + 1 keâe (x – 2) iegCeveKeC[ nw efkeâ mes iegCee keâjves hej Øeehle mebKÙee kesâ mešerkeâ efJeYeepekeâ
vener ! mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ ™he ceW kesâ ™he ceW heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee
heefjYeeef<ele efkeâÙee peelee nw~ peelee nw~
Sol. ∵ Yeepekeâ (divisor) = (x – 2) The multiples are Factors are defined as
defined as the numbers the exact divisors of
∴ (x – 2) = 0 ⇒ x = 2
obtained when the given number
x keâe ceeve yengheo ceW jKeves hej, multiplied by other
P(x) = x3 + 2x2 – x + 1 numbers
= (2)3 + 2(2)2 – 2 + 14 2. iegCekeâeW keâer mebKÙee Deveble nw~iegCeveKeC[eW keâer mebKÙee
= 8 + 8 – 2 + 14 The number of meerefcele nw~
multiples is infinte The number of factors
= 16 – 16
is finite
=0 3. iegCepe %eele keâjves kesâ efueS iegCeveKeC[eW keâes %eele keâjves
Dele: (x – 2), x3 + 2x2 – x + 1 keâe Skeâ iegCeveKeC[ nw~ GheÙeesie keâer peeves Jeeueer kesâ efueS ØeÙeesie keâer peeves
ef›eâÙee iegCeve nw~ Jeeueer ef›eâÙee efJeYeepeve nw~
The operation used to The operation used to
find the multiples is a find the factors is a
multiplication. division
4. iegCepeeW keâe heefjCeece oer ieF& iegCeveKeC[eW keâe heefjCeece
mebKÙee mes DeefOekeâ Ùee Gmekesâ oer ieF& mebKÙee mes keâce Ùee
yejeyej nesvee ÛeeefnS~ Gmekesâ yejeyej nesvee ÛeeefnS~
The outcome of the The outcome of the
multiples should be factors should be less
greater than or equal than or equal to the
to the given number given number.

Maths Capsule 20 YCT

 Ex. 9, 12 Deewj 15 keâe ue.me.he. %eele keâjW/Finding the
ue.me.he. (L.C.M.)
L.C.M. of 9, 12 and 15
Sol. 9 = 3 × 3
12 = 2 × 2 × 3
15 = 3 × 5
ue.me.he. (L.C.M.) = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 5
= 180

ØeMveeW kesâ Øekeâej (Types of questions)

Jen vÙetvelece mebKÙee %eele keâerefpeS pees x, (x, y, z) keâe

y, z mes hetCe&le: efJeYeòeâ nes~ ue.me.he.
Find the smallest no. which is L.C.M. of
exactly divsible by x, y, z. (x, y, z)
12 Deewj 16 keâe ue.me.he. (L.C.M. of 12 and 16)–
Jen vÙetvelece mebKÙee %eele keâerefpeS pees x, (x, y, z) keâe
y, z mes hetCe&le: Yeeie osves hej ØelÙeskeâ oMee ue.me.he. + r
ceW Mes<e r Øeehle nes~
Find the smallest no. which L.C.M. of
when divided by x, y, z leaves (x, y, z) + r
remainder 'r' in each case.
Jen vÙetvelece mebKÙee %eele keâerefpeS pees x, (x, y, z) keâe
y, z mes hetCe&le: Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue ue.me.he. – k
ue.me.he. %eele keâjves kesâ efJeefOeÙeeB ›eâceMe: a, b, c Øeehle nes~ L.C.M. of
(Methods of finding L.C.M.) Find the smallest no. which (x, y, z) – k
when divided by x, y, z leaves peneB/Where,
efJeYeepeve efJeefOe (Division Method)– Fme efJeefOe ceW oer ieF& remainder a, b, c respectively. k = (x – a)
mebKÙeeDeeW keâes GYeÙeefve‰ DeYeepÙe mebKÙee mes leye lekeâ efJeYeeefpele = (y – b)
keâjW efkeâ Mes<eheâue 1 ve nes peeÙes~ = (z – c)

In this method, divide the given numbers by ce.me.he. (H.C.F.)

common prime number until the remainder is 1.
Ex. 9, 12 Deewj 15 keâe ue.me.he. %eele keâjW/Finding the
L.C.M. of 9, 12 and 15
Sol.

DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[ efJeefOe (Prime Factor Method)– 12 Deewj 16 keâe ce.me.he. (H.C.F. of 12 and 16)–
henues oer ieF& mebKÙeeDeeW keâes DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ ™he ceW JÙeòeâ
keâerefpeS~ GÛÛelece Ieele Jeeues iegCeveKeC[ keâe iegCeveheâue ue.me.he.
nesiee~
First express the given numbers in the form of prime
factors. The product of factors with highest power
will be the L.C.M.
Maths Capsule 21 YCT
 ce.me.he. %eele keâjves kesâ efJeefOeÙeeB Ex. 12 Deewj 16 keâe ce.me.he. %eele keâjW/Finding the H.C.F.
(Methods of finding H.C.F.) of 12 and 16 :
Sol. 12, 16 keâe ce.me.he. (H.C.F.)
efJeYeepeve efJeefOe (Division Method)– oes mebKÙeeDeeW x Deewj
12 = 2 × 2 × 3 ⇒ 22 × 3
y keâe cenòece meceehele&keâ efvekeâeefueS~ (Find the H.C.F. of two 16 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 ⇒ 24
number x and y.) (peneB/Where, y > x) ce.me.he. (H.C.F.) = 22 ⇒ 4
y keâes x mes Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue r1 jn peelee nw~ efheâj x keâes r1
Ex. 25, 35 Deewj 40 keâe ce.me.he. %eele keâjW/Finding the
mes Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue r2 neslee nw~ efheâj r1 keâes r2 mes efJeYeeefpele
H.C.F. of 25, 35 and 40 :
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Ùen Øeef›eâÙee leye lekeâ oesnjeF& peeSieer peye lekeâ
Sol. 25, 35 Deewj 40 keâe ce.me.he. (H.C.F.)
Mes<eheâue MetvÙe ve nes peeS~ Debeflece Yeepekeâ x Deewj y keâe cenòece
25 = 5 × 5 ⇒ 52
meceehele&keâ nesiee~
35 = 5 × 7 ⇒ 5 × 7 1 1

On dividing y by x remainder is r1. Then on dividing

40 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 ⇒ 23 × 51
x by r1 the remainder is r2. Then r1 is divided by r2.
ce.me.he. (H.C.F.) = 5
This process will be repeated until the remainder
becomes zero. Last divisor will be the H.C.F. of x Deblej efJeefOe (Difference method)–
and y. ceevee (Let),
Ex. 12 Deewj 16 keâe ce.me.he. %eele keâjW/Finding the H.C.F. oes mebKÙeeDeeW keâe ce.me.he. (H.C.F. of two numbers) = h
of 12 and 16 : leye mebKÙeeSb (numbers) = hx, hy
Sol. 12, 16 keâe ce.me.he. (H.C.F.) peneB/Where, x, y → menDeYeepÙe (Co-prime)
Deblej (Difference) = hx – hy
⇒ h (x – y)
(x – y) = 1 → ce.me.he. mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe Deblej nesiee~
H.C.F. is a difference between numbers.
(x – y) > 1 → ce.me.he. mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe Deblej keâe Skeâ
Ex. 25, 35 Deewj 40 keâe ce.me.he. %eele keâjW/Finding the iegCeveKeC[ nesiee~ (H.C.F. is a factor of difference of
H.C.F. of 25, 35 and 40 : numbers).
Sol. 25, 35 Deewj 40 keâe ce.me.he. (H.C.F.) oes mebKÙeeDeeW keâe ce.me.he. Gvekesâ Deblej mes keâYeer yeÌ[e veneR nes
mekeâlee~ (H.C.F. of two numbers never greater than
difference of these numbers).
Dele: ce.me.he. mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Deblej Ùee Deblej keâe iegCeveKeC[ nes
mekeâlee nw~
Hence, H.C.F. can be either difference of these
number or factor of difference.

DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[ efJeefOe (Prime factor method)– Ex. 30 Deewj 45 keâe ce.me.he. %eele keâjW/Finding the H.C.F.
of 30 and 45 :
henues, ØelÙeskeâ oer ieF& mebKÙee keâes Gvekesâ DeYeepÙe iegCeveKeC[eW kesâ
Sol. 30, 45 keâe ce.me.he. (H.C.F.)
iegCeveheâue kesâ ™he ceW efueefKeS~ keâce mes keâce Ieele Jeeues meeceevÙe
30, 45
iegCepe keâe iegCeveheâue oer ieF& mebKÙeeDeeW keâe cenòece meceeheJele&keâ
Deblej (difference) = 45 – 30 ⇒ 15
nesiee~
ce.me.he. (H.C.F.) = 15 or factor of 15
First, write each given numbers in the form of
product of their prime factors. The product of ∵ 30 Deewj 45, 15 mes hetCe&le: efJeYeeefpele nw~ (30 and 45 are
common factors with least power will be the H.C.F. completely divisible by 15)
of given numbers. Dele:/Hence, ce.me.he. (H.C.F) = 15
Maths Capsule 22 YCT
 oes mebKÙeeSb 875 Deewj 2272 keâes Skeâ leerve DebkeâerÙe mebKÙee
ØeMveeW kesâ Øekeâej (Types of questions)
mes Yeeie efoÙee peelee nw~ leye ØelÙeskeâ efoMee ceW meceeve Mes<e
Jen yeÌ[er mes yeÌ[er mebKÙee %eele keâerefpeS (x, y, z) keâe yeÛelee nw~ Ssmeer leerve DebkeâerÙe mebKÙee kesâ DebkeâeW keâe Ùeesie
pees x, y, z keâes hetCe&le: efJeYeòeâ keâjs~ ce.me.he. keäÙee nesiee?
Find the largest no. which can H.C.F. of The two numbers 875 and 2272 are divided by a
divide x, y, z. exactly (x, y, z) three digit number. Then there is same
remainder left in each case what will be the sum
Jen yeÌ[er mes yeÌ[er mebKÙee %eele keâjes (x– y), (y –z), of the digits of such three digits?
efpememes x, y, z ceW Yeeie osves hej ØelÙeskeâ (z – x) keâe Sol.
oMee ceW meceeve Mes<e yeÛes~ ce.me.he.
Find the largest no. which can H.C.F. of
divide x, y, z and leaves same (x– y), (y –z),
remainder in each case. (z – x)
Jen yeÌ[er mes yeÌ[er mebKÙee %eele keâjes, (x– r), (y – r),
efpememes x, y, z ceW Yeeie osves hej ØelÙeskeâ (z – r) keâe
oMee ceW 'r' Mes<e yeÛes~ ce.me.he.
Find the largest no. which can H.C.F. of ue.me.he. Deewj ce.me.he. ceW mecyevOe
divide x, y, z and leaves (x– r), (y –r), (Relation between L.C.M. and H.C.F.
remainder 'r' in each case. (z – r)
Jen yeÌ[er mes yeÌ[er mebKÙee %eele keâjes (x– a), (y –b), henueer mebKÙee × otmejer mebKÙee = ue.me.he. × ce.me.he.
efpememes x, y, z ceW Yeeie osves hej ›eâceMe: (z – c) keâe (First no. × second no. = L.C.M × H.C.F.)
a, b, c Mes<e yeÛes~ ce.me.he. Ùeefo/If H.C.F. = h
Find the largest number which H.C.F. of First no. = hx
can divide x, y, z and leaves (x– a), (y –b), Second no. = hy
remainder a, b, c respectively. (z – c) leye/then, L.C.M. = hxy
Ùeefo oes mebKÙeeDeeW keâes Gvekesâ Deblej mes Ùee Deblej kesâ iegCeveKeC[ mes
Yeeie efoÙee peeS lees meceeve Mes<eheâue Øeehle neslee nw~ efYeVeeW keâe ue.me.he. Deewj ce.me.he.
If two numbers are divided by their difference or (L.C.M. and H.C.F. of fraction)
factors of difference then leaves same remainder.
Ùeefo 225 Deewj 147 keâes Skeâ oes DebkeâerÙe mebKÙee mes Yeeie DebMe keâe ue . me . he .
efYeVe keâe ue.me.he. ·
nj keâe ce . me . he .
efoÙee peelee nw~ lees ØelÙeskeâ oMee ceWs meceeve Mes<e yeÛelee nw~
leye Ssmeer efkeâleveer oes DebkeâerÙe mebKÙeeSb nesieer? L.C.M.of fraction=
L.C.M.of numerator
A two digit number can divide 225 and 147, H.C.F. of denominator
leaves same remainder in each case. How many
DebMe keâe ce . me . he .
such two digit numbers would be possible? efYeVe keâe ce.me.he. ·
nj keâe ue . me . he .
Sol.
H.C.F. of numerator
H.C.F. of fraction=
L.C.M. of denominator

IeeleebkeâeW keâe ue.me.he. Deewj ce.me.he.

(L.C.M. and H.C.F. of indices)

peye oer ieF& mebKÙeeDeeW keâe DeeOeej meceeve nes, lees GÛÛelece Ieele
Jeeueer mebKÙee oer ieF& mebKÙeeDeeW keâe ueIegòece meceeheJele&keâ nesieer~
Maths Capsule 23 YCT
 When the base of the given numbers are same, then
the number with highest power will be the LCM of
the given numbers.
Ex. 72, 74, 79 keâe ue.me.he. (L.C.M.) = 79
peye DeeOeej meceeve ve nes Deewj DeeOeej ceW keâesF& GYeÙeefve‰
iegCeveKeC[ ve nes, lees oer ieF& mebKÙeeDeeW keâe iegCeveheâue ue.me.he.
nesiee~
When the base is not same and there is no common
factors in the base, then the product of given
numbers will be the LCM.
Ex. 22, 35, 54 keâe ue.me.he. (L.C.M.) = 22 × 35 × 54
peye oer ieF& mebKÙee keâe DeeOeej meceeve nes, lees meyemes keâce Ieele
Jeeueer mebKÙee oer ieF& mebKÙeeDeeW keâe ce.me.he. nesiee~
When the base of the given number are same, then
the number with least power will be the H.C.F. of
meceerkeâjCe mecyevOe keâjCeer (Equation related surds)-
given numbers.
Ùeefo keâjCeer (If the surds), a + + b = c + d
Ex. 72, 74, 79 keâe ce.me.he. (H.C.F.) = 72
a=c
peye DeeOeej meceeve ve nes Deewj DeeOeej ceW keâesF& GYeÙeefve‰ leye (then),
b=d
iegCeveKeC[ ve nes, lees oer ieF& mebKÙeeDeeW keâe ce.me.he. 1 nesiee~ Dele: Skeâ he#e keâe heefjcesÙe Yeeie, otmejs he#e kesâ heefjcesÙe Yeeie kesâ
When the base is not same and there is no common yejeyej nesiee~ Skeâ he#e keâe DeheefjcesÙe Yeeie, otmejs he#e kesâ
factor in the base, then the required H.C.F. of given DeheefjcesÙe Yeeie kesâ yejeyej nesiee~
numbers will be 1. Hence, the rational part of one side is equal to the
rational part of other side and the irrational part of
2 5
Ex. 2 , 3 , 5 4
keâe ce.me.he. (H.C.F.) = 1
one side is equal to the irrational part of other side.
heefjcesÙekeâjCe (Rationalization)–
keâjCeer (Surds) heefjcesÙekeâjCe iegCeveKeC[
(Rationalization
factor)
a+ b a− b
a− b a+ b
a+ b a− b
a− b a+ b
2/3 2/3 1/ 3 1/ 3
a +b −a b (a 1/ 3
+ b1 / 3 )
a 2 / 3 + b 2 / 3 + a1 / 3 b1 / 3 (a 1/ 3
− b1 / 3 )

keâjCeer Deewj Ieeleebkeâ (Surds and Indies)

keâjCeer Deewj Ieeleebkeâ kesâ efveÙece
(Law of surds and indices)
a × a × a × .............. m heoeW lekeâ = am
a × a × a × .............. n heoeW lekeâ = an
(a × a × ........ m heoeW lekeâ) × (a × a × ....... n heoeW lekeâ)
= am × an
⇒ am + n

Maths Capsule 24 YCT

 a × a × a × ........m heoeW lekeâ a m
= n ⇒ a m−n Jeie&cetue %eele keâjvee (Find square root)
a × a × a × ........n heoeW lekeâ a
Ùeefo a > 0, a ≠ 1 leLee m, n, p hetCeeËkeâ (integer) nes lees–
am × an = a m + n
am × an × ap = am + n + p
m n
(a ) = a mn

am
n
= a m−n
a
a0 = 1
1
a–m =
am
Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)–
a mn
=a
(m n )
11 + 2 30
( )
np Sol.
np (np ) m
am = am =a
( ab )n = a n b n
2 2
( abc )n = a n b n cn ( 5) + ( 6 ) +2 5× 6

If a n = y then a = y1/n ( 5 + 6)
2

If ax = by then a = by/x
If ax = by then a1/y = b1/x
( 5 + 6)
Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)–
xn = a ⇒ x = n
a , (a ∈ R, a ≥ 0)
13 + 2 30
Ùeefo n Skeâ efJe<ece Ieve hetCeeËkeâ nw leLee a > 0 lees– Sol.
n n
−a = a
If m, n ≥ 2, and a, b > 0 then–
2
n
a = a1 / n ( 10 + 3 )
m
( a) n
= am / n ( 10 + 3 )
n
a.n b = n
ab = ( ab )
1/ n Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)–
n
17 − 2 30
a a Sol.
n
= n
b b
1/ n
n m
a = ( a1 / m ) = a1 / mn
2
n
a.m a = a1 / n .a1 / m ( 15 − 2 )
⇒ a1 / n +1 / m ( 15 − 2 )
m+n
⇒ a mn mn
a(m+ n)
Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)–
8−2 7
n
a a1 / n 1 1
−
m−n
= 1/ m
= a n m
a mn Sol.
m
a a

⇒ mn
a (m − n)
r 2
pqr
z y
( a)
x
p
q

=a xyz ( 7− 1 )
( 7− 1 )
Maths Capsule 25 YCT
 Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)– Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)–
12 + 140 3+ 5

Sol. 12 + 140 Sol. 3+ 5

2
2
(
3+ 5 )
2
1
6+2 5
( 7+ 5 ) 2

( 7+ 5 )
Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)–
1 2
8 − 60
2
( 5 +1 )
Sol. 8 − 60 1
2
( )
5 +1

Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)–

2
4 − 15
( 5− 3 )
Sol. 4 − 15
( 5− 3 )
2
Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)– 2
(
4 − 15 )
7+4 3 1
8 − 2 15
2
Sol. 7+4 3

7 + 2 12

1 2

2
( 5− 3 )
2
( 4+ 3 ) 1
( 5− 3 )
2
(2 + 3 ) Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)–
Jeie&cetue %eele keâjes~ (Find the square root)–
15 + 60 + 84 + 140
12 − 6 3
Sol. 15 + 60 + 84 + 140
Sol. 12 − 6 3
15 + 2 15 + 2 21 + 2 35
12 − 2 27
15 + 2. 3. 5 + 2. 5. 7 + 2. 7 . 3
2 2 2
( 3) + ( 5) + ( 7 ) + 2. 3. 5 + 2. 5. 7 + 2. 7 . 3

( 9− 3 )
2
( 3+ 5+ 7 )
(3 − 3 ) ( 3+ 5+ 7 )
Maths Capsule 26 YCT
 mejueerkeâjCe (Simplification)
kegâÚ cenòJehetCe& heefjCeece
(Some important results) BODMAS efveÙece (Rule) :

If, x = a a a a........∞
then, x = a

If, x = a a a...........n times

2n −1
2n
then, x = a

If, x = n
a × n a × n a..........∞ keâes‰keâeW keâes Deboj mes yeenj keâer Deesj nue keâjles nQ~ (Solve the
(n − 1)
brackets from inside to outside).
then, x = a keâes‰keâeW kesâ Øekeâej (Types of brackets) :
If, x = n
a ÷ n a ÷ n a ÷ ..........∞ jsKee keâes‰keâ (Line/Bar bracket) → –––
then, x =
(n + 1)
a Úesše keâes‰keâ (Circular/Small/Open bracket) → ( )
ceOÙece Ùee cePeuee keâes‰keâ (Curly/Braces bracket) → { }
If, x = a + b a + b a + ...........∞
yeÌ[e keâes‰keâ (Square/Closed bracket) → [ ]
then, x =
4a + b 2 + b nue keâerefpeS (To solve) :
2 1
If, x = a + a + a + ..............∞
222 –
3
{ (
of 42 + 56 − 8 + 9 )} + 108
4a + 1 + 1 1
then, x =
2
Sol. 222 –
3
{ (
of 42 + 56 − 8 + 9 )} + 108
If, x = a − b a − b a − ..........∞ 1
222 – of {42 + (56 − 17)} + 108
3
4a + b 2 − b
then, x = 1
2 ⇒ 222 − of {42 + 39} + 108
3
If, x = a − a − a − ..........∞ 1
⇒ 222 − of {81} + 108
4a + 1 − 1 3
then, x =
2 1
⇒ 222 − of 81 + 108
3
If, x = a + b a − b a + b a − ............∞
⇒ 222 – [27 + 108]
4a − 3b 2 + b ⇒ 222 – 135
then, x =
2 ⇒ 87
If, x = a + a − a + a − ............∞
nue keâerefpeS (To solve) :

4a − 3 + 1 { (
a− b− c− a−b−c )}
then, x =
2
Sol. a − b − {c − ( a − b − c)}
If, x = a − b a + b a − b a + b a − ...........∞
⇒ a − b − {c − (a − b + c)}
4a − 3b 2 − b ⇒ a − [ b − {c − a + b − c}]
then, x =
2
⇒ a − [ b − {b − a }]
If, x = a − a + a − a + a − ...........∞ ⇒ a − [b − b + a ]
4a − 3 − 1 ⇒ a − [a ]
then, x =
2 ⇒ 0

Maths Capsule 27 YCT

 nue keâerefpeS (To solve) : ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
19170 ÷ 54 ÷ 5 1 1 1 1 1
+ + + + =?
Sol. 19170 ÷ 54 ÷ 5 1 × 4 4 × 7 7 × 10 10 × 13 13 × 16
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
⇒ 19170 × × Sol. + + + +
54 5 1× 4 4 × 7 7 ×10 10 ×13 13 ×16
355 1 3 3 3 3 3
⇒ ⇒ + + + +
5 3 1 × 4 4 × 7 7 × 10 10 × 13 13 × 16
⇒ 71 1 1 1 1 1 7 1 1 1 1 1
nue keâerefpeS (To solve) : ⇒ − + − + − + − + −
3 4 4 4 7 7 10 10 13 13 16
9 18 90
÷ ÷ 1 1 1
13 26 52 ⇒ −
3 1 16
9 18 90
Sol. ÷ ÷ 1 16 − 1
13 26 52 ⇒
9 26 52 3 16
⇒ × ×
13 18 90 1 15 5
= ×
26 3 16 16
⇒
45 ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
nue keâerefpeS (To solve) : 2
+
4
+
7
+
9
=?
5.8 + (7.4 ÷ 3.7 × 5) – 6 × 2 ÷ 2.5 15 45 144 400
Sol. 5.8 + (7.4 ÷ 3.7 × 5) – 6 × 2 ÷ 2.5 Sol.
2
+
4
+
7
+
9
2 15 45 144 400
⇒ 5.8 + (2 × 5) – 6 ×
2.5 2 4 7 9
⇒ + + +
⇒ 5.8 + 10 – 4.8 3 × 5 5 × 9 9 × 16 16 × 25
⇒ 15.8 – 4.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
⇒ − + − + − + −
⇒ 11 3 5 5 9 9 16 16 25
1 1
ëe=bKeuee hej DeeOeeefjle ØeMve (Question based on series) = −
3 25
1 1 1 1 25 − 3 22
= − =
a × b (b − a ) a b 75 75
1 1 1 1 ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
= − 3 5 7 9 19
a × b × c (c − a ) ab bc + 2 2 + 2 2 + 2 2 ................. 2 2
2 2
1 1 1 1 1 .2 2 .3 3 .4 4 .5 9 .10
= − 3 5 7 9 19
a × b × c × d ( d − a ) abc bcd Sol. 2 2 + 2 2 + 2 2 + 2 2 ................. 2 2
1 .2 2 .3 3 .4 4 .5 9 .10
1 × 2 + 2 × 3 + 3 × 4 + 4 × 5 + ......... + n(n + 1)
3 5 7 9 19
n ( n + 1)( n + 2) + + + ..............
= 1 × 4 4 × 9 9 × 16 16 × 25 81 × 100
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) : ⇒ − + − + − + − ....... −
1 4 4 9 9 16 16 25 81 100
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 99
+ + + + + ⇒ − ⇒
20 30 42 56 72 90 1 100 100
1 1 1 1 1 1 ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
Sol. + + + + +
20 30 42 56 72 90 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1+ 1+ 1+ ............ 1 + =?
⇒ + + + + + 2 3 4 n
4 × 5 5 × 6 6 × 7 7 × 8 8 × 9 9 × 10
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
⇒ − + − + − + − + − + − Sol. 1 + 1+ 1+ ............ 1 +
4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 2 3 4 n
1 1
= −
4 10
5−2 30 (n + 1)
= =
20 20 2
Maths Capsule 28 YCT
 ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) : 1.2.4 + 2.4.8 + 3.6.12 + .........
1
3
1 1 1 1 Sol.
1− 1− 1− ............ 1 − =? 1.3.9 + 2.6.18 + 3.9.27 + .......
2 3 4 n 1
8 3
1 1 1 1 ⇒
Sol. 1 − 1− 1− ............ 1 − 27
2 3 4 n
2
=
3
1 Ûej Ieeleebkeâer ßesCeer (Exponential Series)
⇒
n
1 1 1 1
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) : e =1+ + + + + ........ 2.71828
1! 2! 3! 4!
1 1 1 1 1
1− 2 1− 2 1 − 2 ..... 1 − 2 1− 2 ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
3 4 5 11 12
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sol. 1 − 2
1 − 2 1 − 2 ..... 1 − 2 1 − 2 + + + ............
3 4 5 11 12 1.2.3 1.2.3.4 1.2.3.4.5
a2 – b2 = (a + b) (a – b) 1 1 1
Sol. + + + .............
1 1 1 1 3! 4! 5!
1+ 1− 1+ 1− ..............................
3 3 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1
1+ + + + + .......... − 1 + +
1 1 1 1 1! 2! 3! 4! 1! 2!
..... 1 + 1− 1+ 1−
11 11 12 12 = (2.71828) – (1 + 1 + 0.5)
1 1 1 1 = 0.21828
⇒ 1+ 1+ 1 + ..... 1 + ×
3 4 5 12 ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
1 1 1 1 8! × 7! × 6!
1− 1− 1− ..... 1 − =?
3 4 5 12 9! × 5! × 3!
8!× 7 × 6 × 5!× 6 × 5 × 4 × 3!
Sol.
9 × 8!× 5!× 3!
13 2 ⇒ 28 × 20
⇒ ×
3 12 ⇒ 560
13 1 6! kesâ ™he ceW ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value in the
⇒ ×
3 6 form of 6!) :
13 [8! - 7! - 6!]
⇒
18 Sol. [8! - 7! - 6!]
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
⇒ [8 × 7 × 6! – 7 × 6! – 6]
1
2 × 8 + 8 × 32 + 18 × 72 + .......... 4 ⇒ 6! [8 × 7 – 7 – 1]
=?
1 + 16 + 81 + .............. ⇒ 6! [56 – 8]
1
2 × 8 + 8 × 32 + 18 × 72 + .......... 4 ⇒ 6![48]
Sol.
1 + 16 + 81 + .............. Ùeefo a * b = 2(a + b) leye 1 * [2 * 3] keâe ceeve keäÙee
1 nesiee?
1 + 16 + 81 + ........ 4
⇒ 16 If a * b = 2(a + b) then find the value 1 * [2 * 3]
1 + 16 + 81 + ........
1 Sol. 1 * [2 * 3]
⇒ [16]4 ⇒ 1 * [2 (2 + 3)]
1
⇒ 24 4 2 ⇒ 1 * [2 × 5]
⇒ 1 * 10
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
1
⇒ 2 [1 + 10]
1.2.4 + 2.4.8 + 3.6.12 + ......... 3 ⇒ 2 × 11
1.3.9 + 2.6.18 + 3.9.27 + ....... = 22

Maths Capsule 29 YCT

 Ùeefo x * y = 3x + 2y leye 2 * 3 + 3 * 4 keâe ceeve keäÙee ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
nesiee? 1 1 1 1 1
3 + 33 + 333 + 3333 + 33333
If x * y = 3x + 2y then find the value 2 * 3 + 3 * 4 3 3 3 3 3
Sol. 1 1 1 1 1
Sol. 3 + 33 + 333 + 3333 + 33333
3 3 3 3 3
⇒ (3 + 33 + 333 + 3333 + 33333) +
⇒ (3 × 2 + 2 × 3) + (3 × 3 + 2 × 4) 1 1 1 1 1
+ + + +
⇒ (6 + 6) + (9 + 8) 3 3 3 3 3
= 12 + 17 = 29 5 2
Ùeefo @ Skeâ Ssmeer mebef›eâÙee nw efkeâ (If @ is an operation = 37035 + ⇒ 37035 + 1
3 3
such that) 2 2
= 37036 + ⇒ 37036
2a Ùeefo > b 3 3
a @ b = a + b Ùeefo a < b melele efYeVe (Continuous fraction)
a2 Ùeefo = b
( 5 @ 7 ) + ( 4 @ 4) = ? nue keâerefpeS (To solve) :
then, 1
3 ( 5 @ 5) − (15 @ 11) − 3 1+
1
1+
(5 + 7 ) + ( 4)2 1
Sol. 2 1+
3 (5) − ( 2 × 15) − 3 2
1+
12 + 16 5
⇒ 2
75 − 30 − 3 Sol. Step-1 : meyemes henues Debeflece efYeVe efueKeW
28 5
⇒
75 − 33 2
Write the last fraction first
28 2 5
⇒ =
42 3 Step-2 : henues DebMe (2) efueKeW efheâj nj (5) efueKeW
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) : Write the numerator (2) first then the denominator
995 (5).
999 × 999
999 Step-3 : efpeleveer yeej ØeMve ceW 1 efoÙee nes Gleveer yeej Deeies
Sol. 999
995
× 999
mebKÙeeSb DeeSieer, Deewj Deieueer mebKÙee %eele keâjves kesâ efueS legjble
999 efheÚues Jeeueer mebKÙee keâes Gme mebKÙee ceW peesÌ[W~
995 Next number will appear as many times as one is
⇒ 999 + 999
999 given in the question and to find the next number,
immediately add the previous number to that
995
⇒ (1000 − 1) + 999 number.
999
(1000 − 1) 999 + 995
⇒ × 999
999
⇒ 999000 – 999 + 995
= 999000 – 4 = 998996
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) :
1 2 3 4 5 6
999 + 999 + 999 + 999 + 999 + 999
9 7 7 7 7 7 31
⇒
1 2 3 4 5 6 19
Sol. 999 + 999 + 999 + 999 + 999 + 999
9 7 7 7 7 7
1 2 3 4 5 6 nue keâerefpeS (To solve) :
⇒ (999 × 6) + + + + + +
7 7 7 7 7 7 1
1−
21 1
⇒ (1000 − 1) 6 + 1−
1
7 1−
2
= 6000 – 6 + 3 1−
5
= 6000 – 3 = 5997
Maths Capsule 30 YCT
Sol. DeeJele& oMeceueJe (Recurring decimal) :
a ab
0.a = 0.ab =
−3 3 9 99
Dele: efYeVe = abc ab − a
−5 5 0.abc = 0.ab =
nue keâerefpeS (To solve) : 999 90
abc − ab abc − a
1 0.abc = 0.abc =
1+ 900 990
1
2+
1 ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) 8.546 + 5.927 :
3+
4 Sol.
Sol.
43
Dele: efYeVe =
30
nue keâerefpeS (To solve) :
1
1−
1
2−
1
3−
4

Sol.
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) a+ b + c :
1 13
=
1 29
a+
1
b+
c
Sol.

ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value)

8.31 + 0.6 + 0.002 = ?
Sol.
Without bar = 2
∴ a+b+c=2+4+3 With bar = 1, 1, 1 LCM = 1

a+b+c=9
ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value) a+ b + c :
1 16
=
1 23
a+
1
b+ ⇒ 8.979
1
c+
2 ceeve %eele keâerefpeS (Find the value)
Sol. 22.4 + 11.567 − 33.59 = ?
Sol. Without bar = 1
With bar = 1, 2, 1 LCM = 2

∴a+b+c=1+2+3⇒6

Maths Capsule 31 YCT

Maths Capsule 32 YCT
 1 25 1 1 1 100 1 1
12 % = × = 9 %= × =
2 2 100 8 11 11 100 11
1 100 1 1 1 25 1 1
11 % = × = 8 %= × =
9 9 100 9 3 3 100 12
2 20 1 1 5 100 1 1
6 %= × = 5 %= × =
3 3 100 15 19 19 100 19

Dele: ‘‘ØeefleMele Skeâ Ssmeer efYeVe nw efpemekeâe nj 100 neslee nw~’’ efYeVe keâes ØeefleMele ceW yeouevee
DeLee&le efkeâmeer Jemleg keâes 100 yejeyej YeeieeW ceW yeeBšvee~ (Change the fraction in to the percentage)
"Percentage is the fraction which denominator is 100." efYeVe keâes ØeefleMele ceW yeoueves kesâ efueS 100 keâe iegCee leLee 100 keâe
i.e. divide an object into 100 equal parts. Yeeie keâjles nw~
ØeefleMele keâes efYeVe ceW yeouevee To convert a fraction in to a percent multiply by 100 and
divide by 100.
(Change the percentage in to the fraction) 1 1
1 = 1×100% 100% = ×100% 50%
2 2
1
ØeefleMele keâes efYeVe ceW yeoueves kesâ efueS % kesâ mLeeve hej efueKeles nQ~ 1 = 1 ×100% 33 1 % 1 1
= ×100% 25%
100 3 3 3 4 4
1
To convert a percent in to a fraction, substitute in 1 = 1 ×100% 20% 1 1
= ×100% 16 %
2
100 5 5 6 6 3
the place of %. 1 1 2 1 1 1
= ×100% 14 % = ×100% 12 %
7 7 7 8 8 2
1 1 1 1 1
= ×100% 11 % = ×100% 10%
1 1 1 3 9 9 9 10 10
2% = 2× = 3% = 3× =
100 50 100 100 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 = ×100% 9 % = ×100% 8 %
4% = 4× = 5% = 5× = 11 11 11 12 12 3
100 25 100 20 1 1 9 1 1 1
1 3 1 1 = ×100% 7 % = ×100% 7 %
15% = 15× = 10% = 10× = 13 13 13 14 14 7
100 20 100 10 1 1 2 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 = ×100% 6 % = ×100% 6 %
20% = 20× = 25% = 25× = 15 15 3 16 16 4
100 5 100 4 1 1 15 1 1 5
1 3 1 1 = ×100% 5 % = ×100% 5 %
30% = 30× = 50% = 50× = 17 17 17 18 18 9
100 10 100 2 1 1 5 1 1
1 3 1 3 = ×100% 5 % = ×100% 5%
60% = 60× = 75% = 75× = 19 19 19 20 20
100 5 100 4 2 2 5 3 3 1
1 4 1 9 = ×100% 15 % = ×100% 37 %
80% = 80× = 90% = 90× = 13 13 13 8 8 2
100 5 100 10 5 5 1 2 2 2
1 1 = ×100% 62 % = ×100% 66 %
100% = 100× =1 200% = 200× =2 8 8 2 3 3 3
100 100 3 3 4 4 4
1 1 100 1 1 = ×100% 75% = ×100% 44 %
300% = 300× =3 33 % = × = 4 4 9 9 9
100 3 3 100 3 50 5 5
2 50 1 1 2 100 1 1 5+ 5 100% 100%
16 % = × = 14 % = × = 9 9 9
3 3 100 6 7 7 100 7 ⇒ 500% + 55.55% = 555.55%
Maths Capsule 33 YCT
83 11 11 Example –: efkeâmeer Jemleg kesâ cetuÙe ceW 30% keâer Je=efæ nes peeleer nw
= 6+ 6 100% ×100%
12 12 12 Deewj Fmekeâer Kehele ceW 20% keâer keâceer nes peeleer nw lees %eele keâjes Jemleg
600% + 91.66% = 691.66% hej ceeefmekeâ JÙeÙe ceW efkeâleves % keâer keâceer DeLeJee Je=efæ nesieer~
OÙeeve oW (Attention) : The price of an item increases by 30% and the
consumption of that is reduced by 20% find how many
% of the monthly expenditure on that item will increase
or decrease.
Solve –:
JÙegl›eâce met$e (Reciprocal formula)
m = a × b
↓ ↓ ↓
efveÙele +x% ? xy
±m = ±x ± y ±
constant 100
x +30× –20
b cesW keâceer (decrease in b) % = ×100% = 30 – 20 ±
100 + x 100
m = a × b 600
= 30 – 20 –
↓ ↓ ↓ 100
efveÙele –x% ? ±m = +4%
constant
x ⇒ 4% increase
b cesW Je=efæ (increase in b ) % = ×100% Example –: Skeâ IeveeYe keâer uecyeeF& ceW 50% keâer Je=efæ, ÛeewÌ[eF& ceW
100 − x
30% keâer keâceer leLee TBÛeeF& ceW Yeer 20% keâer keâceer keâj oer peeleer nw
Example –: jece keâer DeeÙe MÙeece keâer DeeÙe mes 25% DeefOekeâ nw lees
%eele keâjes Gmekesâ DeeÙeleve ceW efkeâleves % keâer keâceer DeLeJee Je=efæ nesieer?
MÙeece keâer DeeÙe, jece keâer DeeÙe mes efkeâleves % keâce nw–
The length of a cuboid is increase by 50%, the width is
Ram's income is 25% more than shyam's income so what
reduced by 30% and the height is also reduced by 20%.
percentage of shyam's income will be less than Ram's income?
Find how many % increase or decrease in its volume.
25
Solve : keâceer ( Decrease ) % = ×100% Solve –: V = l × b × h
(100 + 25) ↓ ↓ ↓
25 +50% –30% –20%
= ×100% 20%
125 xy ± yz ± zx xyz
±m = ±x ± y ± z ± ±
Example –: jece keâer DeeÙe MÙeece keâer DeeÙe mes 25% keâce nw leye 100 10,000
MÙeece keâer DeeÙe jece keâer DeeÙe mes efkeâleves % DeefOekeâ nesieer~ −1500 + 600 – 1000 30000
Ram's income is 25% less than shyam's income then ±m = +50 – 30 – 20 ± +
what percentage of shyam's income will be more than 100 10000
Ram's income. 1900
±m = 0 – +3
25 100
Solve : Je=efæ ( Increase) % = ×100%
±m = –19 + 3
(100 – 25)
±m = –16%
25 1
= ×100% 33 % ⇒ 16% decrease
75 3
Gòejesòej met$e (Successive formula) ØeefleMele efJelejCe (Percentage Distribution)
m =
a × b Skeâ JÙeefòeâ Deheveer mecheefòe keâe x% Yeeie Deheveer helveer keâes, Mes<e
↓ ↓ ↓ keâe y% Yeeie Deheves heg$e keâes leLee Mes<e keâe z% Yeeie Deheveer heg$eer
? ±x% ±y% keâes oslee nw Ùeefo Gmekesâ heeme kegâue mecheefòe T nes lees Mes<e yeÛeer
xy mecheefòe 'R' nesieer–
±m = ±x ± y ±
100 A person distributes x% of his property to his wife,
m = a × b × c y% of remaining property to his son and z% of
↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ remaining property to his daughter. If he has a total
? ±x% ±y% ±z% property 'T' the remaining property 'R' will be :
xy ± yz ± zx xyz
R = T×
(100 – x ) × (100 – y) × (100 – z )
±m = ±x ± y ± z ± ±
100 10000 100 100 100
Maths Capsule 34 YCT
 Skeâ JÙeefòeâ Deheveer DeeÙe keâe x% Yeeie Yeespeve hej, y% Yeeie DeeÙe (Income)
cekeâeve kesâ efkeâjeSs hej Deewj z% DevÙe ceoeW hej KeÛe& keâjlee nw~
Ùeefo Gmekesâ heeme kegâue jeefMe 'T' nes lees Mes<e jeefMe 'R' nesieer– DeeÙe = KeÛe& + yeÛele
A person spends x% of his income on food, y% on Income = Expenditure + Savings
house rent and z% on other item. If he has a total
amount 'T', then remaining amount 'R' will be :
DeeÙekeâj (income tax)
100 – ( x + y + z )
R = T×
100 kegâue DeeÙe = DeeÙekeâj + Megæ DeeÙe
a Total income = Income tax + Net Income
Skeâ JÙeefòeâ Deheveer mecheefòe keâe Yeeie Deheveer helveer keâes, Mes<e keâe
b
c e
Yeeie Deheves heg$e keâes leLee Mes<e keâe Yeeie Deheveer yesšer keâes
d f
oslee nw Ùeefo Gmekesâ heeme kegâue jeefMe 'T' ` nes, leye Mes<e yeÛeer
OevejeefMe 'R' nesieer–
a
A person distributes part of his property to his
b
c e
wife, part of remaining property to his son and
d f
part of remaining property of his daughter. If he has
a total property 'T' then the remaining property 'R'
will be :
 a  c  e 
R = T ×  1 – 1 –  1 – 
 b  d  f 
a c
Skeâ JÙeefòeâ Deheveer DeeÙe keâe Yeeie Yeespeve hej, Yeeie cekeâeve kesâ
b d
e
efkeâjeSs hej leLee Yeeie DevÙe ceoeW hej KeÛe& keâjlee nw Ùeefo Gmekesâ
f
heeme kegâue 'T' ` neW, leye Mes<e yeÛeer OevejeefMe 'R' nesieer–
a c
A person spends part of his income on food, part
b d
e Ùeefo kegâue DeeÙe efveÙele nw, efpeleves ` keâj yeÌ{siee, Gleves ` ner Megæ DeeÙe
on house rent and
f
part on other items. If has a total Iešsieer leLee efpeleves ` keâj Iešsiee, Gleves ` ner Megæ DeeÙe yeÌ{sieer~ hejvleg
amount 'T', then the remaing property 'R' will be: oesveeW kesâ nesves Jeeues ØeefleMele yeoueeJe meceeve veneR nsebies~
If the total income is constant (fixed), the more rupees
  a c e  the tax increases, the more net income will decrease.
R = T× 1 –  + +  
  b d f  The more rupees the tax decreases, the more the net
income will increase. But the percentage changes of
both will not be the same.
veÙee efceßeCe lewÙeej keâjvee (Preparing a new mixture) Ùeefo DeeÙekeâj ceW x% keâer Je=efæ nesves hej, Megæ DeeÙe ceW y% keâer keâceer
nesleer nw, leye–
If income tax increase by x%, net income decrease
by y%, then :
Tax x% = Net Income × y%
Ùeefo DeeÙekeâj ceW 19% keâer Je=efæ nesves hej, Megæ DeeÙe ceW 6% keâer
keâceer nesleer nw~ lees DeeÙekeâj keâer oj %eele keâerefpeS~
If there is a decrease of 6% in net income when
income tax is incraesed by 19%, then find the rate of
yeeSB lejheâ otOe keâer cee$ee = oeSB lejheâ otOe keâer cee$ee income tax.
Quantity of milk in L.H.S = Quantity of milk in R.H.S 19 6
Sol. Tax × = net income ×
OR 100 100
yeeSB lejheâ heeveer keâer cee$ee = oeSB lejheâ heeveer keâer cee$ee tax 6
=
Quantity of water in L.H.S = Quantity of water in R.H.S net income 19
Maths Capsule 35 YCT
 ∴ Total income = tax + net income
25 = 6 + 19 hejer#ee ceW DeefOekeâlece Debkeâ
6 (Maximum marks in examnation)
Tax rate % = × 100%
25
= 24% ( a ± b ) → Debkeâ
M = 100×
ØeejefcYekeâ Deewj Debeflece cetuÙe (Initial and last price) ( x ± y) → %
Ùeefo efkeâmeer Jemleg kesâ cetuÙe ceW x% keâer Je=efæ DeLeJee keâceer nes peeves
mes a ` ceW n JemlegSB keâce DeLeJee DeefOekeâ Deeleer nes leye– pevemebKÙee (Population)
There is x% increase or decrease in price of any Ùeefo efkeâmeer keâmyes keâer pevemebKÙee P nes Deewj R% keâer oj mes Je=efæ
items, n items are more or less in ` a, then : DeLeJee keâceer nes jner nes~
a x
ØeejefcYekeâ cetuÙe ( Initial Price) = × If the population of a town is P and annual rate is
n 100 ± x R% Increase or decrease then
Deefvlece/heefjJele&ve Jesâ yeeo cetuÙe a 100 t Je<eeX yeeo pevemebKÙee t Je<e& henues pevemebKÙee
= ×
( Last/after changing Price) n x (t years after population) (t years before population)
t
 R  P
leepee heâue Deewj metKee heâue (Fresh fruit & dry fruit) = P 1+ 
= t
 100   R 
leepes heâue keâe efÚukeâe = metKes heâue keâe efÚukeâe 1+ 
 100 
The Peel of fresh fruit = the peel of dry fruit
Ùeefo efkeâmeer keâmyes keâer Jele&ceeve pevemebKÙee P nw Deewj pevemebKÙee
leepes heâue ceW 80% peue nw~ peyeefkeâ metKes heâue ceW 60% peue nw~ ›eâceMe: henues, otmejs Deewj leermejs Je<e& ceW R1%, R2%, Deewj
100 efkeâ«ee leepes heâue heâue ceW efkeâlevee efkeâlevee metKee heâue Øeehle R3% keâer oj mes yeÌ[ jner nes Ùee Ieš jner nes leye leerve Je<e& yeeo
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw? pevemebKÙee –
Fresh fruit has 80% water while dried fruit has 60% If the present population of a town is P and the
water. How much dry fruit can be obtained in 100 population increase or decrease at the rate of R1%,
kg of fresh fruit? R2% and R3% respectively then the population of
Sol. leepee heâue × efÚuekeâe % = metKee heâue × efÚuekeâe % town after 3 year.
100 × (100 – 80)% = metKee heâue × (100 – 60)% R1 R2 R3
100 × 20 = metKee heâue × 40 A = P 1± 1± 1±
100 100 100
metKee heâue = 50 kg

CP → Cost price ueeiele cetuÙe/›eâÙe cetuÙe SP – CP

SP → Sell price efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe (iv) P% = ×100%
CP
P → Profit ueeYe (gain)
L → Loss neefve peye efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe ›eâÙe cetuÙe mes Úesše nes
(When sell price is less than cost price)
peye efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe ›eâÙe cetuÙe mes yeÌ[e nes
(when sell price is greater than cost price) SP < CP
(i) neefve nesieer (will be loss)
SP > CP (ii) L = CP – SP
(i) ueeYe nesiee (will be profit) L
(ii) P = SP – CP (iii) L% = ×100%
CP
P CP – SP
(iii) P% = ×100% (iv) L% = ×100%
CP CP

Maths Capsule 36 YCT

 peye efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe ›eâÙe cetuÙe kesâ yejeyej nes (iii) Ùeefo Skeâ efJe›esâlee Deheves meeceeve keâes ueeiele cetuÙe kesâ x% neefve
(when sell price is equal to cost price) hej yesÛelee nw uesefkeâve y «eece kesâ yepeeS z «eece keâe GheÙeesie keâjlee
nw lees Gmekeâe ueeYe Ùee neefve % –
SP = CP If a vender used to sell his articles at x% loss on cost
(i) ve ueeYe nesiee, ve neefve (No Profit No Loss) price but uses z grams instead of y grams, then his
profit or loss % –
efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe Deewj ›eâÙe cetuÙe ceW mecyevOe  z 
(Relation between sell price and cost price) P/L% = (100 – x ) –100  %
 y 
CP SP ueeYe Ùee neefve Oeveelcekeâ Ùee $e+Ceelcekeâ mebkesâle kesâ Devegmeej,
=
100 100 ± P/L Profit or loss as per positive or negative sign.
JemlegDeeW kesâ mecyevOe ceW ueeYe Deewj neefve % Error
(iv) P% = ×100%
(Profit and loss % in respect of items) True value – Error

(i) Ùeefo n JemlegDeeW keâes yesÛeves hej, x JemlegSB kesâ ›eâÙe cetuÙe kesâ yejeyej ›eâefcekeâ ueeYe Deewj neefve (Successive profit & Loss) %
ueeYe neslee nw lees ueeYe ØeefleMele/There is a profit equal to
the cost price of x items on selling n items, then xy ueeYe ( Profit )
profit % is – ±m = ±x±y±
100 − → neefve ( Loss)
x
P% = ×100%
n peye efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe meceeve nes (When selling price is same)
(iii) Ùeefo n JemlegDeeW keâes yesÛeves hej x JemlegSW kesâ ›eâÙecetuÙe kesâ yejeyej neefve (i) Ùeefo oes JemlegDeeW kesâ efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe meceeve nw, Skeâ keâes P% ueeYe
nesleer nw lees neefve % /There is a loss equal to the cost price hej leLee otmejs keâes L% keâer neefve hej yesÛee peelee nw~ lees JÙeeheej
of x items on selling n items, then loss % is – ceW nesves Jeeuee ueeYe DeLeJee neefve % –
x If the selling price of two goods is same, one is sold
L% = ×100%
n at P% profit and other at L% loss, then the profit or
(iii) Ùeefo n JemlegDeeW keâes yesÛeves hej x JemlegSs kesâ efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe kesâ loss % in the business is –:
yejeyej ueeYe neslee nw leye ueeYe ØeefleMele/There is a profit 100 ( P – L ) – 2PL
P/L% = %
equal to the sell price of x items on selling n items, 200 + P – L
then profit % is –
(ii) Ùeefo oes JemlegDeeW kesâ efJe›eâÙecetuÙe meceeve nw, Skeâ keâes x% ueeYe hej Deewj
P% =
x
×100% otmejer keâes x% neefve hej yesÛee peelee nw lees ncesMee neefve nesleer nw –
(n – x) If the selling price of two goods is same, one is sold
at x% profit and other at x% loss, then there is
(iv) Ùeefo n JemlegDeeW keâes yesÛeves hej x JemlegSW kesâ efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe kesâ yejeyej neefve always loss–
nesleer nw leye neefve ØeefleMele/There is a loss equal to the sell price 2
of x items on selling n items, then loss % – x
L% =
x 10
L% = ×100%
(n + x ) 2SP
kegâue neefve ( Total loss ) = 2
`
100
yesF&ceeve ogkeâeveoej (Dis-honest shopkeeper) –1
x
(i) Ùeefo efkeâmeer Jemleg keâes ›eâÙe cetuÙe hej ner yesÛee peeS hejvleg x gm
kesâ mLeeve hej y «eece leewuee peeS lees JÙeeheej ceW nesves Jeeuee ueeYe peye ›eâÙe cetuÙe meceeve nes (When cost price is same)
ØeefleMele/If an item is sold at its cost price but y grams (i) Ùeefo oes JemlegDeeW kesâ ›eâÙe cetuÙe meceeve nQ, Skeâ keâes P% ueeYe hej
are weighed instead of x grams, then the profit % is- leLee otmejs keâes L% keâer neefve hej yesÛee peelee nw leye JÙeeheej ceW
P% =
x–y
×100%
ueeYe DeLeJee neefve % –:
y If cost price of two goods is same, if one is sold at
P% profit and other at L% loss then profit or loss %
(ii) Ùeefo efkeâmeer Jemleg keâes P% ueeYe hej yesÛee peeS Deewj 1 kg kesâ in the business is–:
mLeeve hej y «eece leewuee peeS lees JÙeeheej ceW nesves Jeeuee ueeYe
P–L
ØeefleMele/ If an item is sold at P% profit and y grams are P/L% = %
weight instead of 1 kg, then the profit % is – 2
(ii) Ùeefo oes JemlegDeeW kesâ ›eâÙecetuÙe meceeve nes, Skeâ keâes x% ueeYe hej
10 (100 + P ) – y leLee otmejs keâes x% neefve hej yesÛee peeSs lees JÙeeheej ceW ve ueeYe
P% = ×100%
y nesiee ve neefve nesieer~
Maths Capsule 37 YCT
 If cost price of two goods is same, if one is sold at peye mebKÙeelcekeâ ceeve yejeyej nes
x% profit and other at x% loss then there is no profit
(When numerical value is same)
and no loss in the business –:
(iii) peye Skeâ ogkeâeveoej keâes Sp1 ` ceW n1 JemlegSB yesÛeves hej x% keâer (i) efkeâmeer Jemleg keâes SP ` ceW yesÛeves hej, ueeYe % keâe mebKÙeelcekeâ
ueeYe DeLeJee neefve nesleer nw leLee Sp2 ` ceW n2 JemlegSW yesÛeves hej
y% ueeYe DeLeJee neefve nesleer nw leye –:
ceeve ›eâÙecetuÙe kesâ mebKÙeelcekeâ ceeve kesâ yejeyej nes leye ›eâÙecetuÙe –
When a shopkeeper makes a profit or loss x% on If the numerical value of profit % by selling an
selling n1 items for Sp1 ` and a profit or loss y% on article of ` SP is equal to the numerical value of cost
selling n2 items for Sp2 `, then –:
price of the article then cost price is –
Sp1 Sp 2
=
n1 (100 ± x ) n 2 (100 ± y )
CP = 10 25 + SP – 50
efkeâmeer Jemleg kesâ KeC[eW ceW ueeYe Deewj neefve %
(Profite and Loss % in parts of an item)
(ii) efkeâmeer Jemleg keâes SP ` ceW yesÛeves hej, neefve % keâe mebKÙeelcekeâ
ceeve ›eâÙecetuÙe kesâ mebKÙeelcekeâ ceeve kesâ yejeyej nes leye
›eâÙecetuÙe –
If the numerical value of loss % of by selling an
article for ` SP is equal to numerical value of cost
price of the article then cost price is –

CP = 10 25 – SP + 50

MP → yeepeej cetuÙe/Debefkeâle cetuÙe (Marked/Market Price)

D→ Útš (Discount/Rebate) ›eâÙe cetuÙe Deewj efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe ceW mecyevOe
SP → efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe (Sell Price) Relation between CP and SP
CP → ›eâÙe cetuÙe (Cost Price)
P →ueeYe (Profit) CP SP
=
L→ neefve (Loss) 100 100 ± P/L%

Debefkeâle cetuÙe Deewj ›eâÙe cetuÙe ceW mecyevOe

(Relation between MP and CP)

MP × (100 – D%) = CP ×(100 ± P/L%)

Útš keâer ieCevee ncesMee Debefkeâle cetuÙe hej keâer peeleer nw~
SP = MP – D leLee SP = CP ± P/L
Discount is always calculated on market price.
∴ MP – D = CP ± P/L
Skeâ JÙeeheejer Deheves ceeue keâes ›eâÙe cetuÙe mes E% DeefOekeâ cetuÙe
Debefkeâle cetuÙe Deewj efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe ceW mecyevOe Debefkeâle keâjlee nw Ùeefo Jen Deheves «eenkeâeW keâes D% keâer Útš oslee
(Relation between MP and SP) nw lees ueeYe Ùee neefve % –
A tradesman marks his goods E% above his cost
MP SP price. If he allows his customers a discount of D%
=
100 100 – D% on the market price then the profit or loss % is –
Maths Capsule 38 YCT
 ED 1
±P/L = E – D – D% = ×100%
100 (1+ 3)
D% = 25%
Gòejesòej (›eâefcekeâ) x% Deewj y% keâer meceleguÙe Útš %
Net discount % of successive discount of x% and y% Ex.: (ii) 10% keâer Útš Deewj 3 JemlegSb Kejeroves hej 1 Jemleg cegheäle
keâer meceleguÙe Útš %
xy Net discount % of 10% discount and buy 3 get 1
meceleguÙe Útš ( Net discount ) % = +x + y – %
free
100
10% Discount + Buy 3 get 1 free
Gòejesòej (›eâefcekeâ) x%, y% Deewj z% keâer meceleguÙe Útš % ↓ ↓
Net discount % of successive discount of x%, y% & z% 1
d1 = 10% d2 % = ×100%
meceleguÙe Útš (Net discount) % = (1+ 3)
d 2 = 25%
( xy + zy + zx ) + xyz
( +x + y + z ) – The successive discount formula –:
100 10, 000
10× 25
Ùeefo efkeâmeer Jemleg keâe Debefkeâle cetuÙe MP ` nes Gme hej x%, y% Deewj Net discount = 10 + 25 – 100
z% keâer ›eâefcekeâ Útš oer peeleer nw, leye Jemleg keâe efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe – = 35 – 2.5
If the marked price of an object MP ` and gives the = 32.5%
successive discount x%, y% and z%, then the sell price
is– ØeJeen DeejsKe (Flow Chart)

SP = MP×
(100 – x ) × (100 – y ) × (100 – z )
100 100 100

cegheäle JemlegSB (Free articles)

n JemlegSb Kejeroves hej, JemlegSb efve:Megukeâ oer peeleer nw leye Útš
%–
'a' articles are given free on purchasing n articles,
then Discount % is –
a
D% = ×100% keâcheveer keâe efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe = ogkeâeveoej keâe ›eâÙe cetuÙe
a+n
Sell price of company = cost price of shopkeeper
Ex.: (i) 3 JemlegSB keâer Kejero hej, 1 Jemleg cegheäle leye Útš % ogkeâeveoej keâe efJe›eâÙe cetuÙe = «eenkeâ keâe ›eâÙe cetuÙe
Buy 3 get 1 free, the discount % Sell price of shopkeeper = cost price of customer

Example : I II
Devegheele (Ratio) –: oes Skeâ ner Øekeâej keâer jeefMeÙeeW (cee$eeDeeW) kesâ
5 kg 7 kg ⇒5:7
yeerÛe leguevee Ùee mecyevOe keâes Devegheele keânles nw~
Comparision or relation between two amounts 4 hr 5 hr ⇒4:5
(quantities) of same type is called ratio.
20`/kg 30`/kg ⇒2:3
Devegheele keâe keâesF& cee$ekeâ vener neslee nw/Ratio has no unit.
Devegheele ncesMee mepeeleerÙe jeefMe (meceeve FkeâeFÙeeW) kesâ yeerÛe neslee nw/ Devegheele keâes efYeVe kesâ ™he ceW Yeer efueKe mekeâles nQ~
Ratio is always between homogeneous (same) units. Ratio can also be written as a fraction.

Maths Capsule 39 YCT

 Guše Devegheele (Invertendo) –:
a c b d
= =
b d a c
a:b=c:d⇒b:a=d:c

efceefßele Devegheele (Compound Ratio) Jewkeâefuhekeâ Devegheele (Alternendo) –:

a c a b
= ⇒ =
b d c d
a:b=c:d⇒a:c=b:d

Ùeesievlejevegheele (Componendo Dividendo)

Jeie& Devegheele (Duplicate Ratio)
Ùeesieevegheele (Componendo) –:
If a:b=c:d
a+b c+d
Ex. (3 : 4) → (9 : 16) then =
b d
Jeie&cetueevegheele (Sub Duplicate Ratio)
Devlejevegheele (Dividendo) –:
If a:b=c:d
a–b c–d
then =
Ex. (16 : 25) → (4 : 5) b d
Ieveevegheele (Triplicate Ratio) efve<keâ<e& (Conclusion) –:
a c a +b c+d
(i) If = then =
b d a–b c–d
Ex. (3 : 4) → (27 : 64) a+b c a c+d
(ii) If = then =
a–b d b c–d
Ievecetueevegheele (Sub-Triplicate Ratio) a c+d a+b c
(iii) If = then =
b c–d a–b d

Devegheele kesâ kegâÚ cenòJehetCe& efveÙece

Ex. (64 : 125) → (4 : 5) (Some Important rules of ratio)
meceevegheele (Proportion) –: peye oes DevegheeleeW keâe ceeve meceeve
neslee nw lees oesveeW DevegheeleeW keâes meceevegheele keâne peelee nw~ a c a c a+c
(i) If = then = =
When two ratios have the same value then both ratios are b d b d b+d
said to be in proportion. a c a c a–c c–a
(a : b) = (c : d) ⇒ (a : b) : : (c : d) (ii) If = then = = =
b d b d b–d d–b
Øeefleueesce Devegheele (Guše Devegheele) (Inverse ratio or
Reciprocal Ratio) –: a c a c ac
(iii) If = then = =
1 1 b d b d bd
p:q →  : 
p q a c a c a 2 + c2
(iv) If = then = =
Deveg›eâceevegheeleer (Directly Proportional) –: b d b d b2 + d2
a c a c ka + mc ka – mc
(v) If = then = = =
b d b d kb + md kb – md
JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer (Inversely Proportional) –: a c e a + c + e a + c – e 3 ace
(vi) = = = = =
b d f b + d + f b + d – f 3 bdf

a 2 + c2 + e 2
=
b2 + d2 + f 2
Maths Capsule 40 YCT
 meceevegheeleer kewâmes efvekeâeues (How to find Proportion) kegâÚ peesÌ[ves Deewj Ieševes kesâ yeeo meceevegheele
(Proportion after addition and subtraction)
efmLeefle (Case) 1–: peye leerve jeefMeÙeeB a : b : c ceW oer neW
(When three quantities are given in a : b : c) Ùeefo x Jen mebKÙee nw efpemes a, b, c leLee d ceW pees[Ì ves hej Jes
ØeLeceevegheeleer (First proportion) –: meceevegheeleer nes peeles nw lees
a:b:c⇒a:b::b:c Let x be a number which is added to a, b, c and d to
make then proportional then
a b b2 bc – ad
= a= x=
b c c
(a + d ) – ( b + c)
efÉleerÙe Devegheeleer (Second Proportion) –:
Ùeefo x Jen mebKÙee nw efpemes a, b, c leLee d mes Ieševes hej
a:b:c⇒a:b::b:c
meceevegheeleer nes peeles nw~
a b Let x be a number which in subtracted to a, b, c and d
=
b c to make then proportional then.
b 2 = ac b ac ad – bc
x=
le=leerÙeevegheeleer (Third Proportion) –: (a + d ) – ( b + c)
a:b:c⇒a:b::b:c Deevegheeeflekeâ ceeve jKeles meceÙe ØelÙeskeâ heo keâer Ieeles yejeyej nesvee
a b b2 ÛeeefnS~ Ùeefo Ieeles yejeyej veneR nes lees ØeMve nue veneR efkeâÙee pee
= c=
b c a mekeâlee DeLee&led DeeBkeâÌ[s DeheÙee&hle nw~
efmLeefle (Case) 2 –: peye Ûeej jeefMeÙeeB a : b : c : d ceW oer neW While keeping the proportional value, the degree of
(When four quantities are given in a : b : c :d) each term should be equal. If the power are not
ØeLeceevegheeleer (First Proportion) –: equal then the question can not be solved i.e. data
are insufficient.
a:b:c:d⇒a:b::c:d
Ex. : Ùeefo a : b = 3 : 2 leye %eele keâerefpeS–
a c bc
= a= 5a + 4b 5a 2 + 4b 2 5a 2 + 4b 2
b d d (i) (ii) (iii)
5a − 4b a 2 − ab a−b
efÉleerÙevegheeleer (Second Proportion) –:
5a 2 + 4b 2
a:b:c:d⇒a:b::c:d (iv)
a3 − b
a c ad
= b= Solution (i) : ∵ a : b = 3 : 2
b d c
le=leerÙeevegheeleer (Third Proportion) –:
a:b:c:d⇒a:b::c:d 5a + 4b 5 × 3 + 4 × 2 15 + 8 23
then, = = =
a c ad 5a − 4b 5 × 3 − 4 × 2 15 − 8 7
= c=
b d b Solution (ii) : ∵ a : b = 3 : 2
Forth Proportion (ÛelegLee&vegheeleer) –: 5a 2 + 4b 2 5 × 9 + 4 × 4 45 + 16 61
then, = = =
a:b:c:d⇒a:b::c:d a 2 − a.b 9−6 3 3
a c bc Solution (iii) : ∵ a : b = 3 : 2
= d=
b d a 5a 2 + 4b 2
then, DeeBkeâÌ[s DeheÙee&hle (Data insufficient)
Ùeefo jeefMe A keâes JÙeefòeâ P leLee Q ceW m : n kesâ Devegheele ceW a−b
efJeheefjle keâer peeSs leye ∵ Degree of each term is not same.
If an amount A is the divided between person P and Q Solution (iii) : ∵ a : b = 3 : 2
in the ratio of m : n then. 5a 2 + 4b 2
m
then, DeeBkeâÌ[s DeheÙee&hle (Data insufficient)
P keâe Yeeie ( part of P ) = A × a3 − b
(m + n) ∵ Degree of each term is not same.
n 3a 2 + 2b 2
Q keâe Yeeie ( part of Q ) = A × If a : b = 2 : 3 then =?
(m + n ) 4a + 5b
Maths Capsule 41 YCT
Devegheele ceW peye meYeer heoeW keâer Ieele yejeyej ve nes~ 12 +18
=
leye DeekeâÌ[s DeØeÙee&hle Gòej nesiee~ 8 +15
3a 2 + 2b 2 20
(Ssmee vener keâj mekeâles) =
4a + 5b 23
3 ( 2 ) + 2 ( 3)
2 2

∵ a : b = 2 : 3 then Ùes Gòej ieuele nesiee~

4× 2 + 5×3

meePesoejer (Partnership)
peerJeve efveJee&n kesâ efueS meePesoejer DeeJeMÙekeâ nw~ efyevee meePesoejer kesâ
peerJeve kesâ ØelÙeskeâ henuet hej Kejs Glejvee DemecYeJe nw~
Partnership is necessary for living. It is impossible to live
up to every aspect of life without partnership.

ØeMve nue keâjles meceÙe Ùen OÙeeve oW efkeâ efkeâleveer hetBpeer, efkeâleves
meceÙe kesâ efueS ueieer nw~ efpeleveer hetBpeer, efpeleves meceÙe kesâ
efueS ueieer jnleer nw, Gmeer hetBpeer Deewj meceÙe keâe iegCeveheâue keâjles
nw~
While solving the question, keep in mind that how
much capital is invested and for how long time,
multiply the amount of capital invested by time and
capital.
Ùeefo ØeMve ceW meceÙe ve efoÙee ieÙee nes lees Skeâ Je<e& ceevevee ÛeeefnS~
If time is not given in the question then it should be
considered as one year.
Ùeefo JÙeeheej ceW neefve nesleer nes lees hewmee Gmeer Devegheele ceW yeeBšlee nw
efpeme Devegheele ceW ueeYe kesâ meceÙe yeÌ{lee nw~
If there is a loss in the business then the money is
distributed in the same proportion as it is distributed
at the time of profit.
Maths Capsule 42 YCT
 efceßeCe Deewj mebueÙeve (Mixture & Alligation) pevemebKÙee keâe efceßeCe (Alligation in population)
oes Ùee oes mes DeefOekeâ JemlegDeeW keâes efceueevee efceßeCe keânueelee nw~
Mixing of two or more than two things is called
mixture.
efceßeCe ceW oes Ùee oes mes DeefOekeâ JemlegDeeW keâe efveefMÛele Devegheele ceW
efceuevee mebueÙeve (Alligation) keânueelee nw~
Mixing two or more than two things in a mixture in
a fixed proportion is called alligation.
mebueÙeve (Alligation) kegâÚ Deewj veneR yeefukeâ Skeâ Deevegheeeflekeâ
ceeOÙe efJeefOe nw~
Alligation is nothing but a proportional mean
method.
Jemleg keâer keâercele mes cee$ee keâe Devegheele efvekeâuevee
(To determine the ratio from price of goods)
Ùeefo memleer Jemleg keâercele C `/kg nw leLee cenbieer Jemleg keâer keâercele
D `/kg nw~ oesveeW JemlegSs kesâ efceßeCe keâer keâercele M `/kg nw~ JÙeÙe Deewj yeÛele ceW efceßeCe
leye (Alligation in expense and savings)
If the cost of a cheap item is C `/kg and the cost of
an dear (expensive) D `/kg. The cost of the mixture
of both the article is M `/kg.

leerveeW (memleer, ceBnieer, efceßeCe) keâe cee$ekeâ meceeve nesvee ÛeeefnS~ ueeYe Deewj neefve ceW efceßeCe (Alligation in Profit & Loss)
All three (cheap items, Dear items and mixture
items) must have the same units.
efceßeCe keâe ceeve memleer Deewj ceBnieer kesâ Jemleg kesâ yeerÛe ceW nesvee
ÛeeefnSs~
The cost of mixture should be between the cheap
and expensive (dear) item cost.
efceßeCe keâe ceeve efpemekesâ meceyevOe ceW efvekeâuelee nw Devegheele Gmeer keâe
Deelee nw~
The ratio in relation to which the nature of mixture
derived also comes from the same.

Maths Capsule 43 YCT

 meeOeejCe yÙeepe ceW efceßeCe (Alligation in simple interest)

Deewmele ceW efceßeCe (Alligation in average)

yeóe ceW efceßeCe (Alligation in Discount)

meceÙe, otjer Deewj Ûeeue ceW efceßeCe

(Alligation in time, distance and speed)
T ueeršj õJe ceW mes r ueeršj õJe efvekeâeuee peelee nw Deewj Gleveer ner
cee$ee ceW keâesF& DevÙe õJe efceuee efoÙee peelee nw Ùeefo Ùen Øeef›eâÙee n
yeej keâer ieÙeer Deye Mes<e yeÛeer cee$ee –
From T litre of liquid r litre is withdrawn and same
quantity of other liquid is added if this proven was
done n times, the remaining quantity.
n
r
Mes<e cee$ee (Remaining Quantity) = T 1 –
T
Ùeefo T ueeršj õJe ceW mes r1 ueer. efvekeâeuee peelee nw Deewj Gleveer
cee$ee ceW otmejer õJe efceuee efoÙee peelee nw~ efheâj mes r2 ueeršj õJe
efvekeâeuee peelee nw Deewj Gleveer ner cee$ee ceW otmeje õJe efceuee efoÙee
peelee nw hegve: r3 ueeršj õJe efvekeâeuee peelee nw Deewj Gleveer ner cee$ee
ceW otmeje õJe efceuee efoÙee ieÙee leye Mes<e yeÛeer cee$ee
Maths Capsule 44 YCT
 If from T litre of liquied, r1 litre is withdrawn and If T is initial amount of liquid r litre liquid in
same quantity of her liquid is added. Again from withdrawn and same amount of other liquid is added
mixture, r2 litre is withdrawn and same quantity of this process is as done n times if the ratio of initial
other liquid is added. And again from mixture, r3 litre liquid and other liquid x : y then
is withdrawn and same quantity of the liquid is added n
then remaining quantity is-
x  r
= 1 – 
x+y  x
r1 r2 r3
Mes<e cee$ee (Remaining Quantity) = T 1– 1– 1–
Skeâ iJeeuee otOe keâes ›eâÙecetuÙe hej yesÛelee nw hejvleg FmeceW heeveer
T T T
Ùeefo T õJe keâer ØeejefcYekeâ cee$ee nw FmeceW mes r ueer. õJe efvekeâeuee efceueekeâj x% ueeYe keâceelee nw leye–
A milkman sells milk at cost price be he adds water to
ieÙee Deewj Glevee ner otmeje õJe efceuee efoÙee ieÙee Ùen Øeef›eâÙee n yeej it and earns x% profit then–
keâer ieÙeer Ùeefo ØeejefcYekeâ õJe Deewj efceueeÙes ieÙes õJe keâer cee$ee keâe
1000 ml otOe ceW efceueeÙeer ieÙeer heeveer keâer cee$ee (Quantity of
Devegheele x : y nw leye water added to 1000 ml. milk) = 10 × x ml.

efkeâmeer Yeer keâeÙe& keâes keâjves kesâ efueS meceÙe ueielee nw Ùee efkeâmeer If A can do a work in x days and B can do the same
efveef§ele meceÙe ceW keâesF& keâeÙe& efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ work in y days then the time taken by both A and B
Any work takes time to do or any work can be done together to do the work
in a certain time. xy
peye keâeÙe& Deewj meceÙe kesâ ØeMveeW keâes nue efkeâÙee peelee nw lees Ùen days
x+y
ceevee peelee nw efkeâ Skeâ JÙeefòeâ Skeâ efove ceW efpelevee keâeÙe& keâjlee nw
Glevee ner Jen ØelÙeskeâ efove keâjlee nw~ Ùeefo A efkeâmeer keâeÙe& keâes x efove ceW keâj mekeâlee nw leLee A Deewj B
When questions of work and time are solved, It is oesveeW efceuekeâj Gme keâeÙe& keâes y efove ces keâj mekeâles nQ, leye B keâes
assumed that the amount of work a person does in a Gmeer keâeÙe& keâjves ceW ueiee meceÙe –
day is equal to the amount of work he does each day.
Ùeefo keâesF& JÙeefòeâ efkeâmeer keâeÙe& keâes x efoveeW ceW keâjs lees Gmekesâ Skeâ If A can do a work in x days and A and B together
can do the same work in y days then, the time taken
1
efove keâe keâeÙe& Yeeie nesiee~ by B to do the work –
x
If a person does a work in x days then his one day's xy
days
1 x–y
work will be part.
x Ùeefo A efkeâmeer keâeÙe& keâes x efoveeW ceW keâj mekeâlee nw, B Gmeer keâeÙe&
1
Ùeefo efkeâmeer JÙeefòeâ keâe Skeâ efove keâe keâeÙe& Yeeie nw lees Jen hetje keâes y efoveeW ceW keâj mekeâlee nw leLee C Gmeer keâeÙe& keâes z efoveeW ceW
x
keâeÙe& x efoveeW ceW keâjsiee~ keâj mekeâlee nw lees A, B leLee C Éeje efceuekeâj keâeÙe& keâjves ceW ueiee
1 meceÙe –
If the work of a person in one day is part then he If A can do a work in x days, B can do the same work
x
will complete it in x days. in y days and C can do the same work in z days then
cepeotjer keâe yebšJeeje keâeÙe& Ùee o#elee (mecelee) kesâ DeeOeej hej neslee time taken by A, B and C together to do the work –
nw~ meceÙe kesâ DeeOeej hej vener~ xyz
Wages are distributed on the basis of work days
xy + yz + zx
(efficiency) and not on the basis of time.
Skeâebkeâ meceÙe ceW efkeâÙee ieÙee keâeÙe& #ecelee keânueelee nw~ Ùeefo A Deewj B efkeâmeer keâeÙe& keâes x efoveeW ceW keâj mekeâles nw, B Deewj
work done in unit time is called efficiency. C Gmeer keâeÙe& keâes y efoveeW ceW keâj mekeâles nw leLee C Deewj A Gmeer
Jegâue keâeÙe& = #ecelee × meceÙe keâeÙe& keâes z efoveeW ceW keâj mekeâles nw leye A, B Deewj C Éeje keâeÙe&
Total work = efficiency × time keâes keâjves ceW ueiee meceÙe –:
If A and B can do a work in x days, B and C can do
Ùeefo A efkeâmeer keâeÙe& keâes x efove ceW keâj mekeâlee nw leLee B Gmeer the same work in y days and C and A can do the same
keâeÙe& keâes y efove ces keâj mekeâlee nw leye A Deewj B oesveeW keâes work in z days then time taken by A, B and C
efceuekeâj keâeÙe& keâjves ceW ueiee meceÙe – together to do the same work
Maths Capsule 45 YCT
 2xyz o#elee (#ecelee) Deewj meceÙe ceW meceyevOe
days
xy + yz + zx (Relation between efficiency and time)
A Dekesâues keâeÙe& keâjles ngS, A Deewj B oesveeW mes efceuekeâj keâeÙe&
keâjves mes m efove DeefOekeâ ueslee nw peyeefkeâ B Dekesâues keâeÙe& keâjles
ngS, A Deewj B oesveeW mes efceuekeâj keâeÙe& keâjves mes n efove DeefOekeâ
ueslee nw leye–
A working alone takes m days more both A and B
together, B working alone takes n days more both A
and B together, then–

cepeotjer keâe yeBšJeeje o#elee kesâ DeeOeej hej neslee nw~

M1JÙeefòeâ W1 keâeÙe& keâes Øeefleefove H1 Iebšs keâjles ngS D1 efoveeW ceW Wages are distributed on the basic on efficiency.
meceehle keâj mekeâles nQ leLee M2 JÙeefòeâ W2 keâeÙe& keâes Øeefleefove H2
Ùeefo A Deewj B efkeâmeer keâeÙe& keâes ›eâceMe: x, Deewj y efoveeW keâjles nw
Iebšs keâjles ngS D2 efoveeW ceW meceehle keâj mekeâles nQ, leye–
If M1 men can do W1 work in D1 days working H1 lees Gvekeâer cepeotjer keâe Devegheele –
hours per day and M2 men can do W2 work in D2 If A and B finish the work in x and y days
days working H2 hours per day then– respectively then the ratio of their of wages–
M1D1H1 M 2 D 2 H 2 1 1
= : y:x
W1 W2 x y
peye oesveeW efmLeefleÙeeW ceW keâeÙe& yejeyej neW Ùeefo A, B Deewj C efkeâmeer keâeÙe& keâes ›eâceMe: x, y Deewj z efoveeW ceW
When work is equal in both conditions
keâjles nes leye Gvekeâer cepeotjer keâe Devegheele –
M1D1H1 = M 2 D2 H2
If A, B and C finish the work in x, y and z days then
peye oesveeW efmLeefleÙeeW ceW keâeÙe& kesâ meeLe-meeLe IeCšeW keâer mebKÙee yejeyej nes the ratio of their wages–
When work is equal in both condition along with
working hours. 1 1 1
: : yz : zx : xy
M1D1 = M 2 D2 x y z

heeFhe Deewj šbkeâer kesâ meJeeue, keâeÙe& Deewj meceÙe keâer lejn mes nue
keâjles nw~
Solve pipe and cistern question like work and
time.
Ùeefo veue Yejves Jeeues nes lees Gmekesâ efueS Oeveelcekeâ efÛeÖ keâe ØeÙeesie
keâjles nw peyeefkeâ Keeueer keâjves Jeeues veue kesâ efueS $e+Ceelcekeâ efÛeÖ
keâe ØeÙeesie keâjles nw~
If the tap is filling, then a positive sign is used.
While for the emptying tap, a negative sign is
used.

Maths Capsule 46 YCT

 ØelÙeskeâ veue mes yenves Jeeues heeveer keâer cee$ee JÙeeme kesâ Jeie& kesâ meceevegheeleer nesleer nw~
The water following through each tap is proportional to the square of diameter.

keâesF& OevejeefMe meeOeejCe yÙeepe keâer R% oj mes, T Je<eeX ceW Deheves

mes n iegvee nes peeleer nw leye/ A sum of money becomes n
times itself in T years at the rate R% of simple
interest, then –

(i) Ùeefo oj efveef§ele nes (If rate is constant)–

‘‘Skeâ efveef§ele oj hej, Ùeefo keâesF& jeefMe T1 Je<eeX ceW n1 iegvee nesleer
efkeâmeer Oeve P hej meeOeejCe yÙeepe keâer oj mes henues t1 Je<eeX kesâ nw leLee T2 Je<eeX ceW n2 iegvee nesleer nw’’ leye–
efueS oj R1%, Deueies t2 Je<eeX kesâ efueS oj R2% leLee Deieues In a certain Rate, if a principal becomes n1 times in
t3 Je<eeX kesâ efueS oj R3% nes leye kegâue yÙeepe/The rate of T1 years and n2 times in T2 years, then-
simple interest on any principal P is R1% rate for the ( n1 –1) = ( n 2 –1)
first t1 years, R2% rate for the next t2 years and R3% T1 T2
rate for the next t3 years then total simple interest is-
(ii) Ùeefo meceÙe efveef§ele nes (If time is constant)–
Skeâ efveef§ele meceÙe ceW, Ùeefo keâesF& jeefMe R1% oj mes n1 iegvee
nesleer nw leLee R2% oj mes n2 iegvee nesleer nw, leye–
In a certain time, principal increasing n1 times at the
rate of R1% and n2 times at the rate of R2%, then–
( n1 − 1) = ( n 2 − 1)
R1 R2

Maths Capsule 47 YCT

 Ùeefo efkeâmeer OevejeefMe hej Øeehle meeOeejCe yÙeepe cetueOeve keâe n iegvee Ùeefo leerve Yeeie efkeâÙes ieÙes nes (If the sum 'P' divided in
nw leLee yÙeepe keâer oj Deewj meceÙe keâe mebKÙeelcekeâ ceeve yejeyej nes, three parts) –
leye– 1 1 1
If the simple interest received on a sum of money is P1 : P2 : P3 = : :
R1 t1 R 2 t 2 R 3 t 3
n times the principal and the numerical value of rate
of interest and time is same, then– (ii) Ùeefo oesveeW YeeieeW mes Øeehle efceßeOeve yejeyej nes (If amount
oj ( Rate) % = 10 n % received from both parts are equal) –:
1 1
meceÙe ( time ) = 10 n years
P1 : P2 = :
100 + R1t1 100 + R 2 t 2
Ùeefo cetueOeve, oj Deewj meceÙe ceW mes efkeâmeer Skeâ keâes x iegvee keâj Ùeefo leerve Yeeie efkeâS ieÙes nes (If the sum 'P' divided in
efoÙee peeS lees Øeehle nessves Jeeuee meeOeejCe yÙeepe ceW Je=efæ DeLeJee three parts)–:
keâceer%
1 1 1
If any one of the principal, rate and time is become x P1 : P2 : P3 = : :
times then increase or decrease % in simple interest 100 + R 1 t1 100 + R 2 t 2 100 + R 3 t 3
received will be –
meeOeejCe yÙeepe kesâ efueS efkeâmle
( x –1) ×100% (Installment for simple interest)
Ùeefo cetueOeve, oj Deewj meceÙe ceW mes efkeâvneR oes keâes ›eâceMe: x iegvee
Deewj y iegvee keâj efoÙee peeS lees Øeehle nesves Jeeues meeOeejCe yÙeepe
ceW % Je=efæ DeLeJee keâceer–
If any two of principal, rate and time are become x
times and y times then increase or decrease % in
simple interest received will be–
( xy − 1) × 100%
Ùeefo cetueOeve, oj Deewj meceÙe keâes ›eâceMe: x iegvee, y iegvee Deewj
z iegvee keâj efoÙee peeS lees Øeehle meeOeejCe yÙeepe ceW nesves Jeeueer %
Je=efæ DeLeJee keâceer–
If principal, rate and time are become x times, y
times and z times respectively then increase or
decrease % in simple interest received will be –
(xyz – 1) × 100%
Ùeefo keâesF& cetueOeve T1 Je<eeX ceW A1 ` leLee T2 Je<eeX ceW A2 ` nes
peeleer nw lees Jen cetueOeve nesiee– Jele&ceeve pecee Ùeespevee kesâ lenle efkeâmles
(Installments under current deposit scheme)
If any principal becomes A1 in T1 years and A2 in T2
years then the principal will be –

P = A1 −
( A 2 – A1 ) × T
(T2 – T1 ) 1
Ùeefo efkeâmeer cetueOeve P keâes oes YeeieeW pewmes P1 Deewj P2 ceW yeeBš
keâj, R1% Deewj R2% keâer oj mes t1 Deewj t2 Je<eeX kesâ efueS efoÙee
peelee nw, leye–
If a sum 'P' divided in two parts i.e. P1 and P2 then
each part lent at R1% and R2% rates for t1 and t2
years respectively.
(i) Ùeefo oesveeW YeeieeW mes Øeehle yÙeepe yejeyej nes (If simple interest
received from both parts are equal)–:
1 1
P1 : P2 = :
R 1 t1 R 2 t 2

Maths Capsule 48 YCT

 Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe Jen yÙeepe nw pees cetueOeve kesâ meeLe-meeLe yÙeepe hej 10% 21% 33.1%
Yeer ueielee nw~ 15% 32.25% 52.0875%
Compound interest is the interest which is charged 20% 44% 72.8%
on the principal as well as the interest. Fve meYeer ojeW keâes successive formula mes efvekeâeuee pee mekeâlee
nw~/All these rates can be calculated from successive
formula.
Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe ceW Devegheele
(Ratio of compound interest)

peye Deueie-Deueie ojeW hej yÙeepe ueie jne nes

When interest is compounded in different rates

 R  R   R 
A = P 1+ 1  1+ 2  ......... 1+ n 
 100  100   100  Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe ceW ‘‘ojeW’’ keâer mecePe
(Understanding of Rates in compound interest)
Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe ceW ØeYeeJeer/Gòejesòej oj
Effective and successive rate in compound interest Rate Per Time Rate (oj) Time (meceÙe)
(oj Øeefle meceÙe)
oes Je<e& kesâ efueS (for two years)–:
Annually (Jeeef<e&keâ) r% (t) years
xy
± m = ±x ± y ± % {m → Effective Rate ØeYeeJeer oj} Half yearly (DeOe&Jeeef<e&keâ) r
%
(t ×2) half years
100
2
Ùeefo oesveeW Je<eeX ceW meceeve oj r% nes (If same rate r% in Quarterly (efleceener) r (t ×4) quater
both years)–: % years
4
 r2  Monthly (ceeefmekeâ) r (t ×12) months
m =  2r + % %
 100  12
leerve Je<e& kesâ efueS (for three years)–: Ùeefo keâesF& jeefMe Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe hej t Je<eeX ceW mJeÙeb keâer n iegvee
nes peeleer nw leye–:
xy ± yz ± zx xyz
±m = ±x ± y ± z ± ± If a sum becomes n times of itself in t years on
100 10000 compound interest, then–:
Ùeefo leerveeW Je<eeX ceW meceeve oj r% nes (If same rate r% in all 1

three years)–: R% = n t –1 ×100%

3r 2 r3
m = 3r + +
100 10000
Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe hej Skeâ efveef§ele jeefMe, n1 Je<e& ceW x iegvee Deewj
n2 Je<eeX ceW y iegvee nes peeleer nw lees–:
Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe ceW mejueerkeâjCe kesâ efueS meejCeer A certain sum at C.I becomes x times in n1 years and
(Table for direct calculation in CI) y times in n2 years then–:
1 1
Rate CI of 2 years CI of 3 years
5% 10.25% 15.7625% x n1 = y n 2

Maths Capsule 49 YCT

 Ùeefo keâesF& jeefMe Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe hej t Je<eeX ceW mJeÙeb keâe n iegvee peye meceÙe efYeVe kesâ ™he ceW efoÙee ieÙee nes
nes peeleer nw lees (t × x) Je<eeX ceW nx iegvee nes peeSieer~ (When time is given as a fraction)
A sum becomes n times of itself in t years on compound x
interest then nx time of itself will be (t × x) years. P ` keâer jeefMe keâes R% Jeeef<e&keâ Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe keâer oj mes t Je<e& kesâ
y
efueS efoÙee peelee nw, leye meceÙe keâer meceeefhle kesâ he§eeled efceßeOeve–
x
A sum of P ` is given for t years at the rate of R%
y
compound interest, in the end of time the amount will be–

Example –: keâesF& OevejeefMe Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe keâer oj mes 4 Je<eeX ceW 2

iegvee nes peeleer nw~ lees Jen efkeâleves Je<eeX ceW 32 iegvee nes peeSieer~
If a sum becomes 2 times in 4 years at the rate of
compound interest then in how many years it will
becomes 32 times.
Solve –:
Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe ceW efkeâmle Installment in compound interest
2 Je<eeX kesâ efueSs (for two years)–:
P
ØelÙeskeâ efkeâmle (each installment) = 1 2
 R   R 
1+  + 1+ 
 100   100 
Dele: Jen jeefMe 20 Je<eeX ceW 32 iegvee nes peeÙesieer 3 Je<eeX kesâ efueSs (for three years)–:
(Hence, It will become 32 times in 20 years). ØelÙeskeâ efkeâmle (each installment)
Ùeefo keâesF& OevejeefMe Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe keâer oj mes t Je<eeX ceW m ` P
=
Deewj 2t Je<eex ceW n ` nes peeleer nes leye– 
1
R   R  
2
R 
3

If a sum becomes m ` in t years and n ` in 2t years  1+  + 1+  + 1+ 

 100   100   100 
at the rate of compound interest, then–
n Je<eeX kesâ efueSs (for n years)–:
ØelÙeskeâ efkeâmle (each installment)
P
= 1 2 n
 R   R   R 
 1+  + 1+  + .....  1+ 
 100   100   100 
Example –: keâesF& Oeve Ûe›eâ Je=efæ yÙeepe keâer oj mes 2 Je<e& ceW 650 Ûe›eâJe=efæ Deewj meeOeejCe yÙeepe ceW Deblej
` nes peelee nw leLee 4 Je<e& ceW 676 ` nes peelee nw Oeve %eele keâerefpeS~ Difference between simple and compound interest
A sum becomes 650 ` in 2 years and 676 ` in 4 years at 1 Je<e& kesâ efueS Devlej (Difference of 1 year)–: d = 0
rate of compound interest. Find the sum.
Solve –: ØeLece Je<e& keâe meeOeejCe yÙeepe Deewj Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe meceeve neslee nw~
Simple interest and compound interest of first year is same.
2 Je<e& kesâ efueS Devlej (Difference for two years)–:
P R2
d=
1002
3 Je<e& kesâ efueS Devlej (Difference for three years)–:
otmejs Deewj leermejs Je<e& keâe yÙeepe efvekeâeuevee P R 2 (300 + R )
nd
(To calculate interest of II year and III year) rd d=
1003
otmejs Je<e& keâe yÙeepe = oes Je<e& keâe efceßeOeve – Skeâ Je<e& keâe efceßeOeve Ùeefo efkeâmeer OevejeefMe hej 2 Je<e& keâe meeOeejCe yÙeepe x ` leLee
Ûe›eâJe=efæ yÙeepe y ` nw lees yÙeepe keâer oj–
II nd year's interest = A 2 – A1 If the simple interest on a sum of 2 years is x ` and
compound interest is y ` then the rate of interest is–
leermejs Je<e& keâe yÙeepe = leerve Je<e& keâe efceßeOeve – oes Je<e& keâe efceßeOeve
2( y – x )
III rd year's interest = A 3 – A 2 R% = ×100%
x
Maths Capsule 50 YCT
Ûeeue (Speed) –: Skeâebkeâ meceÙe ceW Ûeueer ieÙeer otjer keâes Ûeeue keânles
nw~ (The distance traveled in unit time is called speed).

Ùeefo meceÙe ceW Ùeesie (kegâue) keâe yeesOe nes lees ÛeeueeW keâe Ùeesie keâjWies
cee$ekeâeW keâe ™heevlejCe (Conversion of units)
If there is a sum of time (total) then these will be
sum of speed.
Ùeefo meceÙe ceW Deblej (henues yeeo ceW) keâe yeesOe nes lees ÛeeueeW ceW Yeer
Devlej keâjWies~
If there is difference in time (before, After) then
there will be a difference in speed.
meceÙe kesâ Devlej keâes efvecveefueefKele lejerkeâeW mes mecePee pee mekeâlee nw
The difference between time can be understood by
some following methods –:

Skeâ Deeoceer keâesF& efveef§ele otjer leÙe keâjlee nw Ùeefo Jen Deheveer ieefle keâes
a km/hr yeÌ[e os lees t1 Iebšs keâce ueieles nw Ùeefo Jen Deheveer ieefle keâes
b km/hr keâce keâj os lees t2 Iebše DeefOekeâ ueieles nw leye–
cenlJehetCe& efmLeefleÙeeB (Important Cases)– A man covered a certain distance. If he increases his
peye otjer efveÙele nes (When distance is constant) speed by a km/hr then it takes t1 hour less and he
decreases his speed b km/hr then it takes t2 hour
more, then–
(S + a ) × t =
(S – b ) × t
1 2
a b
Ex.: Skeâ Deeoceer keâesF& efveef§ele otjer keâej mes peelee nw Ùeefo Jen Deheveer
ieefle 6 km/hr yeÌ[e os lees Gmes 4 hr keâce meceÙe ueielee nw Ùeefo
Jen Deheveer ieefle 6 km/hr keâce keâj os lees Gmes 6 hr DeefOekeâ
meceÙe ueielee nw~ Ûeeue %eele keâerefpeS?
Maths Capsule 51 YCT
 A man travels a certain distance by a car. If he
increase his speed by 6 km/hr then will take 4 hr less
but if he decreases his speed 6 km/hr then he will
take 6 hr more. Find the speed.

Solve –:
(S + a ) × t =
(S – b ) × t
1 2
a b
d
(S + 6) × 4 = (S – 6) × 6 ∴ S1 + S2 =
t
6 6
4S + 24 = 6S – 36 Skeâ ner efoMee ceW peeves hej ÛeeueeW keâes Iešeles nw (Subtract
speed when going in same direction)–
2S = 60
S = 30 km/hr

peye meceÙe efveef§ele nes (when the time is constant)

(i) JÙeefòeâ P1 keâes A mes B lekeâ peeves ceW ueiee meceÙe (Time taken
by person P1 to go from A to B) = t
JÙeefòeâ P2 keâes C mes B lekeâ peeves ceW ueiee meceÙe (Time taken
by person P2 to go from C to B) = t

meehes#elee keâer DeJeOeejCee (Concept of Relativity)

meehes#elee ØeMveeW keâes nue keâjves kesâ efueS meceÙe meceeve keâjles
nQ (Equalizing time to solve relativity questions).
efJehejerle efoMeeDeeW ceW ÛeeueeW keâes pees[Ì les nQ (Add speed in d
|s1 − s 2 | =
opposite direction) t
(ii) JÙeefòeâ P1 keâes A mes B lekeâ peeves ceW ueiee meceÙe (Time taken
by person P1 to go from A to B) = t
JÙeefòeâ P2 keâes A mes C lekeâ peeves ceW ueiee meceÙe (Time taken
by person P2 to go from A to C) = t
(i) JÙeefòeâ P1 keâes A mes C lekeâ peeves ceW ueiee meceÙe (Time taken
by person P1 to go from A to C) = t
JÙeefòeâ P2 keâes B mes C lekeâ peeves ceW ueiee meceÙe (Time taken
by person P2 to go from B to C) = t

d
|s1 − s 2 | =
t
Ùeefo efyevee ®kesâ efkeâmeer š^sve mes Ùee$ee keâjves hej hetjer Ùee$ee keâer
Deewmele Ûeeue x km/hr nw leLee keâF& mLeeveeW hej ®keâles ngÙes peeves
hej hetjer Ùee$ee keâer Deewmele Ûeeue y km/hr nw lees Øeefle Iebšs ®keâves
keâe meceÙe
Without stoppage, the average speed of a train is x
(ii) JÙeefòeâ P1 keâes C mes A lekeâ Deeves ceW ueiee meceÙe (Time taken km/hr and with stoppage its average speed is y
by person P1 to come from C to A) = t km/hr. Then the stoppage per hour.
JÙeefòeâ P2 keâes C mes B lekeâ Deeves ceW ueiee meceÙe (Time taken x–y
by person P2 to come from C to B) = t t= × 60min {with x > y x, y ≠ 0}
x
Maths Capsule 52 YCT
 Ùeefo keâesF& JÙeefòeâ d otjer x km/hr, Deeies keâer d otjer y km/hr
efceueves kesâ yeeo keâer efJeMes<e efmLeefle
leLee hegve: Deeies keâer d otjer z km/hr keâer ieefle mes leÙe keâjlee nw
(Special Condition after meeting)
leye–
Ùeefo oes JÙeefòeâ P1 Deewj P2 Skeâ otmejs keâer Deesj Ûeueves ueieles nw~ If a person covers d distance at x km/hr, and further
Deeheme ceW efceueves kesâ yeeo, P1 Deheveer Mes<e otjer keâes t1 meceÙe ceW d distance y km/hr and again d distance at z km/hr
leÙe keâjlee nw Deewj P2 Deheveer Mes<e otjer keâes t2 meceÙe ceW leÙe then –
keâjlee nw leye– 3xyz
If two persons P1 and P2 start walking towards each Deewmele Ûeeue ( Average speed ) =
xy + yz + zx
other, after meeting each other, P1 covers his
remaining distance in time t1 and P2 covers his Ùeefo Skeâ JÙeefòeâ Deueie-Deueie otjer d1, d2, d3 ........ Fmeer lejn
remaining distance in time t2, then– Deueie-Deueie meceÙe ceW ›eâceMe: t1, t2, t3 meceÙe ceW leÙe keâjlee nes
leye–
If a man travels different distance d1, d2, d3 ........ and
so on in different time t1, t2, t3 respectively then–
d1 + d 2 + d 3 .....
Deewmele Ûeeue ( Average speed ) =
t1 + t 2 + t 3 .......
Ùeefo Skeâ JÙeefòeâ Deueie-Deueie otjer d1, d2, d3 ........ Deewj Fmeer
lejn Deueie-Deueie ieefle ›eâceMe: S1, S2, S3 ........ mes Ùee$ee
keâjlee nw lees–
Gvekeâer ieefleÙeeW keâe Devegheele (Ratio of their speed) –: If a man travels different distances d1, d2, d3 ........
and so on with different speeds S1, S2, S3 ........
P1 t2
= respectively then–
P2 t1
d + d + d + .....
meceÙe (time) –: Deewmele Ûeeue ( Average speed ) = 1 2 3
d1 d 2 d 3
+ + + .......
t = t1 × t 2 S1 S2 S3

kegâue otjer (Total Distance) –: Ùeefo Skeâ otjer n keâes yejeyej YeeieeW ceW efJeYeeefpele efkeâÙee peelee nw
otjer (Distance) AB = s1t1 + s2 t 2 leLee Fme otjer keâes ›eâceMe: S1, S2, S3 ........ keâer Ûeeue mes leÙe
efkeâÙee peelee nw leye–
If a distance is divided into n equal parts each
travelled with different speeds, S1, S2, S3 ........ then–
n
Deewmele Ûeeue ( Average speed ) =
Deewmele Ûeeue (Average speed) 1 1 1 
 + + + ...... 
S
 1 S S 
Jegâue otjer ( Totaldistance )
2 3

Deewmele Ûeeue ( Average speed ) =

Jegâue meceÙe ( Total time ) keâesF& JÙeefòeâ Ùee$ee keâe
1
Yeeie S1 efkeâceer./Iebše mes,
1
Yeeie S2
d1 d2
Ùeefo Skeâ keâej A mes B lekeâ x km/hr mes peeleer nw Deewj y
1
km/hr keâer ieefle Jeeefheme Deeleer nw leye efkeâceer./Iebše mes leLee Yeeie S3 efkeâceer./Iebše leÙe keâjlee nes
d3
If a car goes from A to B at x km/hr and returns at y
km/hr then – leye–
2xy 1
Deewmele Ûeeue ( Average speed ) = If a man covers part of journey at S1 km/hr,
x+y d1
Ùeefo keâesF& JÙeefòeâ d otjer x km/hr leLee Deeies keâer d otjer y 1
part of journey at S2 km/hr and
1
part of
km/hr mes leÙe keâjlee nw leye– d2 d3
If a person covers d distance at x km/hr and further d journey at S2 km/hr. then–
distance at y km/hr then. n
2xy Deewmele Ûeeue ( Average speed ) =
Deewmele Ûeeue ( Average speed ) = 1
+
1
+
1
( + y)
x d1S1 d 2S2 d 3S3

Maths Capsule 53 YCT

 Ùeefo keâesF& Ùee$eer š^sve ceW yew"keâj KecYes efievelee nw leye otjer–
If a passenger counts the poles while sitting in a
train, then the distance-

otjer kesâ mecyevOe ceW (With respect to distance)

peye keâesF& jsueieeÌ[er efkeâmeer KecYes Ùee efkeâueesceeršj helLej Ùee efkeâmeer
JÙeefòeâ keâes heej keâjleer nw lees Ûeueer ieÙeer otjer jsueieeÌ[er keâer uecyeeF&
kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~
When a train crosses a pole or kilometer stone or a
person, the distance covered is equal to the length of
the train. Ûeeue kesâ mecyevOe ceW (With respect to speed)
peye oes š^sveW Skeâ-otmejs keâes heej keâjleer nQ (When two
trains cross each other)–

peye keâesF& jsueieeÌ[er efkeâmeer efyeÇpe Ùee huesšheâece& Ùee megjbie Ùee otmejer
keâesF& jsueieeÌ[er Deeefo keâes heej keâjleer nw~ lees Ûeueer ieÙeer otjer oesveeW
(jsueieeÌ[er Deewj efpemekeâes heej efkeâÙee) keâer uecyeeF& kesâ yejeyej nesleer nw~
When a train crosses a bridge or platform or tunnel or
any other train. So the distance traveled is equal to the
length of both (the train and which crossed).

efpeme jsueieeÌ[er ceW JÙeefòeâ yew"e neslee nw Gmekeâer uecyeeF& veneR uesles~
Do not take the length of the train in which the person cee$ekeâeW keâe ™heevlejCe (Conversion of units)
is sitting.

Maths Capsule 54 YCT

 kegâÚ cenòJehetCe& efmLeefleÙeeB (Some special conditions) 2t1 t 2
t=
t1 – t 2
peye l1 uecyeeF& keâer jsueieeÌ[er S1 km/hr keâer ieefle mes leLee l2
Ùeefo Jes efJehejerle efoMee ceW ieefleceeve nes (If they move in
uecyeeF& keâer jsueieeÌ[er S2 km/hr keâer ieefle mes Skeâ otmejs keâes heej
opposite direction) –:
keâj jner nes–
2t1 t 2
When a train of length l1 at the speed of S1 km/hr t=
and a train of length l2 at the speed of S2 km/hr are t1 + t 2
crossing each other– Ùeefo l ceer. uecyeeF& keâer Skeâ š^sve l1 ceer. uecyes huesšheâece& keâes t1
peye Jes efJehejerle efoMee ceW ieefle keâj jner neW sec ceW heej keâjleer nw lees Gmeer š^sve Éeje l2 ceeršj huesšheâece& keâes
(When they move in opposite direction) –: heej keâjves ceW ueiee meceÙe –
l1 + l2 If a train of length l m crosses a platform of l1 m in t1
S1 + S2 =
t sec, then the time taken by the same train to cross
another platform of length l2 m is –
peye Jes Skeâ ner efoMee ceW ieefle keâj jner neW (When they
move in same direction) –: l + l2
t= t1
l1 + l2 l + l1
S1 – S2 =
t mšsMeveeW A Deewj B mes, oes š^sve ›eâceMe: S1 Deewj S2 ieefle mes Skeâ
otmejs keâer Deesj Ùee$ee keâjvee Meg™ keâjleer nw peye Jes Skeâ otmejs mes
efceueleer nw lees Ùen heeÙee ieÙee efkeâ Skeâ š^sve otmejer š^sve keâer leguevee
ceW d otjer DeefOekeâ leÙe keâjleer nw~ mšsMeveeW A Deewj B kesâ yeerÛe keâer
otjer–
peye oes meceeve uecyeeF& keâer jsueieeefÌ[ÙeeB, Skeâ JÙeefòeâ keâes t1 Deewj From stations A and B, two trains start travelling
t2 meskesâC[ ceW heej keâjleer nQ, lees oesveeW jsueieeefÌ[ÙeeB Éeje Skeâ otmejs towards each other at speeds S1 and S2 respectively
when they meet each other. It was found that one
keâes heej keâjves ceW ueiee meceÙe – train covers distance d more than that of another
When two trains of same length cross a man t1 and t2 train. The distance of stations A and B is –
sec then time taken by trains to cross each other –
 S +S 
Ùeefo Jes Skeâ ner efoMee ceW ieefleceeve nes (If they move in Distance ( otjer) =  1 2 ×d
same direction) –:  S1 – S2 

DevegØeJeen/Devegketâue ØeJeen (Down stream/with

kegâÚ cenòJehetCe& MeyoeJeueer
(Some important terminology) stream)–: Ùeefo veeJe Oeeje keâer efoMee ceW yen jner nw lees DevegØeJeen
keâne peelee nw~ (If the boat is flowing along the direction of
Meevle peue (Still water)–: Ùeefo peue ceW efkeâmeer Øekeâej keâe
the stream, it is called downstream).
ØeJeen veneR nw lees Fmes Meevle peue keânles nQ~ (If there is no flow of
any kind in water then it is called still water). Ûeeue kesâ mecyevOe ceW (With respect to speed)
Oeeje (Stream/Current) –: veoer ceW yenles ngS peue keâes Oeeje
Oeeje keâer Ûeeue (Speed of stream/current) = R
keânles nw~ (The moving water in a river is called a stream).
TOJe&ØeJeen/Øeefleketâue ØeJeen (Upstream/Against
stream)–: Ùeefo veeJe Oeeje kesâ efJehejerle efoMee ceW yen jner nw, lees Fmes
TOJe&ØeJeen keâne peelee nw~ (If the boat is flowing in the
opposite direction to the stream, it is called upstream).

Maths Capsule 55 YCT

 Meeble peue ceW veeJe keâer Ûeeue (The speed of boat in still t = t1 + t2
water) = B d d 2B
t= + d
B+R B– R (B 2
– R2 )

d=
(B 2
– R2 )
×t
2B
Oeeje kesâ Devegketâue Ûeeue/Oeeje kesâ meeLe-meeLe/DevegØeJeen ceW
B2 − R 2
Ûeeue (with the stream)/(down stream) ⇒ (B + R) Deewmele Ûeeue (Average speed) =
2B

Skeâ veeJe 'd1' otjer Oeeje kesâ Devegketâue leLee 'd2' otjer Oeeje kesâ
Øeefleketâue 't' Iebšs ceW leÙe keâjleer nw, leye–
If a boat covers 'd1' distance in down stream and 'd2'
distance in up stream in 't' hours then–
Oeeje kesâ Øeefleketâue Ûeeue/Oeeje kesâ efJehejerle Ûeeue/TOJe& ØeJeen
ceW Ûeeue (Up stream/Against the stream)⇒ B – R

peye (B + R) leLee (B – R) efoÙee ieÙee nes t = t1 + t2

[When (B + R) and (B – R) given]
d1 d
t= + 2
Ùeefo/If, B + R = m Deewj/and B – R = n B+R B– R

Meeble peue ceW veeJe keâer Ûeeue (Speed of boat in still Ùeefo veeJe Oeeje kesâ Devegketâue 'd1' efkeâceer. Deewj Oeeje kesâ Øeefleketâue

water) =
1
(m + n ) 'd2' efkeâceer. keâer Ùee$ee keâjves ceW meceeve meceÙe uesleer nw, leye–
2
If a boat take same time to travel 'd1' km down
1
Oeeje keâer Ûeeue (Speed of stream) = ( m – n ) stream and 'd2' km upstream then–
2
Ùeefo Skeâ veeJe (d) otjer Oeeje kesâ Devegketâue leLee Gleveer ner otjer veeJe keâer Ûeeue (speed of boat ) d1 + d 2
=
Oeeje kesâ Øeefleketâue t Iebšs ceW leÙe keâjleer nw leye– Oeeje keâer Ûeeue (speed of stream) d1 – d 2
If a boat covers distance 'd' down stream and same Ùeefo Skeâ veeJe Oeeje keâer efoMee ceW 't1' Iebšs ceW keâesF& otjer leÙe
distance up stream in t hours then–
keâjleer nw peyeefkeâ Oeeje keâer efJehejerle efoMee ceW Jener otjer 't2' Iebšs ceW
leÙe keâjleer nw leye
If a boat covers a distance in down stream in ' t1'
hours while the same distance is covered upstream
in ' t2' hours then –:

veeJe keâer Ûeeue (speed of boat ) t1 + t 2

=
Oeeje keâer Ûeeue (speed of stream) t1 – t 2
Maths Capsule 56 YCT
 cee$ekeâeW keâe ™heevlejCe (Conversion of units)
A : B
time ⇒ t : (t + 15)
speed ⇒ (t + 15) : t
1000 ceer. keâer oewÌ[ ceW A, B keâes 20 sec keâe mšeš& oslee nw
(A gives 20 sec start to B in 1000 m Race) –:
peye meceÙe efveefMÛele nes (When time is constant)

A : B
1000 ceer. keâer oew[
Ì ceW A, B keâes 100 ceer. mes njelee nw (A time ⇒ t : (t + 20)
beats B by 100 m in 1000 m Race)–
speed ⇒ (t + 20) : t
Ex. 100 ceer. oewÌ[ ceW, A Fme otjer keâes 36 sec ceW leLee B Fme otjer
keâes 45 sec ceW leÙe keâjlee nw~ Fme oewÌ[ ceW A, B keâes efkeâleves
ceeršj mes njelee nw~/In a 100 meter race, A covers this
distance in 36 seconds and B in 45 seconds. By how
many meters will A beat B in this race?
A : B
Solve –:
d ⇒ 1000 900
s ⇒ 1000 900 ⇒ 10 : 9
1000 ceer. keâer oewÌ[ ceW, A, B keâes 20 ceer. keâe mšeš& (yeÌ[le)
oslee nw~ (A gives 20 m start to B in 1000 m Race).
∵ B, 45 sec ceW peelee nw = 100 ceer.
100
∴ 36 sec ceW → ×36 80 m
45
Dele: A, B keâes 100 – 80 = 20 ceeršj mes njeSiee~ OR
A : B ∵ B, 45 sec ceW peelee nw = 100 ceer.
d ⇒ 1000 980 100
∴ 9sec → ×9 ⇒ 20 ceer.
s ⇒ 1000 980 ⇒ 50 : 49 45
Ex. 1 efkeâceer. keâer oew[
Ì ceW A, B keâes 28 ceeršj DeLeJee 7 meskesâC[ mes
peye otjer efveefMÛele nes (When distance is constant)
nje oslee nw~ Fme oewÌ[ keâes hetje keâjves ceW A efkeâlevee meceÙe uesiee?
In a 1 kilometer race, A beats B by 28 meters or 7
seconds. How long will A take to complete the race?
Solve –:

1000 ceer. keâer oew[

Ì mes A, B keâes 15 sec mes njelee nw~
(A beats B by 15 sec in 1000 m Race).

Maths Capsule 57 YCT

∵ B, 28 ceer. oew[Ì lee → 7 sec ceW B keâer Ûeeue =
800 32
= ceer./sec
7 375 15
∴ B keâes 1,000 ceer. oewÌ[ves ceW ueiee meceÙe = ×1000 32 18
28 = × km hr 7.68 km / hr
= 250 sec 15 5
1 efkeâceer. oewÌ[ves ceW A Éeje efueÙee ieÙee meceÙe = 250 – 7 Ex. 1 ef k eâceer . keâer oew Ì[ ceW A, B keâe 100 ceeršj mes njelee nw~ 300
= 243 sec ceer. keâer oewÌ[ ceW B, C keâes 50 ceer. mes njelee nw lees 1 efkeâceer. keâer oewÌ[
= 4 min 3 sec ceW A, C keâes efkeâleves ceeršj mes njeÙesiee?
Ex. 800 ceer. keâer oewÌ[ ceW A ves B keâes 15 meskesâC[ mes hejemle efkeâÙee~ In a race of 1 km, A beats B by 100 m. In a race of 300
Ùeefo A keâer Ûeeue 8 efkeâceer./IeCše nes, lees B keâer Ûeeue efkeâleveer nw? m, B beats C by 50 m. Then in a race of 1 km by what
In a race of 800 meters, A defected B by 15 secs. If the margin will A beat C ?
speed of A 8 km/hr, what will be the speed of B? Solve :–
Solve :–

800
A keâes 800 ceeršj otjer leÙe keâjves ceW ueiee meceÙe (t) =
8× 5
18
800×18
= Dele: A, C keâes 250 m mes njeSsiee~ (Hence, A will beat C,
40
250 m.)
= 360 sec.
∴B keâes 800 ceer .otjer leÙe keâjves ceW ueiee meceÙe = (360 + 15) sec
= 375 sec

The difference in age of two persons at the time of

birth will remain the same till death.
Ex. –: Ùeefo A Deewj B keâer DeeÙeg 2020 ceW ›eâceMe: 10 Je<e& Deewj 8
Je<e& nes~ leye A Deewj B keâer DeeÙeg 2030 ceW ›eâceMe: 20 Je<e& Deewj 18
Je<e& nesieer:
If the ages of A and B are 10 years and 8 years
respectively in 2020. Then A and B will be 20 years and
Ùeefo P Deewj Q keâer Jele&ceeve DeeÙeg ›eâceMe: x leLee y nes (If
18 years respectively in 2030
present age of P and Q is x and y respectively).
Devlej/
t Je<e& yeeo P Deewj Q keâer DeeÙeg (After t year, Age of Je<e&/Year A B
Difference
x+t 2020 10 8 2
P and Q) =
y+t 2030 20 18 2
t Je<e& henues P Deewj Q keâer DeeÙeg (t years Ago, Age of P Dele: Devlej meceeve jnsiee~
x–t Hence, the difference will remain the same.
and Q) = efJeÅeeLeea Devlej meceeve osKekeâj ØeMveeW keâes peuoer nue keâj mekeâles
y–t
nw~
pevce kesâ meceÙe oes JÙeefòeâÙeeW keâer DeeÙeg ceW efpelevee Devlej nesiee Jen
Students can solve questions quickly by seeing
Devlej ce=lÙeg lekeâ meceeve jnsiee~ difference.
Maths Capsule 58 YCT
 ØeLece n Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ IeveeW keâe Deewmele
(Average of cube of first n natural numbers)–

›eâceeiele mece mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ efueS

(For consecutive even numbers)
ØeLece n ›eâceeiele mece mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Deewmele (Average of
first n even numbers)–

›eâceeiele mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ efueS (For consecutive numbers)

ØeLece n mece mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ JeieeX keâe Deewmele (Average of
square of first n even numbers)–

ØeLece n mece mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ IeveeW keâe Deewmele (Average of

cube of first n even numbers)–

›eâceeiele efJe<ece mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ efueS

(For consecutive odd numbers)
ØeLece n efJe<ece mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Deewmele (Average of first n
odd number)–
met$eeW keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ (Using formulas)
Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ efueS (For natural numbers)
ØeLece n Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Deewmele (Average of ØeLece n efJe<ece mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ JeieeX keâe Deewmele (Average
first n natural numbers)– of square of first n odd number)–

ØeLece n Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ JeieeX keâe Deewmele

(Average of square of first n natural numbers)– ØeLece n efJe<ece mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ IeveeW keâe Deewmele (Average
of cube of first n odd number)–

Maths Capsule 59 YCT

 Ùeefo kegâÚ mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Deewmele x nw Deewj ØelÙeskeâ mebKÙee ceW n Ùeefo n Øes#eCeeW keâe Deewmele a nw hejvleg Ùeefo Skeâ Øes#eCe keâes
peesÌ[ efoÙee peeS DeLeJee Ieše efoÙee peeS leye Deewmele- efJemLeeefhele keâj efoÙee peeS lees Deewmele b nes peelee nw efJemLeeefhele
If Average of some numbers is x and n is added or Øes#eCe keâe ceeve-
subtracted to each number then the average is– If average of n observations is 'a' but the average
A= x±n becomes b when one observation is eliminated then
value of eliminated observation.
Ùeefo kegâÚ mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Deewmele x nw leLee ØelÙeskeâ mebKÙee ceW m mes ⇒ n (a – b) + b
iegCee efkeâÙee peeS lees Deewmele- Ùeefo n Øes#eCeeW keâe Deewmele a nw hejvleg Ùeefo Skeâ Øes#eCe keâes
If average of some numbers is x and each number is Meeefceue keâj efoÙee peeS lees Deewmele b nes peelee nw, leye Meeefceue
multiplied by m the average is.
efkeâS ieÙes Øes#eCe keâe ceeve–
A = x×m If average of n observations is 'a' but the average
Ùeefo kegâÚ mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Deewmele x nw leLee ØelÙeskeâ mebKÙee ceW m mes becomes 'b' when one observation is added, then
Yeeie efoÙee peeS leye Deewmele- value of added observation
⇒ n (b – a) + b
If average of sum numbers is x and each number
dividen by m, then average– Ùeefo efkeâmeer keâ#ee ceW 'n' efJeÅeeefLe&ÙeeW keâe Deewmele 'a' nw, peneB GòeerCe&
efJeÅeeefLe&ÙeeW keâe Deewmele 'x' Deewj DevegòeerCe& efJeÅeeefLe&ÙeeW keâe Deewmele
x
A= 'y' nw, leye–
m
If the average of 'n' students in a class is 'a', where
Ùeefo efkeâmeer ßesCeer efpemekeâe meJee&vlej d leLee Deewmele k nes Deewj average of passed students is 'x' and average of
FmeceW Deeies DeLeJee heerÚs mes x mebKÙeeSs peesÌ[s lees veÙee Deewmele- failed students is 'y', then–
If in any series having common difference 'd' and n (a – y)
average 'k', x numbers are added in forward or
(
No. of passed students GlòeerCe& efJeÅeeefLe&ÙeesW keâer mebKÙee = )( x – y)
backward then the new average–
Ùeefo n mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Deewmele a nw uesefkeâve yeeo ceW Ùen heeÙee ieÙee
veÙee Deewmele ( new average) = K ±
xd efkeâ Skeâ mebKÙee x keâes ieueleer mes y heÌ{ efueÙee ieÙee Lee leye
2 If average of n numbers is 'a' but later on it was
mece DeLeJee efJe<ece mebKÙeeDeeW keâer ßesCeer efpemekeâe Deewmele k nw, found that a number 'x' was misread as 'y'. Then
GmeceW Ùeefo nce Deeies mes DeLeJee heerÚs mes x mebKÙeeSs peesÌ[s leye– mener Deewmele ( Correct average ) = a +
( x – y)
In series of even or add number having average 'k', n
if we add x number in forward or backward, then– Ùeefo n mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Deewmele a nw uesefkeâve yeeo ceW Ùen heeÙee ieÙee
veÙee Deewmele (New average) = k ± x efkeâ oes mebKÙeeSs x Deewj y keâes ieueleer mes p Deewj q heÌ{ efueÙee
k Deewmele Jeeueer Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW keâer efkeâmeer ßesCeer ceW Ùeefo Deeies ieÙee leye –
mes DeLeJee heerÚs mes x mebKÙeeSW peesÌ[er peeS lees- If the average of n number is 'a' but later on it was
found that two numbers x and y misread as p and q,
In series of natural number having average 'k', if we
then
add 'x' number in forward or backward then
x+y–p–q
x mener Deewmele (Correct average) = a +
veÙee Deewmele ( new average) = K ± n
2
Ùeefo leerve Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeSW nes Deewj efkeâmeer oes mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ yeuuesyeepe Deewj ieWoyeeo keâe Deewmele
Deewmele keâes, efkeâmeer leermejer mebKÙee ceW peesÌ[e lees Øeehle mebKÙeeSs (Average of batsman and bowler)
›eâceMe: a, b leLee c nes leye-
If there are three natural numbers and average of any
two number, if added with third number gives a, b
and c. Then natural numbers.
ceevee mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Ùeesie ( Let sum of numbers) = k
a +b+c
leye/then, k =
2
ØeLece mebKÙee (first number) = (2a – k)
efÉleerÙe mebKÙee (second number) = (2b – k)
le=leerÙe mebKÙee (third number) = (2c – k)
Maths Capsule 60 YCT
 jsKee Deewj keâesCe (Line and Angle)

efyevog (Point) (•): Skeâ efveef§ele met#ce jsKee (Line): meceleue (Plane):
efÛeÖ (A point is an exact location)
jsKee efyevogDeeW keâe mecetn nw pees oesveeW Deesj
Devevle keâer Deesj De«emej nw~ A line is oes DeeÙeeceeW Jeeueer Ssmeer Ûehešer melen efpemekeâer
group of point leading to infinity ceesšeF& MetvÙe nes~ A two dimensional flat
on both sides. surface with zero thickness.
mebjsKe efyevog (Colliner points): jsKee KeC[ (Line Segment): ØeefleÛÚsoer jsKeeSW (Intersecting Line):

leerve Ùee DeefOekeâ efyevog Skeâ ner jsKee hej Skeâ efveef§ele uecyeeF& Jeeueer jsKee~ A line
nes~ Three or more point that lie on the segment has a definite length.
same line.
DemebjsKe efyevog (Non Collinear Points): efkeâjCe (Rays): meceevlej jsKeeSW (Parallel Lines):

leerve Ùee DeefOekeâ efyevog Skeâ jsKee hej efmLele Skeâ efoMeerÙe uecyeeF& Jeeueer jsKee~ A line
with uni-direction length.
ve nes~ Three or more points that do
not lie on the same line.
uecyeJeled jsKeeSW (Perpendicular mebieeceer/meceJeleea jsKeeSW (Concurrent efleÙe&keâ jsKee (Transversal Line):
Lines): Lines):

keâesCe (Angle): oes meerOeer jsKeeDeeW keâe vÙetvekeâesCe (Acute Angle): mecekeâesCe (Right Angle):
PegkeâeJe~ Inclination (tilt) between
the two straight line.
0 < θ < 90 ∠θ = 90

DeefOekeâ keâesCe (Obtuse Angle): $e+pegkeâesCe (Straight Angle): ØeefleJeleea keâesCe (Reflex Angle):

90 < θ < 180

θ = 180 180° < θ < 360°

Maths Capsule 61 YCT

 mechetCe&/ Je=òeerÙe keâesCe (Whole/ hetjkeâ/keâesefšhetjkeâ keâesCe mechetjkeâ/Deveghetjkeâ keâesCe
Circle Angle): θ = 360º (Complementary Angle): (Supplementary Angle):

360°
α + β = 90 α + β = 180
If α = x then β=(90 − x) If α = x then β=(180-x)

efleÙe&keâ jsKee hej DeeOeeefjle keâesCe If AB || CD then α + β + γ = 360°

(Angle Based on Transversal Line) A B
α
Ùeefo/If ℓ || m
γ
2 1 β O
ℓ
3 4 C D
6 5 If AB || CD then θ=α+β
m
7 8 A B
Meer<ee&efYecegKe keâesCe (Vertically opposite Angle):
α
∠1=∠3 ∠2=∠4
θ
∠5=∠7 ∠6=∠8
β
Devle: Skeâevlej keâesCe (Interior Alternative Angle): C D
∠3=∠5 ∠4=∠6
yeenSkeâevlej keâesCe (Exterior Alternative Angle): keQâÛeer ØecesÙe (Scissors' theorem):
∠1=∠7 ∠2=∠8
A
a
mebiele keâesCe (Corresponding Angle):
∠1=∠5 ∠2=∠6 b
B x=a+b+c
∠3=∠7 ∠4=∠8 c x
efkeâmeer keâesCe kesâ Devle: keâesCe Deewj yee¢e keâesCeeW kesâ meceefÉYeepekeâ kesâ
yeerÛe keâe keâesCe 90° neslee nw~ C
The angle made by the bisector of the interior angle
and exterior angle is 90°. A B
yee¢ekeâesCe a p
meceeffÉYeepekeâ (90−θ/2) θ/2
C D
Devle:keâesCe b q
2)

meceefÉYeepekeâ
−θ/

E F
(180−θ) θ/2
(90

θ c r
G H
Ùeefo oes meceevlej jsKeeSb Skeâ efleÙe&keâ Úsoer jsKee Éeje ØeefleÛÚsefole
nes leye Dele: keâesCeeW kesâ meceefÉYeepekeâ Éeje 90° keâe keâesCe yevelee a p
a:b:c = p:q:r =
nw~ (a + b + c) (p + q + r)
If two parallel lines are intersected by a intersecting
line then the angle formed by the bisector of the x
interior angles is 90°. A B
∠ MON = 90° m
C D
n
E y F
AC BD m my + nx
= = CD =
CE DF n m+n

Maths Capsule 62 YCT

 ef$eYegpe (Triangle)

AB ≠ BC ≠ CA
‘‘leerve YegpeeDeeW mes yevo Deeke=âefle keâes ef$eYegpe keânles nw~’’
∠C ≠ ∠ A ≠ ∠ B
‘‘A closed figure with three sides in called
triangle’’ ef$eYegpe keâe heefjceehe (Perimeter of triangle):
ef$eYegpe ceW leerve YegpeeSb leLee leerve keâesCe nesles nQ~ p = (a + b + c)
A triangle has three sides and three vertices. ef$eYegpe keâe DeOe&-heefjceehe (Semi-perimeter of triangle):
(a + b + c)
s=
2
efJe<eceyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW #es$eheâue (Area in scalene triangle):
(i) peye leervees YegpeeSs oer ieÙeer nes (when three sides are
given):

ef$eYegpe keâe efvecee&Ce (ef$eYegpe keâer Demeefcekeâe)

Construction of triangle (Inequality of triangle)

∆ = s(s − a)(s − b)(s − c) (Heron's Formula)

(ii) peye DeeOeej Yegpee Deewj Gâ@ÛeeF& oer ieÙeer nes (when base and
(i) ef$eYegpe keâer efkeâvneR oes YegpeeDeeW keâe Ùeesie leermejer Yegpee mes yeÌ[e height are given)
nesvee ÛeeefnSs~ B
The sum of any two sides of the triangle must be
greater than the third side- 1
h ∆ = × b× h
(a + b) > c (b + c) > a (c + a) > b 2
(ii) ef$eYegpe keâer efkeâvneR oes YegpeeDeeW keâe Devlej leermejer Yegpee mes Úesše A C
b
nesvee ÛeeefnS~ (iii) peye oes YegpeeSb Deewj yeerÛe keâe keâesCe efoÙee nes (when two
The difference of any two sides of the triangle sides and middle angle are given)
must be less than the third side.
| a - b| < c | b - c| < a | c - a| < b
YegpeeDeeW kesâ DeeOeej hej ef$eYegpe kesâ Øekeâej: 1
∆ = ab sinθ
(Types of the triangles on the basis of sides): 2
1. efJe<eceyeeng ef$eYegpe (Scalene Triangle)
2. meceefÉyeeng ef$eYegpe (Isosceles Triangle) (iv) peye Skeâ Yegpee Deewj leerve keâesCe efoÙes ieÙes nes (when one
3. meceyeeng ef$eYegpe (Equilateral Triangle) side and three angles are given)
A
keâesCeeW kesâ DeeOeej hej ef$eYegpe kesâ Øekeâej
(Types of the triangles on the basis of angles): α 1 sin β× sin γ
1. mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe (Right Angle Triangle) ∆= × a 2
2. vÙetvekeâesCe ef$eYegpe (Acute Angle Triangle) β γ 2 sin α
B C
3. DeefOekeâ keâesCe ef$eYegpe (Obtuse Angle Triangle)
ef$eYegpe keâer YegpeeDeeW Deewj TBÛeeF&ÙeeW ceW mecyevOe
YegpeeDeeW kesâ DeeOeej hej ef$eYegpe
(Relation between sides and heights of triangle):
(The triangles on the basis of sides):
A
1. efJe<eceyeeng ef$eYegpe (Scalene Triangle): ‘‘Ssmee ef$eYegpe efpemekeâer
b
leerveeW YegpeeÙes efYeVe-efYeVe neW Gmes efJe<eceyeeng ef$eYegpe keânles nQ~ c h3 h2
efJe<eceyeeng ef$eYegpe kesâ leerveeW keâesCe efYeVe-efYeVe nesles nQ~’’
"A scalene triangle is a triangle in which all three h1
B a C
sides have different lengths."
Maths Capsule 63 YCT
 1 1 1 (ii)
⇒ ∆= a × h1, ∆ = b × h2, ∆ = c × h3
2 2 2
1 1 1
a × h1 = b × h2 = c × h3
2 2 2 1
∆ = a 2 sin θ
∴ ah1 = bh2 = ch3 2
1 1 1 (iii)
h1 : h2 : h3 = : :
a b c

Sine Rule (pÙee efveÙece) :

a b c
= = = 2R
sin A sin B sin c
∆ ABD ceW heeF&Leeieesjme ØecesÙe mes,
R → Circum Radius yee¢e ef$epÙee h=
1
(4a 2 − b 2 )
2
a b c
= = = K (K= efveÙeleebkeâ Constant) 1
sin A sin B sin c ∵∆ = × b× h
2
1 1
keâespÙee efveÙece (Cosine Rule): ∆ = ×b× 4a 2 − b 2
2 2
b2 + c2 − a 2 1
CosA = ⇒ a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc cos A ∆ = b 4a 2 − b 2
2bc 4
a 2 + c2 − b 2
CosB = ⇒ b2 = a2 + c2 – 2ac cos B
2ac
1 b sin 2 β
a 2 + b2 − c2 (iv) ∆=
CosC = ⇒ c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C 2 sin α
2ab
(2) meceefÉyeeng ef$eYegpe (Isosceles Triangle): meceyeeng ef$eYegpe (Equilateral triangle):
B B
a a AB = BC ≠ AC a a
∠C = ∠ A ≠ ∠ B
A C A C
b a
ef$eYegpe keâe heefjceehe (Perimeter of triangle): AB = BC = CA = a
p = 2a + b ∠C = ∠A = ∠B = 60°
meceyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW heefjceehe
ef$eYegpe keâe DeOe&-heefjceehe (Semi-perimeter of triangle):
(Perimeter in equilateral triangle):
2a + b p = 3a
s=
2 meceyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW Deæ&-heefjceehe
meceefÉyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW #es$eheâue (Area in Isosceles Triangle): (Semi-perimeter in equilateral triangle):
(i) 3a
s=
B 2
a a meceyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW TBÛeeF& (Height in equilateral triangle):
3
h= a
A C 2
b meceyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW #es$eheâue (Area in equilateral triangle):
∆= s(s − a)(s − a)(s − b) 3 2
∆= a
∆ = (s-a) s(s − b) 4

Maths Capsule 64 YCT

keâesCeeW kesâ DeeOeej hej ef$eYegpe kesâ Øekeâej
(The triangle based on angles):
1. mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe (Right angled triangle): Ùeefo ef$eYegpe 0 < θ < 90
keâe Skeâ keâesCe mecekeâesCe (900) keâe neslee nw lees ef$eYegpe
mecekeâesCe keânueelee nw~
A right angled triangle is a triangle in which one
angle is right angle. henÛeeve (Identity):
A AC2 < AB2 + BC2

keâCe& vÙetvekeâesCeerÙe ØecesÙe (Acute angled theorem):

(hypotenuse) AC2=AB2+ BC2-2BC.BD
uecye
(perpendicular) 3. DeefOekeâ keâesCe ef$eYegpe (Obtuse angled triangle):
90°
θ Ùeefo efkeâmeer ef$eYegpe keâe Skeâ keâesCe DeefOekeâ keâesCe 90° mes
B C DeefOekeâ nw lees Fmes DeefOekeâ keâesCe ef$eYegpe keânsieW~
DeeOeej (base)
#es$eheâue (Area): An obtuse angle triangle is a triangle in which any
1 one of the angles is an obtuse angles or more than
∆= × BC × AB 90°.
2
heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe (Phythagoras theorem): mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe
ceW, keâCe& keâe Jeie& Mes<e oes YegpeeDeeW kesâ JeieeX kesâ Ùeesieheâue kesâ yejeyej neslee
nw~
In right angled triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is
equal to the sum of the square of the other two sides.
AC 2 = AB2 + BC 2 90 < θ < 180
heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš (Pythagoras triplets): leerve hetCeeËkeâeW keâe henÛeeve (Identity):
mecetn pees heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe keâes mevleg° keâjW~ AC2 > AB2 + BC2
A set of three integers triangles which satisfy
Pythagoras theorem. Ex.: (3, 4, 5)
DeefOekeâ keâesCe ØecesÙe (Obtuse angled theorem):
Ùeefo (a, b, c) heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš nw lees (ak, bk, ck) leLee AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2 BD.BC
a b c ef$eYegpe kesâ iegCe (Properties of triangle):
 , ,  heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš neWies~ ef$eYegpe kesâ leerveeW keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesie 180° neslee nw~ The sum
k k k 1.
If (a, b, c) be a Pythagoras triplets, then (ak, bk, ck) or of all three angles of triangles is 180°.
a b c A
 , ,  will also be the phythagoras triplet.
k k k α
efvecve heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš hejer#eeDeeW ceW yengleeÙele ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes
α + β + γ = 180
peeles nQ-
β γ
Following Pythagoras triplets are frequently used in B C
the examination : 2. (i) yee¢ekeâesCe ØecesÙe (External angled theorem): Ùeefo
⇒ (3, 4, 5)→(6, 8, 10), (9,12,15) (12,16,20) (15, 20, 25)
⇒ (5, 12, 13)→(10, 24, 26) (15, 36, 39) (2.5, 6, 6.5)
efkeâmeer ef$eYegpe keâer Skeâ Yegpee keâes yeÌ{eÙee peeÙes lees Fme Øekeâej
⇒ (7, 24, 25)→(14, 28, 50), (3.5, 12, 12.5) (21, 72, 75) yevee keâesCe oes efJehejerle Devle: meccegKe keâesCeeW kesâ Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej
⇒ (9, 40, 41), (12, 35, 37), (20, 21, 29) , (13, 84, 85) neslee nw~ If a side of a triangle is produced then the
⇒ (8, 15, 17), (11, 60, 61), (20, 99, 101) (39, 80, 89) exterior angle so formed is equal to the sume of
⇒ (2ab, a2 - b2, a2 + b2) [2n, (n2-1), (n2+1)] the two interior opposite angles.
⇒ (1, 1, 2 ) (1, 3 , 2) A
2. vÙetvekeâesCe ef$eYegpe (Acute angled triangle): α
Ùeefo ef$eYegpe kesâ leerveeW keâesCe vÙetvekeâesCe nes lees ef$eYegpe vÙetvekeâesCe
(00 Deewj 900 kesâ yeerÛe) ef$eYegpe keânueelee nw~
In acute angled triangle is a trianlg in which all
β γ (α+β)
B D
the interior angles are acute angles (all the three C
angles are between 0° and 90°). ∠ACD = α + β

Maths Capsule 65 YCT

 (ii) yee¢e keâesCeeW keâe Ùeseie (The sum of external (iii) If FD = DB & ED = DC then ∠FDE=(180 − 2θ)
angles):
(β+γ) A
α

B β γ (α+β)
D
(α+γ) C

Ùeseie (Sum) = 2(α + β + γ)

= 2 × 180° ⇒ 360° ef$eYegpe keâer meJeeËiemecelee leLee mece™helee
3. (Congruency & Similarity of triangle)
meJeeËiemecelee (Congruency):
oes ∆ meJeeËiemece keâns peeles nQ-
θ1 + θ2 = 180 + A Two triangles are said to be Congruent-
(i) Gvekesâ mebiele keâesCe yejeyej nes~
Their Corresponding angles are equal.
4.
(ii) Gvekeâer mebiele YegpeeS Yeer yejeyej nes~
Their corresponding sides are also equal.

AD → (Altitude)
AE→∠A keâe Devle: (Angle Bisectr f∠A) keâesCe ∠A=∠D AB = DE
meceefÉYeepekeâ ∠B=∠E &
BC = EF
∠B − ∠C ∠C=∠F AC = DF
DAE = ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ DEF
2
5. (Stewart theorem) mšerJeš& ØecesÙe: {≅ is the sign of Congruency}
Conditions (efmLeefleÙeeB):
SSS (Side-Side-Side)/ (Yegpee - Yegpee - Yegpee),
SAS (Side-Angle-Side)/ (Yegpee - keâesCe - Yegpee),
AAS (Angle-Angle-Side) pair/(keâesCe-keâesCe-Yegpee) Ùegice
RHS (Right Angl-Hypotenuse-Side/(mecekeâesCe-keâCe&-keâesCe)
veesš: meJeeËiemecelee ceW YegpeeSB yejeyej nesvee ÛeeefnS-
a(x2 + mn) = b2m = c2n (In congruency, sides must be equal-
6. (i) If BF = DF & DE = CE then ∠FDE = θ mece™helee (Similarity): oes ef$eYegpe mece™he keâns peeles nQ (Two
A triangles are said to be Similar) :
θ (i) Gvekesâ mebiele keâesCe yejeyej nes (Their Corresponding
angles are equal)
F E (ii) Gvekeâer mebiele YegpeeSs meceevegheeleer neW~
(Their corresponding sides are in the equal ratio)

B C
D
 θ
(ii) If BD = BF & CE = CD then ∠FDE =  90 − 
 2
A ∠A=∠D
θ AB BC AC
∠B=∠E & = =
F E DE EF DF
∠C=∠F
Dele: Hence ∆ABC ~ DEF
B C {"~" is the sign of similarity}
D
Maths Capsule 66 YCT
efmLeefleÙeeB (Conditions): 4. ceOÙe efyevog ØecesÙe (Mid Point Theorem)
AAA (Angle-Angle-Angle)/ (keâesCe-keâesCe-keâesCe)
SSS (Side-Side-Side) / (Yegpee-Yegpee-Yegpee)
SAS (Side-Angle-Side)/ (Yegpee-keâesCe-Yegpee)
AA (Angle-Angle) / (keâesCe-keâesCe)
Note: mece™he ef$eYegpeeW ceW YegpeeSb Devegheelekeâ nesleer nQ~
In similar triangles, sides are in-equal ratio.
efJeMes<eleeSB (Properties): (i) Ùeefo D leLee E ›eâceMe: jsKee AB Deewj AC kesâ ceOÙe efyevog nes, lees
1. mece™he ef$eYegpeeW ceW ØelÙeskeâ mebiele uecyeeF& keâe Devegheele yejeyej If D and E are mid points of AB and AC respectively
neslee nw~ then,
In Similar triangles ratio of each corresponding BC
length is equal DE || BC and DE =
2
AB BC AC h1 r1 R1
= = = = = = (ii) Ùeefo DE || BC leLee D, AB keâe ceOÙe efyevog nw leye E, AC keâe
DE EF DF h 2 r2 R 2
ceOÙe efyevog nesiee~
Perimeter of ∆ ABC = Semi perimeter ∆ABC =
If DE || BC and D is the mid point of AB, then E is
Perimeter of ∆ DEF Semiperimeter ∆DEF
the mid point of AC.
Median1 Angle Bisector1 cenlJehetCe& efve<keâ<e& (Important Results):
=
Median 2 Angle Bisector2
AD AE 1
2. mece™he ∆ ceW, ef$eYegpeeW kesâ #es$eheâue keâe Devegheele Gvekeâer mebiele (i) = =
DB EC 1
uecyeeF&ÙeeW kesâ Jeie& kesâ Devegheele kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
(ii) ∆ ADE ~ ∆ ABC
In similar triangles, the area of triangles is equal to
the ratio of square of corresponding length. AD AE DE 1
(iii) = = =
2 2
Area of ∆ABC  AB   ΒC   AC  =
2
AB AC BC 2
=  =  = 
Area of ∆DEF  DE   EF   DF  ∆ADE Area 1
2 2 2 2 2
(iv) =
 h1   r1   R1   Median1   Angle Bisector1  ABC Area 4
  =  =  =  = 
 h 2   r2   R 2   Median 2   Angle Bisector2  ∆ADE Area 1
2
(v) =
□DECB Area 3
 Perimeter of ∆ ABC   Semi perimeter ∆ABC 
2

  = 
 Perimeter of ∆ DEF   Semiperimeter ∆DEF  mece™he Deeke=âefleÙeeB (Similar Figures)
3. Lesume ØecesÙe (Thales' Theorem)
A

(i)

∆ADE ~ ∆ABC
AD AE
⇒ If DE || BC then = AD AE DE
DB EC = =
AB AC BC
AD AE
⇒ If = then DE || BC
DB EC
cenlJehetCe& efve<keâ<e& (Important Results) :
AD AE
(i) =
DB EC (ii)
(ii) ∆ ADE ~ ∆ ABC
AD AE DE
(iii) = =
AB AC BC ∆ADE ~ ∆ACB
2 2 2
Ar(∆ADE)  AD   AE   DE  AD AE DE
(iv) =  =  =  = =
Ar(ABC)  AB   AC   BC  AC AB BC
Maths Capsule 67 YCT
 mece™helee mes (From Similarity):
(i) efyevog A mes (from Point A): AB2 = AD × AC
(ii) efyevog D mes (from Point D): DB2 = DA × DC
(iii)
(iii) efyevog C mes (from Point C): CB2 = CD × CA
(iv) #es$eheâue mes (from Area) :
∆ABC ~ ∆DAC 1 1
∆ ABC Area = BC × AB = AC × DB
AB BC AC 2 2
= =
AD AC CD ∴ BC × AB = AC × DB
A B 1 1 1
⇒ 2
= +
BD AB BC2
2

(iv) O
meJeeËiemecelee leLee mece™helee ceW mebyevOe
C D
(Relation between similarity and congruity)
If AB || CD
∆AOB ~ ∆DOC (i) Ùeefo oes ef$eYegpe Deeheme ceW meJeeËiemece nQ lees Jes Deeheme ceW mece™he
AO BO AB Yeer neWies~
then, = = If two triangles are congruent then they must be
DO CO CD
similar.
(ii) Ùeefo oes ∆ Deeheme ceW mece™he nQ lees Ùen DeeJeMÙekeâ veneR nw efkeâ Jes
Deeheme ceW meJeeËiemece Yeer neW~
If two triangles are similar then it is not necessary
(v) that they are congruent.
(iii) Ùeefo oes ef$eYegpe meJeeËiemece nQ lees Jes Gvekesâ #es$eheâue yejeyej nesles nQ~
If two triangles are congruent then their area are
equal.
∆ADB ~ ∆COD (iv) Ùeefo oes ef$eYegpe kesâ #es$eheâue yejeyej nQ lees Ùen DeeJeMÙekeâ veneR nw
AO BO AB efkeâ Jes meJeeËiemece neW~
= = If areas of two triangles are equal then It is not
OC OD CD
necessary that they are Congruent.
‘‘Skeâ ner Je=òe KeC[ kesâ keâesCe yejeyej nesles nQ~’’
(v) Ùeefo oes mece™he ef$eYegpeeW keâe #es$eheâue yejeyej nw lees Jes meJeeËiemece
"Angles of same segment are equals"
ef$eYegpe neWies~
If areas of two similar triangles are equal then they
are congruent.
(vi) ef$eYegpe kesâ kesâvõ (Centres of Triangle)

1 1 1 1 z+x
= = =
y x z y xz
xz = xy + yz
mecekeâesCe ∆ ceW mece™helee (Similarity in Right Angle
Triangle) :
kesâvõkeâ (Centroid)
efkeâmeer ef$eYegpe keâer ceeefOÙekeâeDeeW keâe ØeefleÛÚso efyevog kesâvõkeâ
keânueelee nw~ Fmes ieg®lJe kesâvõ Yeer keânles nQ~ Fmes G mes efve™efhele
keâjles nQ~
The point of intersection of the medians of the
If BD ⊥ AC triangle is called the centroid. It is also called gravity
∆ ABC ~ ∆ADB ~ ∆BDC centre. It is denoted by "G".

Maths Capsule 68 YCT

ceeefOÙekeâe (Median) : ef$eYegpe keâer ceeefOÙekeâe, Skeâ Meer<e& Deewj Gme
Meer<e& kesâ meeceves keâer Yegpee kesâ ceOÙe efyevog mes neskeâj peeves Jeeueer
Skeâ meerOeer jsKee nw pees Gme Yegpee keâes oes yejeyej YeeieeW ceW keâešleer
nw~ (vi)
A median of a triangle is a line segment joining a
vertex to the midpoint of the opposite side, thus
bisecting that side. (∆PQR) Ar =(∆FRP) Ar = (∆ERQ) Ar = (∆DPQ) Ar
m1
=  
 4 4
m
⇒
16
(vii) DeheesueesefveÙeme ØecesÙe (Apollonius Theorem):

peneB AD, BE leLee CF ef$eYegpe keâer ceeefOÙekeâeSb leLee G kesâvõkeâ

nw~
Where AD, BE and CF are the medians and G is the
centroid.
cenlJehetCe& iegCe (Important Properties):
AG BG CG 2
(1) = = =
GD GE GF 1
2 AB2 + AC2 = 2(AD2 + BD2)
(2) Ùeefo ∆ABC keâe #es$eheâue m FkeâeF& , AD, BE leLee CF leerve
ceeefOÙekeâeSW Deewj G kesâvõkeâ nes~ leye/then,
If the area of ∆ABC is m unit2, AD, BE and CF are AD =
1
2c 2 + 2b 2 − a 2
medians and G is the centroid. 2
leye/then, 1
BE = 2a 2 + 2c 2 − b 2
2
1
CF = 2a 2 + 2b 2 − c 2
(i) (ii) 2

(viii)

(iii) (iv)

ef$eYegpe keâer efkeâvneR oes YegpeeDeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue leermejer Yegpee hej
(v)
KeeRÛeer ieÙeer ceeefOÙekeâe kesâ ogieves mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw~
The sum of any two sides of a triangle is greater
than twice the median drawn to the third side.
∆ DEF keâe keâsvokeâ Yeer G nesiee~ AB + AC > 2AD
Centroid of ∆DEF is also G.
ef$eYegpe keâe heefjceehe (YegpeeDeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue), ceeefOÙekeâeDeeW kesâ
m1
(∆GEF) Ar = (∆GFD) Ar = (∆GDE) Ar =   Ùeesieheâue mes ncesMee yeÌ[e neslee nw~
 4 3
Perimeter of triangle (sum of sides) is always greater
m than sum of medians.
⇒ {peneB/Where, Ar → #es$eheâue/area}
12 (AB + BC + CA > (AD + BE + CF)

Maths Capsule 69 YCT

 3(AB+BC+CA) < 4(AD+BE+CF)
Devle: kesâvõ (Incentre)
3(AB2 + BC2 + CA2) = 4(AD2 + BE2 + CF2)
∆ABC keâe #es$eheâue = 4 efkeâmeer ef$eYegpe kesâ Devle: keâesCeeW keâes meceefÉYeeefpele (oes yejeyej Yeeie)
[ceeefOÙekeâeDeeW AD, BE leLee keâjves Jeeueer jsKeeSB efpeme efyevog hej efceueleer nw~ Gmes Devle: kesâvõ
3
CF keâes Yegpee ceeveles ngS ∆ keâe keânles nQ~
#es$eheâue] Lines bisecting internal angles (in two equal part) of
a triangle meet at a point. The point is called
Area of ∆ABC = 4 incentre of the triangle.
[Area of ∆ considering
3
medians AD, BE and CF as
side]
(ix) Ùeefo O, ceeefOÙekeâe AD keâe ceOÙe efyevog nes-
If O, is the mid point of median AD
leye/then,

efJeMes<eleeSW (Properties):
(1) Devle:kesâvõ keâes kesâvõ ceevekeâj yevee Je=òe Devle:Je=òe keânueelee nw leLee
Fmekeâer ef$epÙee keâes Devle: ef$epÙee keânles nQ~
The circle formed considering the incentre as the
centre is called incircle and its radius is called
AO: OG : GD = 3 : 1 : 2 inradius.
(x) Ùeefo ∆ keâer oes ceeefOÙekeâeSW Skeâ otmejs keâes mecekeâesCe hej ØeefleÛÚso
keâjleer nw~
If two medians of a triangle intersect each other at
right angle.

(2) (i) Devle:kesâvõ ef$eYegpe keâer leerveeW YegpeeDeeW mes meceeve otjer hej neslee
nw~
The incentre is equidistant from all three sides of
triangle.

AB2 + AC2 = 5BC2

(xi) Ùeefo AD Deewj BE ceeefOÙekeâeSW nw/If AD and BE are
medians-

ID = IE = IF = r
(ii) Devle: Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee, ef$eYegpe keâer Yegpee hej uecye nesleer nw~
Inradius is perpendicular on side of triangle.

ID ⊥ BC
IE ⊥ AC
IF ⊥ AB
(3) efkeâmeer Yeer ∆ keâe Devle:kesâvõ, ∆ kesâ Devoj neslee nw~
The incentre of any triangle is inside the triangle.

Maths Capsule 70 YCT

(4) ef$eYegpe kesâ efkeâvneR oes Devle:keâesCe efÉYeepekeâeW kesâ ceOÙe yevee keâesCe (ii)
The angle formed between any two interior bisectors ∆  a + b +c
r= S = 
of a triangle. S  2 
peneB/where,
r → Devle: ef$epÙee/Inradius
∆ → ef$eYegpe keâe ]#es$eheâue/Area of triangle
S → ef$eYegpe keâe Deæ& heefjceehe/Semi perimeter of
∠A
∠ BIC = 90 + triangle.
2 (iii) ef$eYegpe keâer DevleJe=òe keâer ef$epÙee leLee GBâÛeeF&ÙeeW ceW mecyevOe:
Relation between inradius (r) and heights:
(ii) ef$eYegpe kesâ efkeâvner oes yee¢e keâesCe meceefÉYeepekeâeW kesâ ceOÙe yevee keâesCe
:
The Angle formed between any two exterior
bisectors of a triangle:

1 1 1 1
= + +
r h1 h 2 h 3

(iv) mecekeâesCe ∆ ceW Devle: Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee:

A Inradius in the right angle triangle:
∠BEC = 90 −
2
(iii) ef$eYegpe kesâ efkeâmeer Skeâ Devle:keâesCe efÉYeepekeâ Deewj efkeâmeer Skeâ yee¢e
keâesCe efÉYeepekeâ kesâ yeerÛe yevee keâesCe-
The angle between one of the interior angle bisectors
and one of the exterior angle bisectors of a triangle:

∠A
∠ BEC =
2 a +b−c
r=
2
(5) (i) Devle:kesâvõ Deewj leerveeW efyevogDeeW Éeje yeveeS ieÙes ef$eYegpeeW kesâ
#es$eheâueeW keâe Devegheele Gvekeâer mebiele YegpeeDeeW kesâ Devegheele ceW neslee (v) meceyeeng ∆ ceW Devle:Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee:
Inradius in the equilateral triangle:
nw~
The ratio of the areas of the triangles formed by the
incentre and the three points is proportional to their a
corresponding sides. r=
2 3

(6) (i) Devle: keâesCe meceefÉYeepekeâ keâesCe:

Interior Angle bisector theorem:

AB DB
=
AC DC
(∆BIC) Ar : (∆CIA) Ar : (∆AIB) Ar = a : b : c

Maths Capsule 71 YCT

 (8) Stewart Theorem (mšerJeš& ØecesÙe):
(ii) yee¢e keâesCe meceefÉYeepekeâ ØecesÙe:
Exterior angle Bisector theorem:

AB DB
=
AC DC

(iii) AD, ∠BAC keâe keâesCe meceefÉYeepekeâ nw~ b2m+ c2n = x2a + mna
AD is angle bisector of ∠ BAC (9)

A B C
AD2 = bc - mn
∆ = r2 cot 2 + cot 2 + cot 2
(iv) Ùeefo ∠ BAD = ∠ CAD
(10)
leye AD, ∠A keâe Deevleefjkeâ meceefÉYeepekeâ nesiee~

2bc cos θ ∆
AD = r=
b+c S + (n − 1)h
where:
(7) (i) ∆ → ∆ABC keâe #es$eheâue/area of ∆ABC
S → ∆ABC keâe Deæ& heefjceehe/semi perimeter of ∆ABC
n → Je=òeeW keâer mebKÙee/no of circles
h → mebiele TBÛeeF&/corresponding height
(11)

∴ BD : DC = c : b
c b xyz
then BD = a× and CD = a× r=
b+c b+c x+ y+z
(ii) (12)

AI : ID = (b + c) : a
PQ||AB, SR||BC, TU||AC
BI : IE = (a + c) : b leLee PQ, SR and TU (Tangents) mheMe& jsKeeSW nQ
CI : IF = (a + b) : c r = r1 + r2 + r3

Maths Capsule 72 YCT

(13)

r= r1r2 + r2 r3 + r3 r1
(14)(i)

OA = OB = OC = R

(i) heefjJe=òe kesâ kesâvõ keâes heefjkesâvõ keânles nQ~

Centre of circumcircle is called circumcentre
(ii) heefjJe=òe keâer ef$epÙee keâes heefjef$epÙee keâne peelee nw~
r1 1 − sin θ Radius of circumcircle is called circumradius.
= (iii) heefjkesâvõ leerveeW Meer<eeX mes meceotjmLe nesles nQ~
r2 1 + sin θ
Circumcentre is equidistant from all three vertex.
(ii) Ùeefo/If θ = 30° (2) Je=òe kesâ efkeâmeer Ûeehe Éeje heefjkesâvõ hej yevee keâesCe heefjefOe hej yeves
r1 1 keâesCe keâe ogiegvee neslee nw~
= Angle subtends by arc of a circle at circumcentre is
r 3
daubled the angle subtends by it at circumference.
(iii)

∠ BOC = 2∠A

(3) (i)
mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe ceW heefjkesâvõ keâCe& keâe ceOÙe efyevog neslee nw~
In right angled triangle, the circumcentre is mid
point of the hypotenuse.

If ∆ABC equilateral Triangle

Ùeefo ∆ABC Skeâ meceyeeng ∆ nw~
r1 : r2 : r3 = 1 : 3 : 9
A1 : A2 : A3 = 1 : 9 : 81
(ii) DeOe&Je=òe hej yevee keâesCe mecekeâesCe neslee nw~
heefjkesâvõ (Circumcentre): The angle subtended on a semicircle is right Angle.

efkeâmeer ef$eYegpe keâer YegpeeDeeW kesâ uecye meceefÉYeepekeâeW kesâ ØeefleÛÚso

efyevog keâes heefjkesâvõ keânles nQ~
The point of intersection of the perpendicular
θ = 90°
bisectors of the sides of a triangle is called the
circumcentre.

Maths Capsule 73 YCT

(iii) (iii) mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe ceW heefjef$epÙee (Circumradius of right
angled triangle) :

OA = OB = OC = R

(4) vÙetvekeâesCe ∆ ceW, heefjkesâvõ ef$eYegpe kesâ Devoj efmLele neslee nw~
In acute angle triangle, circumcentre lies inside the (iv) meceyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW heefjef$epÙee (Circumradius of
triangle. equilateral triangle) :

∵ ∠ DAE = 90° (Deæ&Je=òe hej yevee keâesCe) uecye kesâvõ (Orthocentre)

∴ θ < 90° (∆BAC vÙetve keâesCe ef$eYegpe)
‘‘ef$eYegpe kesâ leerveeW Meer<e& uecyeeW kesâ ØeefleÛÚso efyevog keâes uecye kesâvõ
(5) DeefOekeâkeâesCe ∆ ceW, heefjkesâvõ ef$eYegpe kesâ yeenj efmLele neslee nw~
keânles nQ~’’
In obtuse angle triangle, circumcentre lies outside
the triangle. "Orthocentre is the intersection of all three altitudes
of a triangle."

∵ ∠ DAE = 90° (Deæ&Je=òe hej yevee keâesCe)

∴ θ > 90° (∆BAC DeefOekeâ keâesCe ef$eYegpe)
peneB/Where, AD ⊥ BC
BE ⊥ AC
(6) (i)
CF ⊥ AB
efJeMes<eleeSW (Properties):
(1)

∠BHC = 180 − ∠A
∠AHC = 180 − ∠B
∠AHB = 180 − ∠C
a b c
R= = =
2sin A 2 sin B 2sin C (2) mece™he ef$eYegpeeW kesâ peesÌ[s, peye meYeer uecyeeW keâes KeeRÛee peeSs-
(ii) Pairs of similar triangles when all perpendiculars
are drawn :

Maths Capsule 74 YCT

 mece™helee mes/From similarity,
∆CHE ~ ∆BHF
∆CHD ~ ∆AHF
∆BHD ~ ∆AHE
mecePeW: (Understand)
∆ CHE ~ ∆BHF
HE HC
=
HF HB
∴ HB × HE = HF × HC
Fmeer Øekeâej/Similarly,
HB × HE = HF × HC
HA × HD = HF × HC (iv) ef$eYegpe kesâ uecyekesâvõ (Orthocentre of triangles):
HA × HD = HB × HD
3. meceeve DeeOeej hej Skeâ ner Je=òe KeC[ kesâ keâesCe yejeyej nesles nw~
The angles of same segment of a circle on the same
base are equal.

Triangle Orthocentre
∆ ABC H
∆ BHC A
Base (DeeOeej)BL: ∠BAL=∠BCL (Similarly others) ∆ CHA B
4. (i) vÙetvekeâesCe ∆ ceW uecyekesâvõ, ef$eYegpe kesâ Devoj efmLele neslee nw~ ∆ AHB C
The orthocentre of an acute - angled triangle lies 5.
inside the triangle.
A
E
F H (orthocentre)
uecyekeâsvõ
B C
D
(ii) Skeâ mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe ceW uecyekesâvõ mecekeâesCe yeveeves Jeeues ef$eYegpe
kesâ Meer<e& hej efmLele neslee nw~ ∴ AD < AB, BE < BC, CF < AC
In right angled triangle, the orthocentre on the vertex leye/then, (AD + BE + CF) < (AB + BC + CF)
of the triangle at which triangle is the right angled.
6.

(iii) DeefOekeâ keâesCe ef$eYegpe ceW, uecyekesâvõ ef$eYegpe kesâ yeenj Deewj DeefOekeâ
keâesCe kesâ heerÚs keâer Deesj neslee nw~ c2 + a 2 − b 2 b2 + a 2 − c2
In an obtuse angled triangle the orthocentre is out BD = , CD =
2a 2a
side of the triangle and will be at the back of the
BD : CD = (c + a - b ) : (b + a2 - c2)
2 2 2 2
angle which is obtuse.
Maths Capsule 75 YCT
7. (i) ef$eYegpe keâer TBÛeeF&ÙeeW (Meer<e&uecyeeW) Deewj YegpeeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe (i) yee¢e ef$epÙee (ex-radius)
meceyevOe: (Relation between height & sides of ∆ ∆ ∆
ra = rb = rc =
triangle): s−a s−b s−c
1 1 1 s(s − b)(s − c)
∴∆= a × h1 = b × h 2 = c × h 3 (ii) ra =
2 2 3 s−a

(iii) ∆ = r.ra .rb .rc

(iv) ra + rb + rc = 4R + r

(v) ra rb + rb rc + rc ra = s 2
2
(vi) ra2 + rb2 + rc2 = ( 4R + r ) − 2s 2
1 1 1 ∠A
∴h1 : h2 : h3= : : (vii) ∠BIC = 90 −
a b c 2
OR
ef$eYegpe kesâ kesâvõeW kesâ efceefßele iegCe
1 1 1
a:b:c= : : Mixed Properties of centres of triangle
h1 h 2 h 3
(ii) ef$eYegpe kesâ Meer<e&uecyeeW keâer Demeefcekeâe (Inequality of altitudes 1. meceyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW, kesâvõkeâ, Devle:kesâvõ, heefjkesâvõ Deewj uecyekesâvõ
of triangle) : Skeâ ner efyevog hej nesles nQ~
h1 h 2 h1 h 2 In equilateral triangle, centroid, incentre,
< h3 <
| h1 + h 2 | | h1 − h 2 | circumcentre and orthocentre lie at the same point.

(iii) ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue, peye Meer<e&uecyeeW keâer uecyeeF& oer ieÙeer nes
(Area of triangle, when given the length of
altitudes):
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
= + + − + + − + + −
∆ h1 h 2 h3 h1 h 2 h 3 h1 h 2 h3 h1 h 2 h3
2. meceefÉyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW, Devle:kesâvõ, uecyekesâvõ, kesâvõkeâ leLee
yee¢ekesâvõ (Excentre) heefjkesâvõ Skeâ ner jsKee hej nesles nQ: (In Isosceles triangle,
Incentre, orthocentre centroid and circumcentre lie at
Skeâ keâesCe kesâ Deevleefjkeâ meceefÉYeepekeâ leLee DevÙe oes yee¢e efJehejerle the same line.
keâesCeeW kesâ meceefÉYeepekeâeW kesâ ØeefleÛÚso efyevog keâes yee¢ekesâvõ keânles
nQ~
The intersection point of internal angle bisector of
one angle and bisectors of other two opposite
exterior angles-
3. Ùetuej keâer jsKee: (Euler's line): efkeâmeer Yeer ef$eYegpe ceW
uecyekesâvõ (H), kesâvõkeâ (G) leLee heefjkesâvõ (O) ncesMee Skeâ
meerOeer jsKee ceW neWies/ In any triangle orthocentre (H),
centroid (G) and circumcentre (O) always in a
straight line, the ratio,
leye/then, HG : GO = 2 : 1

Maths Capsule 76 YCT

4. Skeâ mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe keâe uecyekesâvõ mecekeâesCe Meer<e& hej neslee nw~ meerJee keâer ØecesÙe (Ceva's Theorem):
peyeefkeâ heefjkesâvõ keâCe& keâe ceOÙe efyevog neslee nw~ BD CE AF
The orthocentre of a right angled triangle lies at the × × =1
DC EA FB
right angled vertex while its circumcentre is mid
point of hypotenure.

‘‘meerJee ØecesÙe ∆ kesâ Devoj efmLele efkeâmeer Yeer efyevog kesâ efueÙes melÙe
nw~’’
"Ceva's theorem is true for any point inside the
triangle."
10. cewvesueeme ØecesÙe (Menelaus' theorem):
5. DeefOekeâkeâesCe eff$eYegpe kesâ heefjkesâvõ leLee uecyekesâvõ ef$eYegpe kesâ yeenj
efmLele nesles nQ~
Circumcentre and orthcentre of an obtuse angled
triangle always lie out side the triangle.

BD CE AF
× × = –1
DC EA FB

ÛelegYeg&pe (Quadrilateral)

ØeJeen DeejsKe (Flow Chart)

6. mecekeâesCe ∆ ceW, (In right Angled D):
2(R + r) = a + b

7. efkeâmeer Yeer ef$eYegpe kesâ Devle: kesâvõ leLee heefjkesâvõ kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer
R 2 − 2Rr nesleer nw~
The distance between incentre and circumcentre of a
triangle is R 2 − 2Rr .
8. meceyeeng ∆ ceW, In equilatral ∆,

ÛelegYeg&pe (Quadrilateral) : Ûeej YegpeeDeeW mes yevo Deeke=âefle keâes

ÛelegYeg&pe keânles nQ/A closed figure with four sides is
called a quadrilateral.
R = 2r
9. mesefJeÙeve (Cevian) : keâesF& Yeer ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ jsKee pees Meer<e& keâes
efJehejerle Yegpee mes peesÌ[leer nw~/Any randome line which
joins vertex to opposite side.
Maths Capsule 77 YCT
efJeMes<eleeSW (Properties): leye/then,
1. ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ Devle: keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue (Sum of
interior angles of quadrilateral) :

1
∠COD = (∠A + ∠B)
2
∠ A + ∠B +∠C +∠D = 360°
2. Ùeefo efkeâmeer ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ efJekeâCe& Skeâ otmejs keâes 90° hej (ii) efkeâmeer ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ keâesCe meceefÉYeepekeâeW Éeje yevee ÛelegYeg&pe Ûe›eâerÙe
ØeefleÛÚso keâjs, If diagonals of the quadrilateral ÛelegYeg&pe nesiee/Quadrilateral formed by angle bisectors
of a quadrilateral will always be cyclic quadrilateral.
intersect each other at 90°
leye/then,

∠P + ∠R = 180 & ∠S + ∠Q = 180

AB2 + CD2 = AD2 + BC2 5.
3. ÛelegYeg&pe keâe #es$eheâue (Area of Quadrilateral) :
(i)

(a + b) − ( c + d )
PQ =
2
#es$eheâue (Area) · DeeOeej (base) × TBÛeeF& (height) 6. Ùeefo ABCD Skeâ ÛelegYeg&pe nw leLee P, Q, R leLee S ÛelegYeg&pe keâer
A = b×h YegpeeDeeW kesâ ceOÙe efyevog nw/If ABCD is a quadrilateral and
P, Q, R and S are the mid points of sides of
quadrilateral.
(ii)
leye/then,

1
Area of □ ABCD = × BD × (AE + CF)
2
(iii) Ùeefo ABCD keâesF& ÛelegYeg&pe nw, leLee A1, A2, A3 leLee A4 (i) PQRS Skeâ meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe nesiee/PQRS is a
#es$eheâue nw/ If ABCD is any quadrilateral and A1, A2, parallelogram.
A3 and A4 are areas. 1
leye/then, (ii) Area of □ PQRS = Area of □ABCD
2
7. efkeâmeer ÛelegYeg&pe keâe heefjceehe Gmekesâ efJekeâCeeX kesâ Ùeesie mes yeÌ[e neslee
nw~/The perimeter of a quadrilateral is greater than
the sum of its diagonals.

A1 × A2 = A3 × A4
4.
(i) Ùeefo DO leLee CO ›eâceMe: ∠D leLee ∠C kesâ keâesCe
meceefÉYeepekeâ nes/ If DO and CO are the angle bisectors
of ∠D and ∠C respectively. AB + BC + CD + DA > AC + BD

Maths Capsule 78 YCT

 helebie (Kite)

Ssmee ÛelegYeg&pe efpemeceW meceeve Deewj DeemeVe YegpeeDeeW kesâ oes Ùegice
nesles nQ helebie keânueeleer nw~/A quadrilateral having equal
and adgacent sides in two pairs in called kite.
1. (i) AB = AD = a
BC = CD = b :
(ii) ∠B = ∠D 1. (i) AB || DC & AD || BC
∠A ≠ ∠C (ii) AB = DC & AD = BC
(iii) AC = d1 BD = d2
2. meccegKe keâesCe yejeyej nesles nw~
Opposite angles are equal.
∠A = ∠C & ∠B = ∠D
3. oes DeemeVe keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesie 180° neslee nw~
Sum of two adjacent angles 180°.
∠A + ∠B = 180o, ∠B + ∠C = 180o
∠C + ∠D = 180o, ∠A + ∠D = 180o
2. AC → yeÌ[e efJekeâCe&/larger diagonal (d1) 4. efJehejerle ef$eYegpe meJeeËiemece nesles nQ/Opposite triangles are
BD → Úesše efJekeâCe&/Smaller diagonal (d2) congruent.
3. Heefjceehe (Perimeter) : P = 2(a + b)
1
4. #es$eheâue (Area) = × d1 × d2
2
5. efJekeâCe& mecekeâesCe hej ØeefleÛÚsefole keâjles nQ~
The diagonals intersect at right angle.
AC ⊥ BD
6. yeÌ[e efJekeâCe& Úesšs efJekeâCe& keâes meceefÉYeeefpele keâjlee nw~
The larger diagonal bisects the smaller diagonal. ∆ABC ≅ ∆ADC & ∆DAB ≅ ∆DCB
BO = OD 5. meYeer Ûeej ef$eYegpeeW keâe #es$eheâue yejeyej neslee nw~
7. yeÌ[e efJekeâCe& Deheves keâesCeeW keâes oes yejeyej YeeieeW ceW yee@šlee nw~ Area of all four triangles is equal.
The larger diagonal bisects its angles into two equal Ar ∆AOB = Ar ∆BOC = Ar ∆COD =
partes. 1
∠ BAO = ∠ DAO & ∠ BCO = ∠ DCO Ar ∆ DOA = Ar  ABCD
4
6. meeceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe keâe efveÙece (Law of parallelogram) :

∆ABC ceW, keâespÙee efveÙece (Co-sine rule) mes–

d1 = a + b2 – 2ab cos (180 − θ)
2 2

d12 = a2 + b2 – 2ab (–cos θ)

d12 = a2 + b2 + 2ab cos θ .....(i)
meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe (Parallelogram)
∆BAD ceW, keâespÙee efveÙece (Co-sine rule) mes–
Ssmee ÛelegYeg&pe, efpemekeâer efJehejerle YegpeeSs meceevlej SJeb yejeyej nes d2 = a + b – 2ab cos θ
2 2 2
......(ii)
meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe keânueelee nw~/A quadrilateral which From eqn (i) & (ii)
opposite sides are parallel and equal is called a
d12 + d 22 = 2 ( a 2 + b 2 )
parallelogram.
Maths Capsule 79 YCT
7.
(i) (viii) Ùeefo P, Q, R Deewj S YegpeeDeeW kesâ ceOÙe efyevog nes/If P, Q, R
and S are the mid points of sides.
leye/then,

(ii)

(iii)

(ix)

(iv)

Area ∆APQ 3
=
Area ||gmABCD 8

(x) Ùeefo ABCD Skeâ meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe nw/If ABCD is a

(v) meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ Devoj keâesF& efyevog P nes- parallelogram, BG = a, GF = b FE = C
P is any point inside the parallelogram- leye/then,

1
(A1 + A3) = (A2 + A4) = ×Area ||gm ABCD
2
(vi) Ùeefo/If, l || m
(xi) Ùeefo AE, ∠BAD keâe keâesCe meceefÉYeepekeâ nw/If AE is the
angle bisector of ∠ BAD, EC = x

Area ||gm ABCD = Area ||gm ABEF

(vii)

8. ÛeejeW keâesCeeW kesâ meceefÉYeepekeâ DeeÙele yeveeles nQ~

Bisectors of the four angles enclose a rectangle

1
Area ∆ ABE = × ||gm ABCD
2
Maths Capsule 80 YCT
9. Je=òe kesâ Devoj yevee ngDee meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe ncesMee DeeÙele neslee
nw~/A parallelogram inscribed in a circle is always a meceÛelegYeg&pe (Rhombus)
rectangle. Ssmee meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekeâer Ûeejes YegpeeSs yejeyej nes meceÛelegYeg&pe
keânueelee nw~/A parallelogram which all four sides are
equal is called a rhombus.

10. Je=òe kesâ heefjle: yevee meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe ncesMee meceÛelegYeg&pe neslee nw~
A parallelogram circumscribed about a circle is
always a rhombus.

AB = BC = CD = DA = a
1. meceÛelegYeg&pe keâs efJekeâCe& Skeâ otmejs keâes mecekeâesCe hej meceefÉYeeefpele
keâjles nw~/The diagonals of a rhombus bisect each
11. ABCD Skeâ meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe nw E leLee F ›eâceMe: Yegpee AB other at right angled.
leLee CD kesâ ceOÙe efyevog nes/ ABCD is a parallelogram, E 2. d12 + d 22 = 4a 2
and F are the mid points of AB and CD respectively,
leye/then, 1
3. (i) Area = × d1 × d 2
2

(ii) Area = a 2 sin θ

4. meceÛelegYeg&pe keâer Gâ@ÛeeF&/Hight of rhombus
d1d 2
(i) DP = PQ = QB H=
(ii) AF || EC d12 + d 22
(iii) ∆ADF ≅ ∆CBE 5. Perimeter heefjceehe P = 4a
12. ABCD Skeâ meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe nw efpemekesâ efJekeâCe& AC Deewj BD, 6. meceÛelegYeg&pe keâer YegpeeDees keâs ceOÙe efyevogDees keâes efceueeves mes yeveer
O hej ØeefleÛÚso keâjles nQ AE Deewj CF, BD hej uecye nw/ Deekeâ=efle DeeÙele nesleer nw~/Figure formed by joining the
ABCD is a parallelogram in which diagonals AC mid-points of the adjacent sides of a rhombus is
and BD intersect at O. AE and CF are perpendicular rectangle.
on BD at E and F respectively,
CGL Tier-I 6-June 2019

Ùeefo P, Q, R Deewj S, AB, BC, CD leLee AD kesâ ›eâceMe:

leye/then, ceOÙe efyevog nQ~
If P, Q, R and S are the mid point of AB, BC, CD
(i) ∆ADC ≅ ∆CBA and AD respectively
(ii) ∆AOE ≅ ∆COF Dele: PQRS Skeâ DeeÙele nw~
(iii) ∆ABD ≅ ∆CDB
Therefore PQRS is a rectangle.
(iv) ∆AEB ≅ ∆CFD

Maths Capsule 81 YCT

 DeeÙele (Rectangle) 1
(A1 + A3) = (A2 + A4) = × □ ABCD Area
2
Ssmee meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekeâe ØelÙeskeâ keâesCe 90° nes, DeeÙele
keânueelee nw~
A parallelogram which each angle is 90° is called
rectangle.

Jeie& (Square)
∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = 90°
Ssmee meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekesâ meYeer ÛeejeW keâesCe Deewj ÛeejeW YegpeeSb
1. heefjceehe (Perimeter) P = 2(l + b) Deeheme ceW yejeyej nes, Jeie& keânueelee nw~
2. #es$eheâue (Area) A = l + b Such a parallelogram which all four angles and four
sides are equal each other is called a square.
3. (i) efJekeâCe& (Diagonal) d = l 2 + b2
(ii) efJekeâCe& yejeyej leLee Skeâ-otmejs keâes meceefÉYeeefpele keâjles nQ
hejvleg mecekeâesCe hej veneR~
Diagonals are equal and bisect each other but not at
right angled.
4.
(i) Ùeefo P DeeÙele/Jeie& kesâ Devoj keâesF& efyevog nes/If P is any point 1. (i) ∠A = ∠B = ∠C =∠ D = 90°
in side the rectangle/square. (ii) AB = BC = CD = AD = a
leye/then, 2. (i) efJekeâCe& yejeyej SJeb Skeâ-otmejs keâes mecekeâesCe hej meceefÉYeeefpele
keâjles nQ~
Diagonals are equal and bisect each other at right
angled.

PA2 + PC2 = PB2 + PD2 (ii) d = a 2

3. heefjceehe (perimeter) P = 4a
(ii) Ùeefo P DeeÙele/Jeie& kesâ yeenj keâesF& efyevog nes/If P is any point
out side the rectangle/square 4. (i) #es$eheâue (Area) = a2
leye/then,
d2
(ii) A =
2

PA2 + PC2 = PB2 + PD2 4. (i)

5. ABCD Skeâ DeeÙele/Jeie& nw leLee P, Q, R leLee S mebyebefOele
YegpeeDeeW kesâ ceOÙe efyevog nw~
ABCD is a rectangle/square and P,Q,R and S are
mid points of respective sides.

(ii)

Maths Capsule 82 YCT

 Ùeefo M Deewj N, efJekeâCe& BD Deewj AC kesâ ›eâceMe: ceOÙeefyevog
nQ/If M and N are the mid points of diagonals BD
and AC respectively,
leye/then,

1
MN = (DC - AB)
2
DeeÙele Deewj JeieeX kesâ heefjceehe Deewj #es$eheâueeW keâer Demeefcekeâe YegpeeDeeW Deewj efJekeâCeeX ceW mecyevOe (Relation between sides
(Enequality of perimeter and areas of rectangle and & diagonal)
square) :

AC2 + BD2 = AD2 + BC2 + 2×AB × CD

heefjceehe (Perimeter) = P1 heefjceehe (Perimeter) = P2
#es$eheâue (Area) = A1 #es$eheâue (Area) = A2
Ùeefo/If P1 = P2 leye/then A1 < A2
Ùeefo/If A1 = A2 leye/then P1 > P2

meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe (Trapezium)

Ssmee ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekeâer oes YegpeeSb meceevlej nes leLee DevÙe oes
YegpeeSs meceevlej ve nes meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe keânueelee nw~
A quadrilateral which two sides are parallel and the
other two sides are not parallel is called a trapezium.

1
Area (#es$eheâue) ×(sum of parallel sides × height)
2
1
A= ×(AB + DC) × h
2

Ùeefo M Deewj N, Yegpee AD Deewj BC kesâ ›eâceMe: ceOÙeefyevog nQ/If

M and N are the mid points of sides AD and BC
respectively,
leye/then,

A1b 2 + A 2 a 2
1 PQ =
MN = (AB + DC) A1 + A 2
2
Maths Capsule 83 YCT
 Ùeefo/If A1 = A2 Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe ceW, Deeceves-meeceves kesâ keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesie 180o neslee
leye/then, nw~
In cyclic quadrilateral, the sum of the opposite angle
b2 + a 2 is 180o.
PQ =
2 ∠A + ∠C = 180o & ∠B + ∠D = 180o

∆APD ≅ ∆BQC

DC − AB
DP =QC =
2

meceefÉyeeng meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ efJekeâCeeX kesâ ØeefleÛÚso mes neskeâj

meceefÉyeeng meceuecye (Isosceles Trapezium) iegpejves Jeeues meceevlej jsKee KeC[ (EF) keâer uecyeeF& :
The length of a parallel line segment (EF) through
Ssmee meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekeâer Demeceevlej YegpeeSs yejeyej nes the intersection of diagonals of the isosceles
meceefÉyeeng meceuecye keânueelee nw~ trapezium is :
A trapezium which non-parallel sides are equal is
called an isosceles trapezium.
2.AB.CD
EF =
AB + CD

∠D = ∠C, ∠A = ∠B
AB || DC & AD = BC
leye/then,
∠A + ∠C = 180o & ∠B + ∠D = 180o
∠A + ∠D = 180o & ∠B + ∠C = 180o ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ ceOÙe efyevog mes yeveer Deeke=âefleÙeeB
ØelÙeskeâ meceefÉyeeng meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe Skeâ Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe neslee nw~ Figure formed by Joining midpoints of Quadrilateral
Each isosceles trapezium is a cyclic quadrilateral.
DeLeJee/or oer ieÙeer Deeke=âefle YegpeeDeeW kesâ ›eâceeiele ceOÙe efyevogDeeW
Ùeefo Skeâ meceuecye Je=òe ceW yevee ngDee lees Ùen meceefÉyeeng meceuecye (Given figure) mes yeveer Deeke=âefle
nesiee~/If a trapezium is inscribed in a circle it must be
a isosceles trapezium. (Quadrilateral formed by
joining mid points of sides)
meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe
(Parallelogram) (Parallelogram)
DeeÙele (Rectangle) meceÛelegYeg&pe (Rhombus)
meceÛelegYeg&pe (Rhombus) DeeÙele (Rectangle)
Jeie& (Square) Jeie& (Square)
Maths Capsule 84 YCT
 yengYegpe (Polygon) meYeer Deevleefjkeâ keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue π
(2n – 4) ×
leerve Ùee leerve mes DeefOekeâ YegpeeDeeW mes yevo Deeke=âefle keâes yengYegpe (Sum of all interior angles) 2
keânles nQ~ ØelÙeskeâ Deevleefjkeâ keâesCe (2n − 4) π
A closed figure with three or more sides is called a ×
(Each interior angle) n 2
polygon.
meYeer yee¢e keâesCees keâe Ùeesieheâue (Sum 360
of all exterior angles)
ØelÙeskeâ yee¢e keâesCe 360
(Each exterior angle) n
Deebleefjkeâ keâesCe + yee¢e keâesCe 180°
(Interior angle + exterior
angle)
meceyengYegpe keâe heefjceehe (Perimeter n × a
of regular polygon)
Deble: ef$epÙee/Inradius (r) a π
Cot
2 n
yee¢e ef$epÙee/Circum radius (R) a π
cos ec
2 n
Deble: ef$epÙee Deewj yee¢e ef$epÙee keâe π
cos
Devegheele/Ratio of inradius and n
yengYegpe kesâ Øekeâej (Types of Polygon) circum radius (r : R)
#es$eheâue (Area) na 2 180
DeJeleue yengYegpe (Concave Polygon) : cot
4 n
keâesF& Yeer Skeâ keâesCe 180° mes DeefOekeâ neslee nw~/ Any one
angle is more than 180°. #es$eheâue (Area) n 2 360
R sin
Skeâ Ùee Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ efJekeâCe& yeenj nesles nQ~/one or more 2 n
diagonals will be out side.
efJekeâCe& (Diagonal) :
Ùeefo nce efkeâmeer yengYegpe keâer oes Demebiele Meer<eeX keâes efceueeÙes lees Ùen
efJekeâCe& keânueelee nw~
If we join any two (non adjacent) vertex of a
polygon then that is a diagonal.
Gòeue yengYegpe (Convex Polygon): n(n − 3)
ØelÙeskeâ Deebleefjkeâ keâesCe 180° mes keâce nesles nQ~/ Each interior efJekeâCeeX keâer mebKÙee (No of diagonals) =
2
angle is less than 180°.
meYeer efJekeâCe& Devoj nesles nQ~/All diagonals will be inside. efveÙeefcele <ešYegpe (Regular Hexagon)
Ú: meceeve YegpeeDeeW mes yebo Deeke=âefle keâes efveÙeefcele <ešYegpe keânles
nQ~/A closed figure with six equal sides is called a
regular hexagon

efveÙeefcele yengYegpe (Regular polygon) :

Ssmee Gòeue yengYegpe efpemekeâer ØelÙeskeâ Yegpee yejeyej nes~/A convex
polygon in which each side is equal
ØelÙeskeâ Deevleefjkeâ keâesCe yejeyej nes~/Each interior angle is
equal.

AB = BC = CD = DE = EF = FA = a
∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = ∠E = ∠F
( 2n − 4) π
ØelÙeskeâ Deble:keâesCe (Each interior angle) = ×
n 2
Maths Capsule 85 YCT
 ∵n=6
∴ ØelÙeskeâ Deble:keâesCe (Each interior angle) 3 2
#es$eheâue (Area) = 6 × a
( 2 × 6 − 4) π 4
= × heefjceehe (Perimeter) = 6a
6 2
8
= × 90
6
= 120o
360
ØelÙeskeâ yee¢e keâesCe (Each exterior angle) =
n
360
=
6
= 60o
∵ AC = CE = AE = a 3
DeLeJee/or
Deble:keâesCe (Interior) + yee¢e keâesCe (Exterior) = 180 o 3 2
∴ ∆ AEC keâe #es$eheâue (Area) =
4
(
× a 3 )
120o + Exterior = 180o,
Exterior angle = 180o – 120o ⇒ 60o 3
= × a2 × 3
4
efJekeâCe& (Diagonal) :
3 3 2
n(n − 3) = a
efJekeâCeeX keâer mebKÙee (No of diagonals) = 4
2
∵n=6
6(6 − 3)
∴ No. of diagonal = =9
2

meyemes Úesšs efJekeâCe& (Shortest diagonals) : AB + FC

∵ PQ =
AC = BD = CE = DF = EA = FB = a 3 2
meyemes yeÌ[s efJekeâCe& (Longest diagonals) : PQ =
a + 2a
⇒
3a
FC = AD = BE = 2a 2 2
efveÙeefcele <ešYegpe 6 meceyeeng ef$eYegpe mes efceuekeâj yevee neslee nw~ Fmeer Øekeâej/similarly,
(A regular hexagon is made up of 6 equilateral PR = QR = 2a
triangles) leye/then,
2
3 3a
∆PQR keâe #es$eheâue =
4 2
3 9a 2
= ×
efveÙeefcele <ešYegpe 3 mece ÛelegYeg&pe mes efceuekeâj yevee neslee nw~ 4 4
(A regular hexagon is made up of 3 rhombuses) 9 3 2
= a
16

Maths Capsule 86 YCT

 meyemes yeÌ[e efJekeâCe& (Largest diagonal) = GC
efveÙeefcele De°Yegpe (Regular Octagon) GE : GC = 1 : 2
Dee" meceeve YegpeeDeeW mes yebo Deeke=âefle keâes efveÙeefcele De°Yegpe keânles #es$eheâue (Area) = 2( 2 + 1)a 2
nQ~/A closed figure with eight equal sides is called a a
regular octagon. Deble: ef$epÙee (Inradius) r =
2 2 −2
yee¢e ef$epÙee (circum radius)
a 2+ 2
R= ⇒ a
2− 2 2

Je=òe (Circle)
efkeâmeer Skeâ efveefMÛele efyevog mes meceeve otjer hej efmLele efyevogDeeW keâe
efyevogheLe Je=òe keânueelee nw~ Ùen efveefMÛele efyevog, Je=òe keâe kesâvõ
AB = BC = CD = DE = EF = FG = GH = HA = a keânueelee nw~/The locus of points equidistant from a
∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = ∠E = ∠F = ∠G = ∠H fixed point is called a circle. This fixed point is
( 2n − 4) π called the center of the circle.
ØelÙeskeâ Deble:keâesCe (Each interior angle) = ×
n 2
∵n=8
∴ ØelÙeskeâ Deble:keâesCe (Each interior angle)
( 2 × 8 − 4) π
= ×
8 2
12 peerJee (Chord) –: Je=òe keâer peerJee Skeâ jsKeeKeb[ nw pees Je=òe keâer
= × 90 ⇒ 135o heefjefOe hej oes efyevogDeeW keâes peesÌ[leer nw~/A chord of a circle is
8
360 a line segment that connects two points on the
ØelÙeskeâ yee¢e keâesCe (Each exterior angle) = circumference of a circle.
n
360
= ⇒ 45o
8
DeLeJee/or
Deble:keâesCe (Interior) + yee¢e keâesCe (Exterior) = 180o
JÙeeme (Diameter) –: Je=òe kesâ kesâvõ mes iegpejves Jeeueer peerJee JÙeeme
135o + Exterior = 180o,
Exterior angle = 180o – 135o ⇒ 45o keânueeleer nw~/The chord passing through the centre of
circle is called diameter.
efJekeâCe& (Diagonal) :
n(n − 3)
efJekeâCeeX keâer mebKÙee (No of diagonals) =
2
∵n=8
8(8 − 3)
JÙeeme/Diameter (AB) = d
∴ No. of diagonal = = 20 ef$epÙee (Radius) –: Je=òe kesâ kesâvõ mes Gmekeâer heefjefOe lekeâ keâer otjer keâes
2
ef$epÙee keânles nw~/The distance from the centre of a
circle to its circumference is called radius.

ef$epÙee/Radius (OP) = r
d
r=
2
meyemes Úesše efJekeâCe& (Shortest diagonal) = GE (Fmeer Øekeâej heefjefOe/Circumference (C) = 2πr
DevÙe/similarly others) #es$eheâue/Area (A) = πr2
Maths Capsule 87 YCT
Ûeehe (Arc) –: Skeâ Ûeehe oes efyevogDeeW kesâ yeerÛe Skeâ Je=òe keâer heefjefOe,
Ùee IegceeJeoej efkeâveejs keâe Skeâ Yeeie nw~ ØecesÙe (Theorem)
An arc is a portion of a circle's circumference or efkeâmeer Je=òe kesâ kesâvõ mes peerJee hej [euee ieÙee uecye peerJee keâes
curved edge, between two points. meceefÉYeeefpele keâjlee nw~/The perpendicular from the
centre of a circle to a chord bisects the chord.

ef$epÙe KeC[ (Radius sector) –: ef$epÙee Éeje efJeYeeefpele efkeâÙes ieÙes

Yeeie keâes ef$epÙe KeC[ keânles nw~ Ùeefo/If OL ⊥ PQ
The part cut by radius is called sector.
leye/then PL = LQ
ØecesÙe keâe efJehejerle (Converse of theorem) :
Ùeefo/If PL = LQ
leye/then OL ⊥ PQ
efkeâmeer Je=òe keâer meceeve peerJeeSW kesâvõ mes meceotjmLe nesleer
nw~/Equal chords of a circle are equidistant from the
centre.
Je=òe KeC[ –: peerJee Éeje efJeYeeefpele efkeâÙes Yeeie keâes Je=òe KeC[ keânles
nw~
The part cut by chord is called segment.

Ùeefo/If AB = CD,
OX ⊥ AB & OY ⊥ CD
mheMe& jsKee : (Tangent) –: Je=lòe keâer mheMe& jsKee meerOeer jsKee nesleer leye/then OX = OY
nw~ pees Je=lòe keâer heefjefOe jsKee keâes keâsJeue Skeâ efyevog hej mheMe& ØecesÙe keâe efJehejerle (Converse of theorem):
keâjleer nw~ Skeâ Je=òe keâer peerJeeSW pees kesâvõ mes meceotjmLe nw Deeheme ceW yejeyej
A tangent of a circle is a straight line that touches nesleer nw~/Chords of a circle which are equidistant
the circumference of the circle at only one point. from the centre are equal.

mheMe& jsKee/Tangent = ACB Ùeefo/If OX = OY, OX ⊥ AB & OY ⊥ CD

∠ACO = ∠BCO = 90o leye/then AB = CD
Úsokeâ jsKee : (Secant) :– Skeâ meerOeer jsKee pees Skeâ Je=òe keâes oes efkeâmeer Je=òe keâer oes meceeve peerJeeS kesâvõ hej meceeve keâesCe yeveeleer
efyevogDeeW hej keâešleer nw~ Je=òe keâer Úsokeâ jsKee keânueeleer nw~ nw~/ Equal chords of a circle subtend equal angles at
A straight line that intersects a circle in two points is centre.
called secant line of circle.

Ùeefo/If AB = CD
Úsokeâ jsKee/Secant = ABC leye/then ∠AOB = ∠ COD
Maths Capsule 88 YCT
ØecesÙe keâe efJehejerle (Converse of theorem) : oerIe&Je=òe KeC[ Deewj ueIegJe=òe KeC[ ceW keâesCe mechetjkeâ nesles nQ~
Ùeefo/If ∠ AOB = ∠COD The angles in the major segment and the minor
leye/then AB = CD segment are supplementary.
oes yejeyej Je=òeeW keâer yejeyej peerJeeSb Gvekesâ kesâvõ hej yejeyej
keâesCe yeveeleer nw~
Equal chords of two equal circles subtend equal
angles at their centers.

Ùeefo/If ∠AOB = 2θ
leye/then ∠APB = θ
Ùeefo/If AB = CD
leye/then ∠ AO1B = ∠CO2D hegve:/again ∠AQB = 180 − θ
ØecesÙe keâe efJehejerle (Converse of theorem) : ( AQBP →Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe/cyclic quadrilateral)
Ùeefo/If ∠AO1B = ∠CO2D
leye/then AB = CD
efkeâmeer Je=òe kesâ Ûeehe Éeje kesâvõ hej yevee keâesCe, heefjefOe hej yeves
keâesCe keâe oesiegvee neslee nw~
The angle subtended by an arc of a circle at the
centre is double, the angle subtended on the
circumference of the circle.

In ∆ AOB,
∠AOB + ∠OBA + ∠BAO = 180o
2θ + x + x = 180o
2(x + θ) = 180o
Ùeefo/If ∠ PRQ = θ° x + θ = 90
leye/then ∠ POQ = 2θ AO = BO = Circum radius (heefjef$epÙee)
DeOe&Je=òe hej yevee keâesCe mecekeâesCe neslee nw~ efkeâmeer Je=òe kesâ Skeâ ner Je=òeKeC[ ceW yeves keâesCe yejeyej nesles nQ~
The angle of a semicircle is a right angle. The angle in the same segment of a circle are equal.

Ùeefo PQ Je=òe keâe JÙeeme nes

If PQ is the diameter of circle
leye/then ∠ PRQ = 90° ∠ACB = ∠ADB = ∠AEB = θ
Maths Capsule 89 YCT
 Je=òe kesâ efkeâmeer efyevog hej mheMe& jsKee, mheMe& efyevog mes neskeâj Ùeefo ∠ BAC keâe keâesCe meceefÉYeepekeâ AE nw
KeeRÛeer ieF& ef$epÙee hej uecye nesleer nw~ If AE is angle bisector of ∠ BAC.
The tangent at any point on a circle is
perpendicular to the radius drawn through the point
of contact.

∆ABD ~ ∆AEC
Ùeefo LM Je=òe keâer mheMe& jsKee nw~
AB × AC = AD × AE
If LM is the tangent of circle AB × AC + DE × AE = AE2
leye/then OP ⊥ LM Je=òe kesâ efkeâmeer Skeâ efyevog mes Je=òe hej kesâJeue Skeâ ner mheMe& jsKee
KeerÛeer pee mekeâleer nw~ hejvleg Je=òe kesâ efkeâmeer yee¢e efyevog mes (P)
Je=òe hej oes mheMe& jsKeeSb KeerÛeer pee mekeâleer nw~
Only one tangent can be drawn on a circle from one
point of the circle. But two tangent lines can be
drawn on the circle from any point outside the
circle.

PA = PB
∠PAO = ∠PBO = 90
∠APO = ∠BPO = θ
∠AOP = ∠BOP = 90−θ
∆PAO ≅ ∆PBO
OP2 = OA2 + AP2
OP2 = OB2 + BP2

AD = BD = CD
PA × PB = PC × PD
∠ ACB = 90°

PT2 = PA × PB

PA = PB = PC

PQR Skeâ meceefÉyeeng ef$eYegpe nw efpemeceW PQ = PR nw~ Skeâ Je=òe

pees efyevog Q mes neskeâj iegpejlee nw Deewj PR kesâ ceOÙe efyevog N hej
mheMe& keâjlee nw leLee PQ keâes M hej ØeefleÛÚso keâjlee nw leye
PQR is an isosceles triangle with PQ = PR. A circle
through point Q and touches the point N of mid
PA × PB = PC × PD point of PR and intersects PQ at M then-
Maths Capsule 90 YCT
 PN2 = PM × PQ
2
1 
 PQ  = PM × PQ
2 
∆ABC keâe heefjceehe (Perimeter) =
(
∵ PQ = PR meceefÉyeeng ∆ / Isosceles ∆ ) AB + BC + AC
AB + BP + PC + AC
1
& PN = PR AB + BQ + CR + AC
2
1
{∵ BP = BQ & CP = CR }
∴ PN = PQ AQ + AR
2
1
2AQ ⇒ 2AR {∵ AQ = AR }
PQ 2 = PM × PQ Dele: heefjceehe (Perimeter) = 2AQ = 2AR
4
PQ
= PM GYeÙeefve‰ mheMe& jsKeeSb (Common tangents)
4
PM 1
= ⇒ PM : PQ = 1 : 4 peye oes meceevlej jsKeeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe Skeâ Je=òe KeerÛee peelee nw Deewj
PQ 4
Fve oes meceevlej jsKeeDeeW keâes keâešleer ngÙeer Skeâ mheMe& jsKee KeerÛeer
peye Skeâ Je=òe ∆ kesâ Devoj nes– peeleer nw~
When a circle inscribed in a triangle :
When a circle is drawn between two parallel lines
and a tangent is drawn intersecting these two
parallel lines.

AB + BC + CA = 2(x + y + z)
peye Skeâ Je=òe ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ Devoj efmLele nes– ∠COD = 90
When a circle inscribed in a quadrilateral : 2α + 2β = 180
α + β = 90
r = ab
oes Je=òe Skeâ otmejs keâes efYeVe efyevogDeeW hej ØeefleÛÚso keâjles nQ leLee
oes GYeÙeefve‰ mheMe& jsKeeSW oer ieÙeer nw–
Two circles intersect each other at two distinct
points and two common tangents are given then–

AB + CD = BC + AD

AB = CD
∠AOB + ∠COD = 180 RS2 = AB2 + PQ2
∠BOC + ∠AOD = 180 RS2 = CD2 + PQ2
Maths Capsule 91 YCT
 oes Je=òeeW hej GYeÙeefve‰ mheMe& jsKeeSs (Common tangent MetvÙe GYeÙeefve‰ jsKee (Zero common tangent):
lines on two circles) : oes Je=òeeW hej DeefOekeâlece Ûeej leLee
vÙetvelece MetvÙe GYeÙeefve‰ mheMe& jsKeeSb KeerÛeer pee mekeâleer nw~
On two circles, maximum 4 and minimum zero
common tangents can be drawn.
Ûeej GYeÙeefve‰ mheMe& jsKeeSW (For common tangents):

AB < |r1 − r2|

DevegmheMe& GYeÙeefve‰ jsKeeSb (Direct Common tangent)

AB > (r1 + r2)

oes DevegmheMe& GYeÙeefve‰ mheMe& jsKeeSb (Two direct
common tangents) = MN & PQ
oes DevegØemLe GYeÙeefve‰ mheMe& jsKeeSb (Two transverse
common tangents) = MQ & NP
leerve GYeÙeefve‰ jsKeeSs (Three common tangents):
2
MN = d 2 − ( r1 − r2 )
∆PAM ∼ ∆PBN
PA PM r1
= =
PB PN r2
r1
AP = d ×
r1 − r2
AB = r1 + r2
r2
oes GYeÙeefve‰ osKeeSs (Two common tangents): BP = d ×
r1 − r2
r1 2 r1
PM = MN × d2 ( r1 r2 )
r1 − r2 r1 − r2
r2 2 r2
PN = MN × d2 ( r1 r2 )
r1 − r2 r1 − r2
efJeMes<e efmLeefle (Special Condition):
|r1 −r2| < AB < (r1 + r2)
Skeâ GYeÙeefve‰ jsKee (One common tangent):

2
MN = d 2 − ( r1 − r2 ) (∵d = r1 + r2)

MN = ( r1 + r2 )2 − ( r1 − r2 )2
AB = |r1 − r2| MN = 2 × r1r2

Maths Capsule 92 YCT

 OP = r1 + r2
SR = SM = SN
r1 1 − sinθ
RT = TP = TQ =
r2 1 + sinθ
Dele:/Hence,
ST = MN = PQ
DevegØemLe GYeÙeefve‰ mheMe& jsKee
(Transverse Common Tangent)

r1, r2 leLee r3 ncesMee iegCeesòej ßesCeer ceW neWies~

MN = d 2 − (r1 + r2 )2
r1, r2 and r3 are always in geometric progression
(G.P.) ∆AMQ ∼ ∆BNQ

r2 = r1r3 AQ MQ r1
= =
BQ NQ r2
(Devle: efJeYeepeve/Interior Intersection)
r1
AQ = d ×
( r1 + r2 )
r2
BQ = d ×
( r1 + r2 )
r1
MQ = MN ×
( r1 + r2 )
MP = 2× r1 .r3
2 r1
MQ = d 2 − ( r1 + r2 ) ×
NP = 2× r2 .r3 ( r1 + r2 )
MN = 2× r1 .r2 r2
NQ = MN ×
MN = MP + NP ( r1 + r2 )
2× r1 .r2 = 2× r1 .r3 + 2× r2 .r3 2 r2
NQ = d 2 − ( r1 + r2 ) ×
( 1 + r2 )
r
Divide by r1.r2 .r3
DevegmheMe& GYeÙeefve‰ jsKee > GYeÙeefve‰ DevegØemLe jsKee
1 1 1
= + Direct common tangent > Transverse common
r3 r1 r2
tangent

Maths Capsule 93 YCT

 Skeâevlej Je=òeKeC[ ØecesÙe
(Alternate segment theorem)

Skeâ peerJee Deewj mheMe& jsKee Éeje yeveeÙee ieÙee keâesCe peerJee Éeje
Je=òe kesâ otmejs KeC[ ceW yeveeÙes ieÙes keâesCe kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
Angle made by a chord and tangent is equal to the
angle made by the chord in other segment of the
circle. Ùeefo/If AB || CP & ∠ BPC = θ
leye/then ∠ ACB = θ
AC = BC
∆ABC meceefÉyeeng ef$eYegpe nesiee
∆ABC will be an isosceles triangle

GYeÙeefve‰ peerJee (Common chord)

r1 leLee r2 ef$epÙee kesâ oes Je=òe Skeâ otmejs keâes ØeefleÛÚso keâjles nes
leLee AB Gvekeâer GYeÙeefve‰ peerJee nes–
Two circles of radii r1 and r2 intersect each other
and AB is the common chord of them–

AB
AC = BC =
2
PQ = PC + CQ
2 2
AB AB
PQ = r12 − + r22 −
2 2
Ùeefo PA Deewj PQ mebiele Je=òeeW keâer mheMe& jsKeeSb nes,
leye ∆PAQ Skeâ mecekeâesCe ∆ nesiee leLee AC ⊥ PQ.
If PA and PQ are the tangents of respective circles
then PAQ is a right angled triangle and AC⊥PQ.

∆AOC ~ ∆BOD
AO OC AC
= =
BO OD BD

PQ = r12 + r22
1
∵ ∆= × r1 × r2 .....(i)
2
1
& ∆ = × PQ×AC .....(ii)
2
From equation (i) & (ii)
∆PAB ~ ∆PCD PQ × AC = r1 × r2
PA PB AB r ×r
= = AC = 1 2 {∵ AB = 2 × AC}
PC PD CD PQ

Maths Capsule 94 YCT

 2 × r1 × r2 ∆ APB Skeâ meceyeeng ∆ nesiee
AB =
PQ
{∵ PQ = r12 + r22 } ∆APB is an equilateral triangle
2 × r1 × r2 3
AB = PC = r
r12 + r2 2 2

Ùeefo AP Deewj AQ Je=òeeW keâer mheMe& jsKeeSW ve nes/If AP and

AQ are not tangents of respective circles leye/then,

PQ = 3r
APBQ Skeâ meceÛelegYeg&pe nesiee~
APBQ is a rhombus.

1
Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe (Cyclic Quadrilateral)
∵ ∆ = × d × AC ....(i)
2 Ùeefo efkeâmeer ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ ÛeejeW Meer<e& efkeâmeer Je=òe keâer heefjefOe hej
∆ = S(S − r1 )(S − r2 )(S − d) ....(ii) efmLele nes lees ÛelegYeg&pe, Ssmee Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe nesiee–
From equation (i) and (ii) If all four vertices of a quadrilateral lie on the
1 circumference of a circle, then the quadrilateral is
× d × AC = S(S − r1 )(S − r2 )(S − d) called a cyclic quadrilateral.
2
2
AC = S(S − r1 )(S − r2 )(S − d) {∵AB = 2AC}
d
4
AB = S(S − r1 )(S − r2 )(S − d)
d
peye oesveeW Je=òeeW keâer ef$epÙee yejeyej nes/ When raddi of both
Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe ceW, efJehejerle keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue 180o neslee nw~
the circles are equal -
In cyclic quadrilateral, The sum of the opposite
angles is 180o.

∆APC ceW,
r2 = AC2 + PC2 ∠A + ∠C = 180o
AB
2
d
2 ∠B + ∠D = 180o
r2 = +
2 2
AB2 d 2
r2 = +
4 4
4r = AB + d2
2 2

AB2 = 4r2 – d2
AB = 4r 2 − d 2
peye oes Je=òeeW keâer ef$epÙee yejeyej nes leLee oesveeW Je=òe Skeâ-otmejs kesâ ∠ADC = ∠EBC = θ
kesâvõ mes neskeâj iegpejles nQ/ When raddi of both the circles šeuceer ØecesÙe (Ptolemy's theorem) :
are equal and both the circles pass through the Ùeefo ABCD Skeâ Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe nw, leye-
centres of the other circle. If ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral, then-

AP = BP = AB = r AB × DC + BC × AD = AC × BD
Maths Capsule 95 YCT
 Ùeefo Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe keâe Skeâ efJekeâCe& otmejs efJekeâCe& keâes ABCD Skeâ Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe nw~/ABCD is a cyclic
meceefÉYeeefpele keâjs, leye/If one diagonal of cyclic quadrilateral.
quadrilateral bisects other diagonal, then–

AD × AB = CB × CD α+β
x = 90 −
Ùeefo Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe keâer YegpeeSs a, b, c leLee d neW lees, Ûe›eâerÙe 2
ÛelegYeg&pe keâe #es$eheâue/If the sides of a cyclic Ùeefo ABCD Skeâ Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe nw, AB Je=òe keâe JÙeeme nw
quadrilateral is a, b, c and d then, the area of the Deewj AB||DC leye–
cyclic quadrilateral- If ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral, AB is the
Area = S(S − a)(S − b)(S − c)(S − d) diameter of circle and AB ||DC, then–
a+b+c+d
S=
2
Skeâ meceefÉyeeng meceuecye ncesMee Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe neslee nw~/An
isosceles trapezium is always cyclic quadrilateral.
x = 90 − 2θ

cenlJehetCe& efmLeefleÙeeB (Important Conditions)

∠A + ∠C = 180
∠B + ∠D = 180
Jen ÛelegYeg&pe, efpemes Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ keâesCe meceefÉYeepekeâes mes
yeveeÙee ieÙee nes, Ûe›eâerÙe nesiee~
The quadrilateral formed by angle bisectors of a
cyclic quadrilateral is also cyclic.
Ùeefo/if ∠APB = θ
θ
∠AOB = 180 – θ ∠ACB = 90 –
2
θ
∠ADB = 90 +
2
PQRS is a cyclic quadrilateral.
Skeâ Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ yeenjer Ûeej KeC[eW ceW keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesie 6
mecekeâesCe (540o) kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
The sum of the angles in the four segments exterior
to a cyclic quadrilateral is equal to 6 right angles.

Ùeefo/if ∠APB = θ
∠AOB = (180 – θ)
AOB
COD =
2
∠P + ∠Q + ∠R + ∠S = 90 × 6 θ
∠COD = 90 −
∠P + ∠Q + ∠R + ∠S = 540 2
Maths Capsule 96 YCT
 efkeâmeer Je=òe keâer oes peerJeeSs efpevekeâer uebyeeF& ›eâceMe: 2a leLee 2b nw
Skeâ otmejs hej uecye nQ~ Ùeefo Fvekesâ ØeefleÛÚso efyevog mes kesâvõ keâer
otjer c nw leye Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee/The length of two
perpendicular chords of circle are respectively 2a
and 2b. If distance of its point of intersection from
the centre is c, then the radius -

Ùeefo/if ∠ACB = θ
(AB Je=òe keâe JÙeeme nw~/AB is the diameter of circle)
∠DOE = 180 – 2θ

r2 = a2 + x2 .....(i)
r2 = b2 + y2 ......(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii)
2r2 = a2 + b2 + x2 + y2
Ùeefo/if ∠LQS = α & ∠MRS = β 2r2 = a2 + b2 + c2
∠ QSR = 180 − (α + β) a 2 + b2 + c2
r2 = {∵ x2 + y2 = c2}
peye peerJeeSB Deevleefjkeâ efyevog hej ØeefleÛÚso keâjleer nes– 2
When the chords interest at the interior point– a 2 + b 2 + c2
r=
2

Ùeefo/if ∠AOD = x & ∠BOC = y

x+y
∠APD = ∠BPC =
2 1 2
r= a + b2 + c2 + d 2
2

1 2
r= x + y2
2

õJÙeceeve efyevog pÙeeefceefle (Mass point Geometry)

Ùeefo/if ∠AOC = x & ∠BOD = y
x+y
∠APC = ∠BPD =
2
peye peerJeeSB yeenjer efyevog hej ØeefleÛÚso keâjleer nes–
When the chords intersect at the external point–

m1l1 = m2l2
Ùeefo/if ∠AOC = x & ∠BOD = y
m l
x−y Dele:/hence, 1 = 2
∠APC = ∠BPD = m 2 l1
2
Maths Capsule 97 YCT
 keâeleeaÙe efveoxMeebkeâ ØeCeeueer
OeÇgJeerÙe ™he (Polar form)
(Cartesian Co-ordinate system)

efveoxMeebkeâ · (Yegpe, keâesefš) sin θ =

y
⇒ y = r sin θ ......(i)
Co-ordinate = (Abscissa, ordinate) r
x
cos θ = ⇒ x = r cos θ ......(ii)
Ex.: P(3, 4) r
n
From eq (i) / ((ii)
y r sin θ
=
x r cos θ
y y
= tan θ tan
x x
From (i)2 + (ii)2
y2 + x2 = r2 sin2 θ + r2 cos2 θ
y2 + x2 = r2 (sin2 θ + cos2 θ)
y + x2 = r2
ÛelegLeeËMe (heeo) (Quadrant) r2 x2 y2

efJeYeepeve met$e (Section Formula)

Devle: efJeYeepeve (Internal Section)

Ùeefo/If, AP : BP = m1 : m2
m1 x 2 + m 2 x1 m1 y2 + m 2 y1
leye/then, x = , y=
m1 + m 2 m1 + m 2
ceOÙe efyevog kesâ efveoxMeebkeâ (Co-Ordinate of midpoint)

x-De#e Ùee y-De#e hej efmLele keâesF& Yeer efyevog efkeâmeer Yeer heeo ceW
veneR neslee~ Ùeefo/If, AP : BP = m1 : m2 = 1 : 1
Any point which is lies on x-axis or y-axis is not in x1 + x 2 y1 + y 2
leye/then, x = , y=
any quadrant. 2 2
Maths Capsule 98 YCT
 yee¢e efJeYeepeve (External section): oes meceevlej jsKeeDeeW ax + by + c = 0 leLee ax + by + d = 0
m1 kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer/Distance between two parallel lines ax
m2
A P + by + c = 0 and ax + by + d = 0 :
B
(x1,y1) (x2,y2) (x,y) |c−d |
otjer/Distance (d) = 2 2
Ùeefo/If, AP : BP = m1 : m2 a +b
m1 x 2 − m 2 x1 m1 y 2 − m 2 y1 efyevog (x1, y1) mes mejue jsKee x cos α + y sin α = P hej
leye/then, x = , y= [eues ieÙes uecye keâer uecyeeF&/Length of perpendicular
m1 − m 2 m1 − m 2
drawn from point (x1, y1) to straight line x cos α + y
sin α = p
otjer (Distance)
x cos α + y1 sin α − p
otjer/distance (d) = 1
oes efyevogDeeW (x1, y1) leLee (x2, y2) kesâ yeerÛe keâer otjer/The cos 2 α + sin 2 α
distance between two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2): d = x1 cosα + y1 sinα − p
d= (y 2 − y1 ) 2 + (x 2 − x1 )2
jsKee keâer ØeJeCelee Ùee {eue
(Slope or gradient of a line)

X De#e mes otjer/ Distance from x axis ⇒ y

Y De#e mes otjer/ Distance from y axis ⇒ x y 2 − y1
m = tan θ tan θ =
cetue efyevog mes efkeâmeer efyevog keâer otjer/Distance from origin x 2 − x1
⇒ x 2 + y2 (y 2 − y1 )
m=
efkeâmeer oer ngF& jsKee hej cetue efyevog mes [eues ieÙes uecye keâer uecyeeF& (x 2 − x1 )
%eele keâjvee (Find the length of perpendicular drawn X De#e kesâ meceevlej efkeâmeer jsKee keâer ØeJeCelee/Slope of a line
from the origin on any given line): parallel to X axis:
θ=0
∵ m = tan θ m = tan 0
m=0
Y De#e kesâ meceevlej efkeâmeer jsKee keâer ØeJeCelee/Slope of a line
ab
P= parallel to Y axis :
a 2 + b2
∵ θ = 90
m = tan θ m = tan 90
m=∞
jsKee ax + by + c = 0 hej cetue efyevog mes [eues ieÙes uecye keâer
uecyeeF&/The length of perpendicular drawn from
origin on the line ax + by + c = 0 : mejue jsKee (Straight Line)
c
Devle: KeC[ ™he meceerkeâjCe (Interior intersect form
P= x y
a 2 + b2 equation) = + =1
a b
mejue jsKee ax + by + c = 0 keâer efyevog (x1, y1) mes otjer/The ØeJeCelee ™he meceerkeâjCe (Gradient/slope form equation):
distance from point (x1, y1) to line ax + by + c = 0 y = mx + c
in: JÙeehekeâ meceerkeâjCe (Standard equation): Ax+By+c=0
ax + by + c x- De#e kesâ meceevlej mejue jsKee keâe meceerkeâjCe pees Gmemes b otjer
otjer/distance (d) = 1 2 1 2
a +b hej nes/Equation of a straight line parallel to x axis at a
distance "b" from it.
Maths Capsule 99 YCT
 oes jsKeeDeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe
(Angle between two lines)

θ
y=±b
m1 m2
y-De#e kesâ meceevlej mejue jsKee keâe meceerkeâjCe pees Gmemes a otjer m − m2
tan θ = 1
hej nes: (Equation of a straight line parallel to y axis at 1 + m1m 2
a distance "a" from it). Ùeefo oesvees jsKeeSb Skeâ-otmejs kesâ uecyeJele nes/If both lines are
perpendicular to each other :
∵ θ = 90o
m1 m2 =− 1
Ùeefo oesvees jsKeeSb Skeâ-otmejs kesâ meceevlej nes/If both lines are
parallel to each other :
∵ θ = 0o
m1 = m2
x=±a
Ùeefo oes jsKeeSsb a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 leLee a2x + b2y + c2 = 0
oer ieF& neW/If two lines a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y
jsKee keâe efyevog ™he meceerkeâjCe + c2 = 0 are given :
(Point form equation of line) a b −a b
tan θ = 2 1 1 2
a1a 2 + b1b 2
uecyeJele nesves kesâ efueS/To be perpendicular :
peye oes efyevog efoÙes ieÙes nes/When two points are given : ∵ θ = 90o
y 2 − y1 a 1a 2 + b 1b 2 = 0
(y − y1) = (x− x1) meceevlej nesves kesâ efueS/To be parallel :
x 2 − x1
∵ θ = 0o
peye ØeJeCelee Deewj Skeâ efyevog efoÙee ieÙee nes/When given a 1 b 2 = a 2b 1
slope and a point :
y − y1 = m(x −x1) jsKeeDeeW kesâ Øekeâej (Type of lines)
cetue efyevog mes peeves Jeeueer jsKee keâe meceerkeâjCe/Equation of Ùeefo meceerkeâjCe a1x +b1y + c1 = 0 leLee a2x +b2y + c2 = 0
line through origin : efoÙes ieÙes neW/If the equation a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x
y = mx + b2y + c2 = 0 are given :

a1 b1 DeefÉleerÙe nue mebiele meceerkeâjCe ØeefleÛÚsoer jsKee

≠ Intersecting
a 2 b2 Unique solution consistent (independent)
lines
a1 b1 c1
= =
Devevle nue mebiele meceerkeâjCe mebheeleer jsKee
a 2 b2 c2 Infinitely many solution consistent (dependent) Coincident lines
a1 b1 c1
= ≠
keâesF& nue veneR Demebiele meceerkeâjCe Inconsistent meceevlej jsKeeSs
a 2 b2 c2 No solution Parallel lines

jsKee ax + by + c = 0 kesâ meceevlej efkeâmeer jsKee keâe λ keâe ceeve efvekeâeueves kesâ efueÙes meceevlej ™he meceerkeâjCe ceW efoS
ieÙes jsKee kesâ efyevog keâe ceeve (x, y) kesâ mLeeve hej jKeles nQ~/To
meceerkeâjCe/Equation of line parallel to line ax + by
find the value of λ, put the value of point on the
+c=0
given line in place of (x, y) in the parallel line
ax + by = λ peneB λ DeÛej (λ is constant) equation.
Maths Capsule 100 YCT
 jsKee ax + by + c = 0 hej uecye jsKee keâe meceerkeâjCe
Equation of a line perpendicular to line ax + by +
ef$eYegpe kesâ kesâvõ (Centre of triangle)
c=0
ef$eYegpe keâs kesâvõkeâ kesâ efveoxMeebkeâ (Coordinate of
ay − bx = λ where λ is a constant
centroid of triangle)
λ keâe ceeve efvekeâeueves kesâ efueÙes uecye ™he meceerkeâjCe ceW efoS ieÙes
jsKee kesâ efyevog (x, y) kesâ mLeeve hej jKeles nQ~/To find the
value of λ, put the value of point on the given line in
place of (x, y) in the perpendicular line equation.

ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue (Area of triangle)

ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue peye leerveeW efyevog efoÙes ieÙes nes/(Area of kesâvõkeâ kesâ efveoxMeebkeâ (Coordinate of centroid)
triangle when all three points are given)-  x + x 2 + x 3 y1 + y 2 + y3 
G (x, y) =  1 , 
A (x1, y1)  3 3 
ef$eYegpe kesâ Deble: kesâvõ kesâ efveoxMeebkeâ (Coordinate of in
centre of Triangle)

B C
(x2, y2) (x3, y3)
∆ABC keâe #es$eheâue/Area of ∆ABC =
1
| x1 (y 2 − y 3 ) + x 2 (y 3 − y 1 ) + x 3 (y1 − y 3 ) |
2
 ax + bx 2 + cx 3 ay1 + by2 + cy3 
Ùeefo ∆ keâe #es$eheâue = 0 (If Area of ∆ = 0) I(x, y) =  1 , 
 a+b+c a+b+c 
leye leervees efyevog mebjsKeerÙe neWies/(then all three
uecye kesâvõ Deewj heefjkesâvõ efvekeâeueves kesâ efueÙes uecye jsKee kesâ
points are collinear).
meceerkeâjCe efvekeâeuekeâj nue keâjles nQ~
mejue jsKee ax+by+c = 0, a ≠ 0, b ≠ 0 c ≠ 0 mes yeves ∆ Find the Co-ordinate circumcentre & ortho centre, to
keâe #es$eheâue get perpendicular form equation and solve them.
Area of triangle with line ax+by+c = 0, a ≠ 0, b ≠ 0 c
meceevlej jsKeeDeeW ax + by + c = 0 leLee ax + by + d = 0
≠ 0.
leLee De#eeW kesâ yeerÛe yeves meceuecye keâe #es$eheâue
1 c2 (Area of trapezium between two parallel lines ax
Area of ∆ =
2 ab + by + c = 0 and ax + by + d = 0)

oes mejue jsKeeDeeW Éeje x-De#e kesâ meeLe yeves ∆ keâe #es$eheâue =
1
(oesvees jsKeeDeeW x De#e hej Devle: KeC[) × (oesveeW jsKeeDeeW
2
kesâ keâševe efyevog keâe efveÙeecekeâ)
Area of triangle formed by two straight lines with x-
1
axis = (difference of x-intercept of the two lines)
2
× y coordinate of point of intersection of two lines. meceuecye ABDC keâe #es$eheâue/Area of trapezium ABDC
oes mejue jsKeeDeeW Éeje y De#e kesâ meeLe yeves ∆ keâe #es$eheâue = = Area of ∆OCD − Area of ∆ OAB
1 1 d2 c2
(oesvees jsKeeDeeW kesâ y De#e hej Deble:KeC[ keâe Devlej) × (oesveeW ⇒ −
2 2 ab ab
jsKeeDeeW kesâ keâševe efyevog keâe x efveÙeecekeâ)/Area of triangle
formed by two straight lines with y-axis ⇒
1 hejeJele&ve (Reflection)
2
(difference of y-intercept of two lines) x (x x-De#e hej hejeJele&ve (peue Øeefleefyecye) Reflection on
coordinate of point f interaction of two lines) the x-axis (water Image)
Maths Capsule 101 YCT
 Ex.: x De#e hej (-3, 6) keâe hejeJele&ve keäÙee nesiee/ What is the
Reflection of (-3, 6) on x-axis. jsKee x = a ceW efyevog (h, k) keâe Øeefleefyecye In line x = a,
the reflection of (h, k):

y-De#e hej hejeJele&ve (ohe&Ce Øeefleefyecye)/Reflection on y

axis (Mirror Image):
x1 + x 2 y + y2
or ∵ =x & 1 =y
2 2
⇓
h + x2
=a Constant (efveÙeleebkeâ)
2
x2 = 2a - h y=k
x2 = -h + 2a x = a ceW/In x = a,
y → efveÙeleebkeâ/constant
Dele: x = a ceW/Hence, In line x = a,
efyevog (h, k) keâe Øeefleefyecye/the reflection of (h, k)
Ex.: y De#e hej (3, 6) keâe hejeJele&ve keäÙee nesiee~ what is = (–h + 2a, k)
Reflection of (3, 6) on y axis.
jsKee y = b ceW (h, k) keâe Øeefleefyecye/In line y = b, the
reflection of (h, k):

cetue efyevog hej hejeJele&ve (Reflection on origin) :

x1 + x 2 y + y2
or =x & 1 =y
2 2
k + y2
⇓ =b
2
Constant (efveÙeleebkeâ) y2 = 2b - k
x=h y = -k + 2b
y = b ceW/In y = b
x → efveÙeleebkeâ/Constant
Dele: jsKee y = b ceW/ Hence, In line y = b
Ex.: efyevog (4, -6) keâe Øeefleefyecye cetueefyevog hej keäÙee nesiee~ What is efyevog (h, k) keâe Øeefleefyecye/ the reflection of (h, k)
the reflection of (4, –6) on origin: ⇒ (h,–k+2b)
Maths Capsule 102 YCT
 ef$eYegpe keâe efvecee&Ce (ef$eYegpe keâer Demeefcekeâe)
The construction of triangle (Inequality of triangle):

efÉ-DeeÙeeceer/efJeceerÙe #es$eefceefle (2D-Mensuration) oes YegpeeDeeW keâe Ùeesie leermejer Yegpee mes yeÌ[e nesvee ÛeeefnS~/The
#es$eefceefle ceW, 2D Deeke=âefleÙeeW keâes efÉ-DeeÙeeceer Deeke=âefleÙeeB keâne sum of two sides must be greater than the third
peelee nw~ Fve Deeke=âefleÙeeW kesâ yeejs ceW cenlJehetCe& leLÙe– side.
In mensuration, 2D shapes are called two- (a + b) > c, (b + c) > a, (c + a) > b
dimensional shapes. Some things about these oes YegpeeDeeW keâe Deblej leermejer Yegpee mes Úesše nesvee ÛeeefnS~/The
shapes : different between the two sides should be less than
2D Deeke=âefleÙeeB meheeš nesleer nQ~ third side.
2D shapes are flat. |a − b| < c, |b −c| < a, |c - a| < b
FveceW kesâJeue oes DeeÙeece nesles nQ, uecyeeF& Deewj ÛeewÌ[eF&~ leerve YegpeeDees mes yevo Deeke=âefle keâes ef$eYegpe keânles nQ~/"A closed
They have only two dimension, length and width.
figure with three sides is called a triangle."
FveceW ceesšeF& Ùee ienjeF& veneR nesleer nw~ ef$eYegpe kesâ leerveeW keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesie 180o neslee nw~/ The sum of
There is no thickness or depth. the three angles of a triangle is 180 degree.
Fve Deeke=âefleÙeeW keâer YegpeeSb meerOeer Ùee IegceeJeoej jsKeeDeeW mes KeeRÛeer
pee mekeâleer nw~
The sides of these shapes can be drawn with
straight or curve lines.
2D Deeke=âefleÙeeB ceeveefÛe$eeW Deewj ÚeÙeeDeeW pewmes ØeefleefveefOelJe kesâ ™he
ceW ceewpeto nesleer nw~
2D shapes exists as representations such as maps
and shadows. ∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180o
Maths Capsule 103 YCT
 ef$eYegpe kesâ Øekeâej (Types of triangle) ∆=
1
× DeeOeej × TBÛeeF&
YegpeeDeeW kesâ DeeOeej hej keâesCeeW kesâ DeeOeej hej 2
1
(Based on sides) (Based on angle) ∆ = × base × height
1. efJe<eceyeeng ef$eYegpe mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe 2
(Scalene triangle) (Right angled triangle) 1
∆= ×b×h
2. meceefÉyeeng ef$eYegpe vÙetvekeâesCe ef$eYegpe 2
(Isosceles triangle) (Acute angled triangle) peye oes YegpeeSs Deewj yeerÛe keâe keâesCe efoÙee nw
3. meceyeeng ef$eYegpe DeefOekeâ keâesCe ef$eYegpe When two sides and middle angle are given:
(Equilateral triangle) (Obtuse angled triangle)
YegpeeDees keâs DeeOeej hej ef$eYegpe (Triangle Based on sides)

efJe<eceJeeng ef$eYegpe (Scalene Triangle)

Ssmee ef$eYegpe efpemekeâer meYeer leerveeW YegpeeSs efYevve-efYevve nes Gmes 1
∆= ab sin θ
efJe<eceyeeng ef$eYegpe keânles nw~ efJe<eceyeeng ef$eYegpe keâs leervees keâesCe 2
efYevve-efYevve nesles nw~/A triangle whose all three sides peye Skeâ Yegpee Deewj leerve keâesCe efoS ieÙes nes-
are different is called a scalene triangle. All three When one side and three angles are given :
angles of a scalene triangle are different.

1 a 2 sinβsinγ
∆=
2 sinα
BC ≠ CA ≠ AB pÙee-efveÙece (Sine-Law):
∠A ≠ ∠B ≠ ∠C
heefjceehe (Perimeter) :
P=a+b+c
Deæ&heefjceehe (Semi perimeter) :
a+b+c
s=
2 a b c
= = = 2R
#es$eheâue (Area) : sinA sinB sinC
peye leervees YegpeeSs oer ieÙeer neW/When all three sides are {R→ heefjef$epÙee/Circum-radius}
given - a b c
= = =K
sinA sinB sinC
{K → efveÙeleebkeâ/Constant}
keâespÙee-efveÙece (Cosine-rule):

∆= s(s − a)(s − b)(s − c)

{nsjesFvme met$e/Heron's formula}
peye Skeâ Yegpee leLee mebiele Gâ@ÛeeF& oer ieÙeer nes-
When one side and corresponding height are given. b2 + c2 − a2
cos A = a 2 = b 2 + c2 − 2bccosA
2bc
a + c2 − b2
2
cos B = b 2 = a 2 + c 2 − 2ac cosB
2ac
a + b 2 − c2
2
cos C = c2 = a 2 + b 2 − 2ab cosC
2ab
Maths Capsule 104 YCT
 ∵ ∆= s(s − a)(s − b)(s − a)
Devle:Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (Inradius) :
∆ = (s − a) s (s − b) {∵ a = c}
Ι → Deble:keâsvõ
( Incentre)
∆ → ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue
( Area of triangle)
s → Deæ& heefjceehe
(Semi perimeter )
∆ 1
r= ∵ ∆= × a × a sin θ
s 2
yee¢e Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (Circum Radius): 1
∆ = a 2 sinθ
2
O → heefjkeâsvõ
( Circum centre)
R → heefjef$epÙee
( Circum radius )

abc
R=
4∆

meceefÉyeeng ef$eYegpe (Isosceles Triangle) ∵ ∆ABD ceW Pythagoras theorem mes,

2
b
Ssmee ef$eYegpe efpemekeâer oes YegpeeSW yejeyej neW, meceefÉyeeng ef$eYegpe a 2 = h2 +
2
keânueelee nw~ meceefÉyeeng ∆ ceW yejeyej YegpeeDeeW kesâ meccegKe keâesCe
yejeyej nesles nQ~/A triangle whose two sides are equal b2
h2 = a2 −
is called an isosceles triangle. In an isosceles 4
triangle, the angles opposite to equal sides are 4a 2 − b 2
equal. h2 =
4
1
h= (4a 2 − b 2 )
2
1
∵ ∆ = ×b×h
2
1 1
AB = AC ≠ BC ∆ = × b × × (4a 2 − b 2 )
2 2
∠C = ∠B ≠ ∠A
h keâe ceeve jKeves hej (putting the value of h)
heefjceehe (Perimeter) :
b
P = 2a + b ∆ = × 4a 2 − b 2
DeOe& heefjceehe (Semi Perimeter) : 4
2a + b
S=
2
#es$eheâue (Area):

b 2 sin 2 β
∆= ×
2 sinα

Maths Capsule 105 YCT

 yee¢e Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (Circumradius):
meceyeeng ef$eYegpe (Equilateral triangle)
Ssmee ef$eYegpe efpemekeâer leerveeW YegpeeSW yejeyej nes meceyeeng ∆ keânueelee
nw meceyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW, leerveeW keâesCe yejeyej DeLee&le 60° kesâ nesles
nQ~
A triangle whose three sides are equal is called an
equilateral triangle. In an equilateral triangle, all a 2h
three angles are equal i.e. 60 degree. R= or R=
3 3
heefjceehe (Perimeter): Deble: Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (In-radius) r 1
= =
P = 3a yee¢e Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (Circum-radius) R 2
DeOe& heefjceehe (Semiperimeter): Deble: Je=òe keâe #es$eheâue ( Area of incirle ) 1
=
s=
3a yee¢e Je=òe keâe #es$eheâue ( Area of circumcircle ) 4
2 meceyeeng ∆ ceW (In equilateral ∆),
TBÛeeF& (Height):

Úesšs Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (Radius of smaller circle) 1

=
yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (Radius of bigger circle) 3
Úesšs Je=òe keâe #es$eheâue (Area of smaller circle) 1
=
3 yeÌ[s Je=òe keâe #es$eheâue (Area of bigger circle) 9
h= a
2
#es$eheâue (Area) : efkeâmeer meceyeeng ef$eYegpe ABC kesâ Devoj efmLele efkeâmeer efyevog O mes
Gmekeâer leerveeW YegpeeDeeW hej [eues ieÙes uecyeeW keâer uecyeeFÙeeB ›eâceMe:
P1, P2 leLee P3 nw leye:
If P1, P2 and P3 are perpendiculars lengths from any
interior point "O" of an equilateral ∆ABC to all its
three sides respectively, then :

3 2
∆= a
4
Devle:Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (Inradius):

meceyeeng ef$eYegpe keâer TBÛeeF& (height of equilateral

triangle)
∵ h = P1 + P2 + P3
3
leLee/and h = a
2
3
leye/then, a = P1 + P2 + P3
2
a h 2
r= or r = a= (P1 + P2 + P3)
2 3 3 3
Maths Capsule 106 YCT
 meceyeeng ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue (Area of equilateral
triangle)

3 2
∵∆ = a
4
2
3 2 
∆=  (P1 + P2 + P3 ) 
4  3 
3 4 2 2
∆= × (P1 + P2 + P3)2 (keâCe&) = (uecye) + (DeeOeej)2
4 3
(Hypotenuse)2 = (Perpendicular)2 + (Base)2
1 AC2 = AB2 + BC2
∆= (P1 + P2 + P3)2
3 heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš (Pythagoras Triplets) :
meceyeeng ef$eYegpe ceW/In equilateral triangle : leerve hetCeeËkeâeW keâe mecetn pees heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe keâes mevleg° keâjs~
A set of three integers that satisfy the pythagoras
theorem.
Ex.: (3, 4, 5)
Ùeefo (a, b, c) heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš nw leye (ak, bk, ck)
Ùee/or  , ,  Yeer heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš neWies~
a b c
k k k
If (a, b, c) be a pythagoras triplets, then (ak, bk, ck)
a b c
or  , ,  will also be the pythagoras triplet.
k k k
efvecve heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš hejer#eeDeeW ceW yengleeÙele ØeÙeesie efkeâÙes
peeles nQ-
The following pythagoras triplets are frequently
used in examinations :
(3, 4, 5), (6, 8, 10), (9, 12, 15), (12, 16, 20),
(15, 20, 25), (1.5, 2, 2.5)
mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe (Right Angled Triangle) (5, 12, 13), (10, 24, 26), (2.5, 6, 6.5)
Ùeefo ef$eYegpe keâe Skeâ keâesCe mecekeâesCe (90°) keâe neslee nw~ lees ∆ (7, 24, 25), (14, 48, 50), (3.5, 12, 12.5)
mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe keânueelee nw~ (11, 60, 61), (33, 56, 65), (5.5, 30, 30.5)
If one angle of a triangle is a right angle, then that (9, 40, 41), (12, 35, 37), (13, 84, 85), (16, 63, 65)
triangle is called a right angled triangle. (20, 99, 101), (39, 80, 89), (36, 77, 85), (65, 72, 97)
(1, 1, 2 ), (1, 3 , 2)
(2ab), (a2 − b2), (a2 + b2)
(2x), (x2 − 1), (x2 + 1)
x2 −1 x2 +1
(x), ,
2 2

ef$ekeâ kewâmes Øeehle keâjW (How to find Triplet)

efJe<ece mebKÙee (Odd number) :
heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe (Pythagoras theorem) mebKÙee kesâ Jeie& keâes Ssmes oes YeeieeW ceW efJeYeeefpele keâjW efpemekeâe Deblej
Skeâ nes-
mecekeâesCe ∆ ceW, keâCe& keâe Jeie& Mes<e oes YegpeeDeeW kesâ JeieeX kesâ Divide the square of a number into two parts whose
Ùeesieheâue kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~ difference is one-
In right angled triangle, the square of the
Hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the square of the
other two sides. ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 3, 4, 5
Maths Capsule 107 YCT
 ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 5, 12, 13

Sol. ∵ ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 5, 12, 13

ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 7, 24, 25

ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 9, 40, 41

1
∆= × AB × BC
2
ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 11, 60, 61
1
= × 5 × 12
2
∆ = 30 cm2
ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 13, 84, 85 Ex. efoÙes ieÙes ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue %eele keâerefpeS efpemekeâer
mece mebKÙee (Even number) : YegpeeS 25 cm, 29 cm, 36 cm nQ-
mebKÙee kesâ Jeie& keâes oes mes efJeYeeefpele keâjkesâ oes YeeieeW ceW Ssmes Find the area of given triangle with sides 25 cm,
efJeYeeefpele keâjW efpevekeâe Deblej oes nes- 29 cm, 36 cm :
Divide the square of a number by two and divide
into two parts whose difference is two-

ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 4, 3, 5

Sol. ∵ YegpeeSb (Sides) → 25, 29, 36

ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 6, 8, 10 ↓
(15 + 21)
∴ ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 21, 20, 29 and 15, 20, 25
GYeÙeefve‰ keâe ØeÙeesie (Use common triplet)
ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 8, 15, 17

ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 10, 24, 26

ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 12, 35, 37 Dele:/hence,

AB = 25, AC = 29, AD = 20, BD = 15, CD = 21
ef$ekeâ keâe ØeÙeesie keâjkesâ #es$eheâue efvekeâeuevee
(Find area using triplet) : 1
∆= × BC × AD
Ex. efoÙes ieÙes ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue %eele keâerefpeS efpemekeâer 2
YegpeeS 5 cm, 12 cm, 13 cm nQ- 1
∆ = × 36 × 20
Find the area of given triangle with sides 5 cm, 2
12 cm, 13 cm : ∆ = 360 cm 2
Maths Capsule 108 YCT
Ex. efoÙes ieÙes ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue %eele keâerefpeS efpemekeâer DeOe&Je=òe hej yevee keâesCe mecekeâesCe neslee nw~
YegpeeSb 20 cm, 19 cm, 37 cm nQ- The angle formed on semicircle is a right angle.
Find the area of given triangle with sides 20 cm,
19 cm, 37 cm :

Sol. ∵ YegpeeSb (Sides) → 19, 20, 37 Yegpee BC = JÙeeme/ef$eYegpe keâe keâCe&

Side BC = Diameter/Hypotenuse of triangle
↓ ↓
(12 + 16) (12 + 15) Jee¢e Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee/heefjef$epÙee (Circumradius):
∴ ef$ekeâ (Triplet) → 12, 16, 20 and 12, 15, 37
GYeÙeefve‰ keâe ØeÙeesie (Use common triplet)

Yegpee BC = JÙeeme/ef$eYegpe keâe keâCe&

Dele:/hence,
Side BC = Diameter/Hypotenuse of triangle
AB = 20, AC = 37, BC = 19, AD = 12, BD = 16
efyevog O = heefjkesâvõ (Circumradius)
1
∆ = × BC × AD
2 keâCe&
heefjef$epÙee (R) =
1 2
∆= × 19 × 12
2 Hypotenuse
Circumradius (R) =
∆ = 114 cm 2 2
a
R=
efJeMes<eleeSb (Properties) : 2
Devle: Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (In radius):
1. #es$eheâue (Area):

I = Deble:kesâvõ (incentre)
1
A= × Base × height
2 b+c-a
r=
1 2
A= ×b×c
2 b+c-a a
∵ r= &R=
heefjceehe (Perimeter): 2 2

P=a+b+c b+c−a a
r+R= +
DeOe& heefjceehe (Semi-perimeter): 2 2
b+c
a+b+c r+R=
s= 2
2
Maths Capsule 109 YCT
 (x + r)2 + (y + r)2 = (x + y)2
x2 + r2 + 2xr + y2 + r2 + 2yr = x2 + y2 + 2xy
2(r2 + xr + yr) = 2xy
r(r + x + y) = xy
∆ = xy {∵ ∆ = r (r + x + y)}
mecekeâesCe ∆ ceW mece™helee mes Øeehle heefjCeece (Result
obtained from similarily in right angled triangle):

b+c−a
∵r=
2
a peesÌ[ves Je a Ieševes hej-
b+c−a +a −a
r=
2
a + b + c − 2a ∆ACB ~ ∆DCA ~ ∆DAB
r=
2
a+b+c
r=s−a ∵s =
2
a
∵R= ⇒ a = 2R
2
r = s − 2R
∆ BA2 = BD × BC
r=
s

CA2 = CD × CB

DA2 = DB ×DC
mecekeâesCe ∆ ceW #es$eheâue mes Øeehle heefjCeece (Result
obtained from area in right angled triangle):
a+b+c
∵ s=
2
( x + y ) + ( r + y) + ( r + x )
s=
2
s=r+x+y
∆
∵r=
s
∆ 1
r= {∵ s = r + x + y} #es$eheâue/Area (A) = ×b×c ... (i)
(r + x + y) 2
∆ = r (r + x + y) 1
#es$eheâue/Area (A) = × p × a ... (ii)
ef$eYegpe ABC ceW (In right angled ∆ ABC), 2
heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe mes (By pythgoras theorem), from equation (i) & (ii)

Maths Capsule 110 YCT

 1 1
×b×c= ×p×a
mecekeâesCe ∆ kesâ Devoj meyemes yeÌ[s Jeie& keâer Yegpee Side of
2 2 Largest square inside a right angled triangle:
b×c=p×a
b×c
p=
a

bc
Side of square/Jeie& keâer Yegpee (x) =
b+c
bc
∵p=
a
1 a
=
p bc
oesveeW he#eeW keâe Jeie& keâjves hej (On squaring both sides)-
1 a2
2
= 2 2
p bc
∆ ABC ceW/In ∆ ABC
heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe mes/By Pythaoras theorem
a2 = b2+c2 ap
leye/then, y=
a+p
1 b2 + c2 bc
= 2 2 a×
p2 bc a
y=
1 1 1 bc
= + a+
p2 c2 b2 a
1 1 1 bc
= 2+ 2 y=
p 2
b c a 2 + bc
efkeâmeer ∆ kesâ Devoj meyemes yeÌ[s Jeie& keâer Yegpee (Side of a
largest square inside a triangle) : abc
y=
a 2 + bc
abc
y=
b 2 + c 2 + bc
{∵ a 2
= b2 + c2 }

∆AGF ~ ∆ABC
GF AH
=
BC AI
a (y − a)
=
x y ∆BSP ~ ∆RCQ
ay = xy - ax a x
=
a(x + y) = xy y a
xy a2 = xy
a=
x+y a = xy
Maths Capsule 111 YCT
 1 P2
A=
2 (6 + 4 2)
1 P2
A= ×
2 2(3 + 2 2)
1 P2
A= ×
(
4 3+ 2 2 )
heefjcesÙekeâjCe keâjves hej (On rationalization)-
1 P2 (3 − 2 2)
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue (Area of shaded region)– A= × ×
4 (3 + 2 2) (3 − 2 2)
1
A= × (3−2 2 ) P2
4
vÙetvekeâesCe ef$eYegpe (Acute angled triangle)
πx 2 πy 2 πz 2 Ùeefo ef$eYegpe kesâ leerveeW keâesCe vÙetvekeâesCe (0° Deewj 90° kesâ yeerÛe ceW)
∆ABC + + − nes lees ef$eYegpe, vÙetvekeâesCe ef$eYegpe keânueelee nw~
2 2 2
In acute angled triangle is a triangle in which all the
π 2 πz2
∆ABC + (x + y 2 ) − interior angles are acute angles (All the three angles
2 2 are between 0° and 90°).
π 2 πz 2
∆ABC + z −
2 2
∆ABC Area
Dele:/Hence,
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue ∆ABC keâe #es$eheâue
Area of shaded region = Area of ∆ABC : Ùeefo/if ∠ B = θ
CA2 < AB2 + BC2
meceefÉyeeng mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe
Fmeer Øekeâej DevÙe (Similarly for other angles)
(Isosceles right angled trianlge)
vÙetvekeâesCeerÙe ØecesÙe (Acute Angled theorem) :

AC2 = AB2 + BC2 – 2.BC.BD

Perimeter (heefjceehe) : {Fmeer Øekeâej DevÙe/Similarly for other angles}
P = 2a + a 2
DeefOekeâ keâesCe ef$eYegpe (Obtuse Angled triangle)
P = (2 + 2 ) a
Area (#es$eheâue) : Ùeefo efkeâmeer ef$eYegpe keâe Skeâ keâesCe DeefOekeâ keâesCe (90° mes DeefOekeâ)
1 2
nw lees Ssmee ∆ DeefOekeâ keâesCe ef$eYegpe keânueelee nw~
∵ A= a An obtuse angled triangle is a triangle in which any
2 one of the angles is an obtuse angle (more than 90°).
1 P2  P 
A= ∵ a = 
2 (2 + 2) 2  2+ 2
1 P2
A=
2 (4 + 2 + 4 2)

Maths Capsule 112 YCT

 Sol.:
DeefOekeâkeâesCe ef$eYegpe ceW Skeâ keâesCe ner DeefOekeâkeâesCe nes mekeâlee nw~
Only one angle can be an obtuse angle in an obtuse
angles triangle.
AC2 > AB2 + BC2
DeefOekeâkeâesCeerÙe ØecesÙe (Obtuse angled theorem) :

8
Area of ∆ABD = × area of ∆ABC
AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2.BC.BD (8 + 12)

8
ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue efvekeâeuevee Area of ∆ABD = × 60
(8 + 12)
(Find the area of triangle)
8
= × 60
peye mece™he ve nes (when triangle is not similar) : 20
Case: 1 = 24 Unit2
Ùeefo/if AD : DB = x : y & AE : EC = k : m
Ex. efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e ceW, ∆ADE keâe #es$eheâue 100 FkeâeF&2 nw B
Deewj C efyevog ›eâceMe: AD Deewj AE hej nw~ Ùeefo AB : BD
= 2 : 3 Deewj AC : CE = 1 : 4 nw~ lees ∆ ABC keâe
#es$eheâue %eele keâjes?
In the given figure, area of ∆ADE is 100 unit2.
Point B and C is on the side AD and AE
leye/then, respectively. If AB : BD = 2 : 3 and AC : CE = 1 :
Area of ∆AED 4. then Area of ∆ABC is-
x k
= × × Area of ∆ ABC
(x + y) (k + m)
Case: 2

Sol.:

x
Area of ∆ABD = × area of ∆ ABC
(x + y)
y
Area of ∆ACD = × area of ∆ ABC
(x + y)

2
Ex. ∆ABC keâe #es. 60 FkeâeF& nw Ùeefo Yegpee BC hej keâesF& Area of ∆ABC =
2 1
× × area of ∆ADE
efyevog D Fme Øekeâej nw efkeâ BD = 8 FkeâeF& Deewj DC =12 5 5
FkeâeF& nes lees ∆ ABD keâe #es$eheâue keäÙee nesiee~ 2 1
= × × 100
Area of ∆ABC is 60 Unit2. If any point D is on the 5 5
side BC such that BD = 8 unit and DC = 12 unit.
Find the area of ∆ABD. Area of ∆ABC = 8 unit2
Maths Capsule 113 YCT
Ex. veerÛes efoÙes ieÙes efÛe$e ceW, efyevog D, E leLee F, ∆ABC keâer
YegpeeDeeW keâes ›eâceMe: 1 : 3, 1 : 4 Deewj 1 : 1 ceW efJeYeeefpele
keâjles nw~ leye ∆ DEF keâe #es$eheâue leLee ∆ABC kesâ
#es$eheâue keâe Devegheele %eele keâerefpeS?
In the given figure, point D, E and F intersect
the side of ∆ABC 1 : 3, 1 : 4 and 1 : 1
respectively, then find the ratio of area of ∆DEF
and area of ∆ABC.

ÛelegYeg&pe (Quadrilateral)
Ûeej YegpeeDeeW mes yevo Deeke=âefle keâes ÛelegYeg&pe keânles nQ/A closed
figure with four sides is called a quadrilateral.

Sol.:

ÛelegYeg&pe keâe #es$eheâue (Area of Quadrilateral) :

1 1 1
Area of ∆ADF = × × ∆ABC ⇒ ∆ABC
4 2 8
1 3 3 #es$eheâue (Area) · DeeOeej (base) × TBÛeeF& (height)
Area of ∆BDE = × × ∆ABC ⇒ ∆ABC
5 4 20
A = b×h
1 4 2
Area of ∆CEF = × × ∆ABC ⇒ ∆ABC
2 5 5
Area of ∆DEF =
∆ABC− (∆ADF + ∆BDE + ∆CEF)
1 3 2
Area of ∆DEF = ∆ ABC − ( + + ) ∆ABC
8 20 5
1
 1 3 2 Area of □ ABCD = × BD × (AE + CF)
Area of ∆DEF = ∆ABC 1 − − −  2
 8 20 5 
Ùeefo ABCD keâesF& ÛelegYeg&pe nw, leLee A1, A2, A3 leLee A4
 40 − 5 − 6 − 16  #es$eheâue nw/ If ABCD is any quadrilateral and A1, A2,
= ∆ABC  
 40  A3 and A4 are areas.
 40 − 27  leye/then,
= ∆ABC  
 40 
13
Area of DEF = ∆ABC×
40
Area of ∆DEF 13
= ⇒ 13 : 40
Area of ∆ABC 40
A1 × A2 = A3 × A4
Maths Capsule 114 YCT
 Ùeefo ABCD Skeâ ÛelegYeg&pe nw leLee P, Q, R leLee S ÛelegYeg&pe keâer meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe (Parallelogram)
YegpeeDeeW kesâ ceOÙe efyevog nw~ Ssmee ÛelegYeg&pe, efpemekeâer efJehejerle YegpeeSs meceevlej SJeb yejeyej nes
If ABCD is a quadrilateral and P, Q, R and S are the meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe keânueelee nw~/A quadrilateral which
mid points of sides of quadrilateral. opposite sides are parallel and equal is called a
leye/then, parallelogram.

PQRS Skeâ meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe nesiee/PQRS is a

parallelogram. (i) AB || DC & AD || BC
(ii) AB = DC & AD = BC
1 (iii) AC = d1 BD = d2
Area of □ PQRS = Area of □ABCD
2 meccegKe keâesCe yejeyej nesles nw~/Opposite angles are equal.
efkeâmeer ÛelegYeg&pe keâe heefjceehe Gmekesâ efJekeâCeeX kesâ Ùeesie mes yeÌ[e neslee ∠A = ∠C & ∠B = ∠D
nw~ oes DeemeVe keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesie 180° neslee nw~/Sum of two
The perimeter of a quadrilateral is greater than the adjacent angles 180°.
sum of its diagonals. ∠A + ∠B = 180o, ∠B + ∠C = 180o
∠C + ∠D = 180o, ∠A + ∠D = 180o
efJehejerle ef$eYegpe meJeeËiemece nesles nQ/Opposite triangles are
congruent.

AB + BC + CD + DA > AC + BD

helebie (Kite)

Ssmee ÛelegYeg&pe efpemeceW meceeve Deewj DeemeVe YegpeeDeeW kesâ oes Ùegice
∆ABC ≅ ∆ADC & ∆DAB ≅ ∆DCB
nesles nQ helebie keânueeleer nw~
meYeer Ûeej ef$eYegpeeW keâe #es$eheâue yejeyej neslee nw~/Area of all
A quadrilateral having equal and adgacent sides in
four triangles is equal.
two pairs in called kite.
Ar ∆AOB = Ar ∆BOC = Ar ∆COD =
AB = AD = a
1
BC = CD = b : Ar ∆ DOA = Ar  ABCD
4
∠B = ∠D
meeceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe keâe efveÙece (Law of parallelogram) :
∠A ≠ ∠C

∆ABC ceW, keâespÙee efveÙece (Co-sine rule) mes–

d12 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos (180 − θ)
d12 = a2 + b2 – 2ab (–cos θ)
AC → yeÌ[e efJekeâCe&/larger diagonal (d1) d12 = a2 + b2 + 2ab cos θ .....(i)
BD → Úesše efJekeâCe&/Smaller diagonal (d2) ∆BAD ceW, keâespÙee efveÙece (Co-sine rule) mes–
Heefjceehe (Perimeter) : P = 2(a + b) d22 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos θ ......(ii)
1 From eqn (i) & (ii)
#es$eheâue (Area) = × d1 × d2
2 d12 + d 22 = 2 ( a 2 + b 2 )

Maths Capsule 115 YCT

 leye/then,

Area ∆APQ 3
=
Area ||gmABCD 8
Ùeefo ABCD Skeâ meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe nw/If ABCD is a
parallelogram, BG = a, GF = b FE = C
meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ Devoj keâesF& efyevog P nes- leye/then,
P is any point inside the parallelogram-

1
(A1 + A3) = (A2 + A4) = ×Area ||gm ABCD
2
Ùeefo AE, ∠BAD keâe keâesCe meceefÉYeepekeâ nw/If AE is the
Ùeefo/If, l || m angle bisector of ∠ BAD, EC = x

Area ||gm ABCD = Area ||gm ABEF

meceÛelegYeg&pe (Rhombus)
Ssmee meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekeâer Ûeejes YegpeeSs yejeyej nes meceÛelegYeg&pe
keânueelee nw~/A parallelogram which all four sides are
equal is called a rhombus.

1
Area ∆ ABE = × ||gm ABCD
2
Ùeefo P, Q, R Deewj S YegpeeDeeW kesâ ceOÙe efyevog nes/If P, Q, R
and S are the mid points of sides. AB = BC = CD = DA = a
Maths Capsule 116 YCT
 meceÛelegYeg&pe keâs efJekeâCe& Skeâ otmejs keâes mecekeâesCe hej meceefÉYeeefpele (ii) efJekeâCe& yejeyej leLee Skeâ-otmejs keâes meceefÉYeeefpele keâjles nQ
keâjles nw~ hejvleg mecekeâesCe hej veneR~
Diagonals are equal and bisect each other but
The diagonals of a rhombus bisect each other at not at right angled.
right angled.
Ùeefo P DeeÙele/Jeie& kesâ Devoj keâesF& efyevog nes/If P is any point
d12 + d 22 = 4a 2 in side the rectangle/square.
leye/then,
1
(i) Area = × d1 × d 2
2

(ii) Area = a 2 sin θ

meceÛelegYeg&pe keâer Gâ@ÛeeF&/Hight of rhombus
d1d 2 PA2 + PC2 = PB2 + PD2
H=
d12 + d 22 Ùeefo P DeeÙele/Jeie& kesâ yeenj keâesF& efyevog nes/If P is any point
out side the rectangle/square
Perimeter heefjceehe P = 4a
leye/then,
meceÛelegYeg&pe keâer YegpeeDees keâs ceOÙe efyevogDees keâes efceueeves mes yeveer
Deekeâ=efle DeeÙele nesleer nw~
Figure formed by joining the mid-points of the
adjacent sides of a rhombus is rectangle.

PA2 + PC2 = PB2 + PD2

ABCD Skeâ DeeÙele/Jeie& nw leLee P, Q, R leLee S mebyebefOele
YegpeeDeeW kesâ ceOÙe efyevog nw~
Ùeefo P, Q, R Deewj S, AB, BC, CD leLee AD kesâ ›eâceMe: ABCD is a rectangle/square and P,Q,R and S are
mid points of respective sides.
ceOÙe efyevog nQ~
If P, Q, R and S are the mid point of AB, BC, CD
and AD respectively
Dele: PQRS Skeâ DeeÙele nw~
Therefore PQRS is a rectangle.

DeeÙele (Rectangle) (A1 + A3) = (A2 + A4) =

1
× □ ABCD Area
2
Ssmee meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekeâe ØelÙeskeâ keâesCe 90° nes, DeeÙele
keânueelee nw~ Jeie& (Square)
A parallelogram which each angle is 90° is called Ssmee meceevlej ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekesâ meYeer ÛeejeW keâesCe Deewj ÛeejeW YegpeeSb
rectangle. Deeheme ceW yejeyej nes, Jeie& keânueelee nw~
Such a parallelogram which all four angles and four
sides are equal each other is called a square.

∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = 90° ∠A = ∠B = ∠C =∠ D = 90°
AB = BC = CD = AD = a
heefjceehe (Perimeter) P = 2(l + b) efJekeâCe& yejeyej SJeb Skeâ-otmejs keâes mecekeâesCe hej meceefÉYeeefpele
#es$eheâue (Area) A = l × b keâjles nQ~
Diagonals are equal and bisect each other at right
(i) efJekeâCe& (Diagonal) d = l 2 + b2 angled.
Maths Capsule 117 YCT
 d=a 2 Ùeefo M Deewj N, Yegpee AD Deewj BC kesâ ›eâceMe: ceOÙeefyevog nQ/If
M and N are the mid points of sides AD and BC
heefjceehe (perimeter) P = 4a
respectively,
#es$eheâue (Area) = a2 leye/then,

d2
A=
2

1
MN = (AB + DC)
2
Ùeefo M Deewj N, efJekeâCe& BD Deewj AC kesâ ›eâceMe: ceOÙeefyevog
nQ/If M and N are the mid points of diagonals BD
and AC respectively,
leye/then,

1
DeeÙele Deewj Jeie& kesâ heefjceehe Deewj #es$eheâueeW keâer Demeefcekeâe MN =
2
(DC - AB)
(Enequality of perimeter and areas of rectangle and
YegpeeDeeW Deewj efJekeâCeeX ceW mecyevOe (Relation between sides
square) :
& diagonals)

heefjceehe (Perimeter) = P1 heefjceehe (Perimeter) = P2

#es$eheâue (Area) = A1 #es$eheâue (Area) = A2 AC2 + BD2 = AD2 + BC2 + 2×AB × CD
Ùeefo/If P1 = P2 leye/then A1 < A2
Ùeefo/If A1 = A2 leye/then P1 > P2

meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe (Trapezium)

Ssmee ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekeâer oes YegpeeSb meceevlej nes leLee DevÙe oes
YegpeeSs meceevlej ve nes meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe keânueelee nw~
A quadrilateral which two sides are parallel and the
other two sides are not parallel is called a trapezium.

1
Area (#es$eheâue) ×(sum of parallel sides × height)
2
1
A= ×(AB + DC) × h
2

Maths Capsule 118 YCT

 Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe ceW, Deeceves-meeceves kesâ keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesie 180o neslee
nw~/
In cyclic quadrilateral, the sum of the opposite angle
is 180o.
∠A + ∠C = 180o & ∠B + ∠D = 180o

A1b 2 + A 2 a 2
PQ =
A1 + A 2

Ùeefo/If A1 = A2
∆APD ≅ ∆BQC
leye/then,
DC − AB
2 2 DP =QC =
b +a 2
PQ =
2 meceefÉyeeng meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe kesâ efJekeâCeeX kesâ ØeefleÛÚso mes neskeâj
iegpejves Jeeues meceevlej jsKee KeC[ (EF) keâer uecyeeF& :
meceefÉyeeng meceuecye (Isosceles Trapezium) The length of a parallel line segment (EF) through
the intersection of diagonals of the isosceles
Ssmee meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe efpemekeâer Demeceevlej YegpeeSs yejeyej nes trapezium is :
meceefÉyeeng meceuecye keânueelee nw~
A trapezium which non-parallel sides are equal is 2.AB.CD
called an isosceles trapezium. EF =
AB + CD

jemles keâe #es$eheâue (Area of Path)

DeeÙele kesâ heefjle: Skeâ meceeve ÛeewÌ[eF& 'w' Jeeues jemles keâe
#es$eheâue (Area of the path of uniform width 'w' all
around the rectangle) :

∠D = ∠C, ∠A = ∠B
AB || DC & AD = BC jemles keâe #es$eheâue (Area of Path) = ( ℓ +2w) (b+2w) − ℓ b
leye/then, = ℓ b + 2 ℓ w + 2bw + 4w2 − ℓ b
∠A + ∠C = 180o & ∠B + ∠D = 180o = 2 ℓ w + 2bw + 4w2
∠A + ∠D = 180o & ∠B + ∠C = 180o jemles keâe #es$eheâue (Area of Path) = 2w( ℓ +b+2w)
ØelÙeskeâ meceefÉyeeng meceuecye ÛelegYeg&pe Skeâ Ûe›eâerÙe ÛelegYeg&pe neslee nw~
Each isosceles trapezium is a cyclic quadrilateral.
DeeÙele kesâ Devoj Skeâ meceeve Ûeew[
Ì eF& 'w' Jeeues jemles keâe
DeLeJee/or #es$eheâue (Area of the path of uniform width 'w' all
around inside the rectangle) :
Ùeefo Skeâ meceuecye Je=òe ceW yevee ngDee lees Ùen meceefÉyeeng meceuecye
nesiee~
If a trapezium is inscribed in a circle it must be a
isosceles trapezium.

jemles keâe #es$eheâue (Area of Path) = ℓ b −[( ℓ -2w) (b–2w)

= ℓ b −[ ℓ b − 2 ℓ w − 2bw + 4w2]
= ℓ b − ℓ b + 2 ℓ w + 2bw − 4w2
jemles keâe #es$eheâue (Area of Path) = 2w[ ℓ +b−2w]
Maths Capsule 119 YCT
 uecyeeF& Deewj ÛeewÌ[eF& kesâ DevegefoMe Skeâ meceeve ÛeewÌ[eF& 'w' ÛešeF& keâer uecyeeF&/length of heâMe& keâer uecyeeF&/length of
kesâ heLe keâe #es$eheâue (Area of the path of uniform mat = d floor = ℓ
width 'w' along the length and the breadth) : ÛešeF& keâer ÛeewÌ[eF&/width of heâMe& keâer ÛeewÌ[eF&/width of
mat = w floor = b
Dele:/hence,
ÛešeF& keâe #es$eheâue · heâMe& keâe #es$eheâue
Area of mat = Area of Floor
d×w = ℓ×b
Ùeefo ÛešeF& keâes heâMe& hej n yeej ceW efyeÚeÙee peeS
If the mat is spread n times on the floor
uecyeeF& kesâ meeLe/with the length,
jemles keâe #es$eheâue (Area of Path) = ℓ × w + b × w − w2
ÛešeF& keâes Skeâ yeej efyeÚeves hej heâMe& keâe #es$eheâue/Area of the
A = w( ℓ + b − w)
floor when the mat is spread one time = ℓ × w
Ùee/OR
ÛešeF& keâes n yeej efyeÚeves hej heâMe& keâe #es$eheâue/ Area of the
floor when the mat is spread n times = n × ℓ × w
ÛeewÌ[eF& kesâ meeLe/with the width,
ÛešeF& keâes Skeâ yeej efyeÚeves hej heâMe& keâe #es$eheâue/Area of the
floor when the mat is spread one time = b × w
ÛešeF& keâes n yeej efyeÚeves hej heâMe& keâe #es$eheâue/ Area of the
floor when the mat is spread n times = n × b × w
jemles keâe #es$eheâue (Area of Path) yengYegpe (Polygon)
= ℓ ×b − [( ℓ −w) (b − w)]
leerve Ùee leerve mes DeefOekeâ YegpeeDeeW mes yevo Deeke=âefle keâes yengYegpe
= ℓ b − [ ℓ b − ℓ w − bw + w2)
keânles nQ~
A = w [ ℓ + b −w)
A closed figure with three or more sides is called a
Ùeefo (x × y) DeeÙeece keâer n DeeÙeleekeâej šeFume ( ℓ × b) DeeÙeece polygon.
keâer heâMe& keâes {keâleer nw~
If n rectangular tiles of dimension (x × y) cover the efveÙeefcele yengYegpe (Regular polygon)
floor of dimension ( ℓ × b).
n × (x × y) = ℓ × b Ssmee Gòeue yengYegpe efpemekeâer ØelÙeskeâ Yegpee yejeyej nes~/A convex
Dele:/hence, šeFumeeW keâer mebKÙee (No. of tiles) polygon in which each side is equal
ℓ×b ØelÙeskeâ Deevleefjkeâ yejeyej nes~/Each interior angle is equal.
n=
x×y
Ùeefo heâMe& keâes vÙetvelece mebKÙee keâer Jeiee&keâej šeFume Éeje hetjer lejn
mes {keâe ieÙee nes lees Jeiee&keâej šeFume keâer Yegpee keâer uecyeeF& leLee
ÛeewÌ[eF& keâe ce.me.he. nesieer–
If floor covers by minimum number of squre tiles
exactly fit then side of square tile will be HCF of
length and breadth of floor
meYeer Deevleefjkeâ keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue π
peye keâeueerve keâer uecyeeF& efveef§ele nes (When Carpet has (2n – 4) ×
(Sum of all interior angles) 2
fixed width)
ØelÙeskeâ Deevleefjkeâ keâesCe (2n − 4) π
×
(Each interior angle) n 2
meYeer yee¢e keâesCees keâe Ùeesieheâue (Sum 360
of all exterior angles)
ØelÙeskeâ yee¢e keâesCe 360
(Each exterior angle) n
Deebleefjkeâ keâesCe + yee¢e keâesCe 180°
(Interior angle + exterior
angle)

Maths Capsule 120 YCT

 meceyengYegpe keâe heefjceehe (Perimeter n × a heefjefOe/Circumference :
of regular polygon)
Deble: ef$epÙee/Inradius (r) a π
Cot
2 n
yee¢e ef$epÙee/Circum radius (R) a π
cos ec
2 n
Deble: ef$epÙee Deewj yee¢e ef$epÙee keâe π
cos
Devegheele/Ratio of inradius and n
circum radius (r : R) C = 2πr

#es$eheâue (Area) na 2 180 #es$eheâue/Area :

cot
4 n
#es$eheâue (Area) n 2 360
R sin
2 n

efJekeâCe& (Diagonal) :
Ùeefo nce efkeâmeer yengYegpe keâer oes Demebiele Meer<eeX keâes efceueeÙes lees Ùen
(A) = πr2
efJekeâCe& keânueelee nw~
∵ C = 2πr
If we join any two (non adjacent) vertex of a
C C
polygon then that is a diagonal. = π ⇒ = π (efveÙeleebkeâ/Constant)
2r d
n(n − 3)
efJekeâCeeX keâer mebKÙee (No of diagonals) =
2 heefjefOe (Circumference)
= π(constant)
ÛelegYeg&pe Deewj yengYegpe keâe efJemleejhetJe&keâ DeOÙeÙeve JÙeeme (diameter)
pÙeeefceefle DeOÙeeÙe mes keâjW~ Je=òe keâer heefjefOe leLee #es$eheâue ceW mecyevOe/Relation
Study quadrilateral and polygon in detail from between circumference and Area of circle :
geometry chapter. ∵ C = 2πr
oesveeW he#eeW keâe Jeie& keâjves hej/Square on both sides-
C2 = 4π2r2
C2 = 4π (πr2)
efkeâmeer Skeâ efveefMÛele efyevog mes meceeve otjer hej efmLele efyevogDeeW keâe C2 = 4πA
efyevogheLe Je=òe keânueelee nw~ Ùen efveefMÛele efyevog, Je=òe keâe kesâvõ 22
Skeâ heefjcesÙe mebKÙee nw peyeefkeâ π Skeâ DeheefjcesÙe mebKÙee nw~
keânueelee nw~ 7
22
The locus of points equidistant from a fixed point is is a rational number whereas π is an irrational
called the center of the circle. 7
number.
Je=òe keâe mLeeve Gve meYeer efyevogDeeW keâe mecegÛÛeÙe nw pees Skeâ
efveefMÛele efyevog mes Skeâ efveefMÛele otjer hej nw~ ef$epÙee, heefjefOe Deewj #es$eheâue ceW mecyevOe/Relation
among radius, circumference and area
The locus of a circle is the set of all points that are
a fixed distance from a fixed point. Radius (r) C = 2πr A = πr2
7×1=7 44 154
7 × 2 = 14 44 × 2 154 × (2)2
7 × 3 = 21 44 × 3 154 × (3)2
7 × 4 = 28 44 × 4 154 × (4)2
7 × 5 = 35 44 × 5 154 × (5)2
2
1 1 1
7 × = 3.5 44× 154×
2 2 2
1 1 2
7 × = 1.75 44× 1
4 4 154×
ef$epÙee/Radius = r 4
JÙeeme/Diameter (d) = 2r 7K 44K 154K2
Maths Capsule 121 YCT
 heefjefOe kesâ efueS/For circumference, ∵ C = r (π + 2)
22 2×11  22 
∵ C = 2πr 2× × r 2× ×r C = r + 2
7 7  7 
2  36 
= 2× × 11 × r C = r 
7  7 
#es$eheâue kesâ efueS/For area, 36
C= r
22 2 2×11 7
∵ A = πr 2 = r 2× r r
7 7 #es$eheâue (Area) :
2 1 2
= × 11 × r × r A= πr
7 2
Dele: ‘‘Ùeefo ef$epÙee 7 keâe iegCepe nw lees heefjefOe leLee #es$eheâue 11
ÛelegLeeËMe (Quadrant)
keâe iegCepe DeJeMÙe nesies~’’ leye efJekeâuhe ceW 11 keâer efJeYeeefpelee
ueieekeâj Gòej Øeehle keâj mekeâles nw~
Hence, If radius is multiple of 7. Then
circumference and Area must be multiple of 11.
Then we can get the answer using the divisibity of
11 in the options.
Ex. :
Ùeefo/If r = 7K
leye heefjefOe/then circumference, heefjefOe (Circumference) :
∵ C = 2πr 1
C= × 2πr + 2r
C = 2π × 7K 4
22 πr
C = 2× × 7K C = + 2r
7 2
C = 44K π
C=r +2
Dele: C = 44K, 11 mes hetCe&le: efJeYeeefpele nesiee~ 2
Hence, C = 44K is completely divisible by 11. OR
Ex. : π
Ùeefo/If r = 7K ∵ C=r
2
+2
leye #es$eheâue/then area,
 22 1 
∵ A = πr2 C = r  × + 2
 7 2 
22
A = 2× × ( 7K )
2
11 
7 C = r  + 2
A = 154K 7 
Dele: A = 154K, 11 mes hetCe&le: efJeYeeefpele nesiee~  25 
C= r 
Hence, A = 154K is completely divisible by 11. 7
25
DeOe&Je=òe (Semi-Circle) C= r
7

oerIe& ef$epÙe KeC[ Deewj ueIeg ef$epÙe KeC[

(Major Sector & Minor Sector)

heefjefOe (Circum ference) :

1
C = × 2πr + 2r
2
C = πr + 2r
C = r (π + 2)
(OR)
Maths Capsule 122 YCT
ef$epÙe KeC[ keâe #es0 (Area of Sector) :
ueIeg Je=òe KeC[ Deewj oerIe& Je=òe KeC[
(Minor segment & Major segment)

θ
A= × πr 2
360
Ûeehe keâer uecyeeF& (Length of arc) –:
θ
l= × 2πr
360
ef$epÙe KeC[ keâer heefjefOe (Circumference of Sector) :
θ ueIeg Je=òe KeC[/Minor segment-
C= × 2πr + 2r
360
θ
∵A = × πr 2
360
2 keâe iegCee Deewj 2 keâe Yeeie keâjves hej/Multiplying 2 and
dividing by2 -
1 θ 
A=  × 2πr 2 
2  360 
1 θ 
A= 
2  360
× 2πr  r ueIeg Je=òe KeC[ keâe #es$eheâue

1 θ = ef$epÙe KeC[ AOB keâe #es$eheâue –ef$eYegpe AOB keâe #es$eheâue
A = ×l ×r ∵ℓ = × 2 πr
2 360 Area of minor segment
θ = Area of sector AOB – Area of ∆ AOB
∵l = × 2πr
360
θ ∵ 2π = 360 uesves hej
l= × 2πr
2π θ jsef[Ùeve cesW nesiee
l =rθ
∵ 1800 = πc ueIeg Je=òe KeC[ keâe #es$eheâue/Area of minor segment
 π 
c θ 1
∴1° =  = πr 2 – r 2sinθ
 360 2
 180 
π
c
ueIeg Je=òe KeC[ keâe #es$eheâue/Area of minor segment
θ0 = ×θ
180 θ sinθ
= r2 π–
πc = 1800 360 2
0
180 oerIe& Je=òe KeC[ keâe #es$eheâue/Area of major segment-
1c =
π
0
c 180
θ = ×θ
π
0
180
∵ θc = ×θ
π
0
180
1c = ×1
π oerIe& Je=òe KeC[ keâe #es$eheâue
0

1c =
180
×7 = Je=òe keâe #es$eheâue – ueIegJe=òe KeC[ keâe #es$eheâue
22 Area of major segment
1c = 57°16'22" = Area of circle – Area of minor segment
Maths Capsule 123 YCT
 peye meÌ[keâ Je=òe kesâ Devoj keâer Deesj nes (when the path
oes mebkesâvõerÙe Je=òeeW Éeje Iesje ieÙee #es$eheâue is inside the circle)–
(Area enclosed by two concentric circle)

#es$eheâue (Area) –
A = πR2 – πr2 A = πr 2 – π ( r – w )
2

A = π (R2 – r2)
(
A = πr 2 – π r 2 + w 2 – 2rw )
jemles keâer ÛeewÌ[eF& (Width of Path) : 2 2 2
A = πr – πr – πw + 2πrw
w=R–r A = –πw 2 + 2πrw
∵W=R–r A = πw ( 2r – w )
oesveeW he#eeW ceW 2π mes iegCee keâjves hej/Multiplying by 2π in
both side-
Ietcelee ngDee heefnÙee (Rotating wheel)
2πw = 2πR – 2πR
2πw = yee¢e heefjefOe – Deble: heefjefOe
= Outer circumference – Inner circumference
yee¢e heefjefOe – Devle: heefjefOe
w=
2π
Outer circumference - Inner circumference
w=
2π
1 Ûekeäkeâj ceW Ûeueer ieÙeer otjer = Je=òe keâer heefjefOe
Je=òeekeâej meÌ[keâ keâe #es$eheâue Distance covered by one cycle
(Area of circular road) = circumference of circle
peye meÌ[keâ Je=òe kesâ yeenj keâer Deesj nes (when the path is ueieeS ieS ÛekeäkeâjeW keâer mebKÙee (n) × heefjefOe
outside the circle)- = Ûeueer ieF& kegâue otjer
Number of cycles taken (n) × circumference
= covered total distance
Ûeueer ieÙeer keâgue otjer
ueieeS ieS ÛekeäkeâjeW keâer mebKÙee (n) =
heefjefOe
Number of cycles taken (n)
Covered total distance
=
Circumference
Dele:/Hence,
A = π ( r + w ) – πr
2 2
1 efceveš cesW leÙe keâer ieÙeer otjer
Skeâ efceveš cesW ueieeÙes ieÙes Ûekeäkeâj =
( 2 2
A = π r + w + 2rw – πr ) 2 heefjefOe
Number of cycles completed in one minute
A = πr 2 + πw 2 + 2πrw – πr 2
Distance covered in one minute
A = πw ( 2r + w ) =
circumference

Maths Capsule 124 YCT

 DeOe&Je=òe ceW ef$eYegpe keâe DeefOekeâlece #es$eheâue (The
IeÌ[er (Clock)
maximum area of triangle in semicircle) :

∆ABC keâe DeefOekeâlece #es$eheâue/Maximum Area of ∆ABC

IeCšs Jeeueer megF& (Hour hand) :
1
12 IeCšs ceW leÙe efkeâÙee ieÙee keâesCe/Angle covered in 12 = × 2r × r
2
hours = 360o
1 IeCšs ceW leÙe efkeâÙee ieÙee keâesCe/Angle covered in 1 hours 1
∆ = × 2r 2
360 2
= = 30o
12 ∆ = r2
1 efceveš ceW leÙe efkeâÙee ieÙee keâesCe/Angle covered in 1 DeOe&Je=òe ceW Jeie& keâe DeefOekeâlece #es$eheâue (The maximum
o
30 1 area of square in semicircle) :
minute = =
60 2
efceveš Jeeueer megF& (Minute hand) :
60 efceveš ceW leÙe efkeâÙee ieÙee keâesCe/Angle covered in 60
minutes = 360o
1 efceveš ceW leÙe efkeâÙee ieÙee keâesCe/Angle covered in 1
360
minute = = 6o
60
meskesâC[ Jeeueer megF& (Second hand) :
60 meskesâC[ ceW leÙe efkeâÙee ieÙee keâesCe/Angle covered in 60 In ∆ OPS,
seconds = 360o a2
r2 = a2 +
1 meskesâC[ ceW leÙe efkeâÙee ieÙee keâesCe/Angle covered in 1 4
360 5a 2
Second = = 6o r2 =
60 4
IeCšs Deewj efceveš Jeeueer megF&ÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe (Angle
4r 2
between hour and minute hand) : a2 =
2 5
∵ m = [ T1 × 30 ± θ ] ∵ Jeie& keâe #es$eheâue/Area of square, A = a2
11
11 4r 2
∴ ± θ = m − 30× T1 ∴A=
2 5
peneB/Where, DeOe&Je=òe ceW Je=òe keâe DeefOekeâlece #es$eheâue (The
m = efceveš Jeeueer megF& (Minute hand) maximum area of circle in semicircle) :
T1 = IeCšs Jeeueer megF& (Hour hand)
Ex. : 2 yepekeâj 10 efceveš hej IeCšs Deewj efceveš keâer megF&ÙeeW kesâ
yeerÛe keâe keâesCe keäÙee nesiee
What is the angle between the hour and minute
hands of a clock when it strikes 2:10 pm? r
11
Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (radius of circle) =
Sol. ∵ ± θ = m − 30× T1 2
2 2

#es$eheâue (Area) = π  
r
11
± θ = × 10 – 30 × 2 2
2
± θ = 55 – 60 πr 2
A=
θ=5 4
Maths Capsule 125 YCT
 ÛelegLeeËMe ceW Jeie& keâe DeefOekeâlece #es$eheâue (Maximum a2
AO2 =
area of square in quadrant) : 2
a
AO =
2
In ∆ OAC,
OC2 = AO2 + AC2
2
a 2
r2 =
2
( )
+ a 2

In ∆ CRQ, a2
r2 = + 2a 2
r 2 = a2 + a2 2
r2 = 2a2 5a 2
r2 =
r=a 2 2
r
a= 5
2 r= a
2
∵ A = a2
2
A=
r2 Jeie& keâe #es$eheâue/Area of square = r 2
5
2

leerve meceyeeng ef$eYegpeeW keâe #es$eheâue pees efkeâmeer r mesceer.

ef$epÙee kesâ DeOe& Je=òe ceW yeves ngÙes nw~
Total area of three equilateral triangles inscribed
in a semicircle of radius 'r' cm.

3 3 2
Area = r
4

In ∆ADC,
AC2 = a2 + a2
AC2 = 2a2
AC = a 2 Area of ∆ ABC = Area of ∆ AOB + Area of ∆ AOC
leye/then, in ∆AOD,
1 1
a2 = AO2 + OD2 s (s – a )(s – b )(s – c ) = × r × c + × r × b
2 2
{∵ ABCD Jeie& nw, ∴ OA = OD}
2 2 2 1
a = AO + OA s (s – a)(s – b )(s – c) = ×r (b + c )
a2 = 2AO2 2

Maths Capsule 126 YCT

 Ùeefo yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee R nes (If radius of bigger
circle is R) :

a 3a a Ùeefo kesâvõ O Jeeues Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee = R

r1 = r2 = r3 =
16 8 6 If radius of circle with centre O = R
a 3a a leye/then,
r1 : r2 : r3 = : :
16 8 6 R
r1 =
2
3a :18a : 8a
r1 : r2 : r3 = R
48 r2 =
3
r1 : r2 : r3 = 3 : 18 : 8 R
r3 =
4
[smekeâešxme ØecesÙe (Descartes Theorem) :
R
r4 =
6
n DeOe&Je=òeeW kesâ efueS (For n semicircle) :

1 1 1
= + nR
r r1 r2 r=
2 (n + 1)

a, b, c, d leLee r ceW mecyevOe (The relation among a,

b, c, d and r) :

1 2 r=
a ( 2 –1 )
r=
2
a + b2 + c2 + d2 2 ( 2 + 1)

Maths Capsule 127 YCT

 Yegpee a Jeeues meceyeeng ∆ kesâ yeenj yeves Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee
(The radius of circumcircle in an equilateral ∆
with side a) :

r=
a ( 2 – 1)
( 2 + 1) R=
a
3
"a" Yegpee Jeeues Jeie& kesâ Devoj Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (The
radius of incircle in a square with side "a") :

r=
a ( 2 – 1) r=
a
2
( 2 + 1) a Yegpee Jeeues Jeie& kesâ Jee¢e Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (The radius
of circum circle in a square with side a) :

a 2
R=
2
a
R=
2
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue /Area of shaded region :
r=R ( 2 –1 )
Yegpee a Jeeues meceyeeng ∆ kesâ Devoj yeves Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee
(The radius of incircle in an equilateral ∆ with
side a) :

∵ ∆ ABC Skeâ meceyeeng ef$eYegpe nesiee/∆ ABC an equilateral

triangle
AB = BC = CA = 2r
r=
a leLee/and ∠A = ∠B = ∠C = 60o
2 3 ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region
Maths Capsule 128 YCT
 3 60 yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee %eele keâjvee/ Find the radius of
= ( 2r )2 – 3× πr 2
4 360 bigger circle :
3 2 1 2
= 4r – πr
4 2
 π 
= r2  3 – 
 2
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region
2 3–π
= r2
2
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region :
meceyeeng ∆ABC keâer Yegpee (a) = 2r
a
OA =
3
2r
{∵ a = 2r}
OA =
3
yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee/Radius of bigger circle
2r
∵ □ ABCD Skeâ Jeie& nesiee/□ ABCD is a square = OA + r = +r
AB = BC = CD = AD = 2r 3
∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = 90o 2
r +1
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region 3
90 2
= ( 2r ) – 4×
2
πr
360 Úesšs Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee Deewj yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee ceW Devegheele
2
= ( 2r ) – πr 2 %eele keâjvee/Find the ratio of smaller circle radius
r 2 (4 – π) to bigger circle radius :
Úesšs Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee %eele keâjvee/Find the radius
smaller circle :

Úesšs Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee ( Radius of smaller circle)

yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee ( Radius of bigger circle)
2
meceyeeng ∆ABC keâer Yegpee (a) = 2r
a =
r
3
–1
=
2– 3
×
2– 3 ( ) ( )
∵R =
3 r
2
+1 2+ 3 2– 3 ( ) ( )
3
2r
∵ OA = 2
3 (2 – 3) 4+3– 4 3
Úesšs Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (Radius of smaller circle) = 2
=
= OA – r ( 2) – ( 3 )
2 4–3

2r
=
3
–r
=
(7 – 4 3 )
1
2
r –1
3 (7 - 4 3 ) : 1
Maths Capsule 129 YCT
 Úesšs Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee %eele keâjvee/The radius of Úesšs Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee ( Radius of smaller circle)
smaller circle : yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee ( Radius of bigger circle )

=
( ) = 2 –1 × ( 2 –1)
2 –1 r

(2 +1) r 2 +1 ( 2 – )
2

=
( 2 – 1) = 2 +1 – 2 2
2
( 2 ) – (1) 2 −1 2

=
(3 – 2 2 )
1
Jeie& keâer Yegpee/Side of square :-
AB = BC = CD = DA = 2r (
= 3 – 2 2 :1 )
2 × 2r BD jyej yewC[ keâer uecyeeF& %eele keâjvee/Find the length of
OB = ∵ OB = rubber band :-
2 2
meYeer Je=òe Skeâ meceeve ef$epÙee r mesceer kesâ nQ/All the circles are
OB = 2r
of equal radius r cm.
∵ Úesšs Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee/Radius of smaller circle
= OB – r
= 2 r−r
= r ( 2 -1 )
yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee %eele keâjvee/The radius of bigger
circle :

jyej yewC[ keâer uecyeeF&/length of rubber band

120
= 6r + 3×
× 2πr
360
6r + 2πr or 3d + 2πr
meYeer Je=òe Skeâ meceeve ef$epÙee r mesceer kesâ nQ/All the circles are
of equal radius r cm.
2 × 2r
OB = BD
2 ∵ OB =
2
OB = 2r
yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee/Radius of bigger circle = 2r + r
( 2 +1 r )
yeÌ[s Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee Deewj Úesšs Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee ceW Devegheele
%eele keâjvee/Find the ratio of Radius of smaller
circle to bigger circle :

jyej yewC[ keâer uecyeeF&/ Length of rubber band

90
= 8r + 4× × 2πr
360
8r + 2πr or 4d + 2πr

Maths Capsule 130 YCT

 meYeer Je=òe Skeâ meceeve ef$epÙee r mesceer kesâ nQ/All the circles are ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region :-
of equal radius r cm.

∆A 1 + ∆A 2 = ∆A 3

jyej yewC[ keâer uecyeeF&/Length of rubber band

120
= 12r + 3 × × 2 πr
360
12r + 2πr or 6d + 2πr

meYeer Je=òe Skeâ meceeve ef$epÙee r mesceer kesâ nQ/All the circles are ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue = ∆ ABC keâe #es$eheâue
of equal radius r cm. Area of shaded region = Area of ∆ ABC

jyej yewC[ keâer uecyeeF&/Length of rubber band

ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue = DeeÙele keâe #es$eheâue
120 Area of shaded region = Area of rectangle
= 18r + 3× × πr
360 Yegpee AB, BC, CD, AD hej Deæ&Je=òe yeveeS ieÙes nQ~
18r + 2πr or 9d + 2πr Semicircles are drawn on sides AB, BC, CD, AD.

jyej yewC[ keâe ØeMve nue keâjles meceÙe Ùen OÙeeve oW efkeâ jyej yewC[
efpeleves Je=òeeW keâes mheMe& keâjlee nw, Gleves Je=òeeW keâe JÙeeme leLee Skeâ
Je=òe keâer heefjefOe keâe Ùeesie, jyej yewC[ keâer uecyeeF& nesieer~
While sloving the problem of rubber band, keep in
mind that the sum of the diameter of the circles
touched by the rubber band and the circumference of
a circle will be the length of the rubber band. ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region = a 2
Maths Capsule 131 YCT
 2
4 a
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region area ∵ Skeâ heòeer keâe #es$eheâue =
7 2
3 4 a2
= a2 = ×
4 7 4
a2
=
7
a2
ÛeejeW heefòeÙeeW keâe #es$eheâue = 4×
7

ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region

a2
=
2
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region
a2
=
3
{(
3 1- 3 + π ) }

ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region

a2
=
4 ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region
heòeer keâe #es$eheâue /Area of leaf :- =
a2
π − 12 + 6 3
12

π
– 1 a2
4 2
a ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue ØelÙeskeâ efmLeefle ceW meceeve nesiee~
2 7 Area of shaded region is equal in each case.
Maths Capsule 132 YCT
 ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region
πa 2 a 2
=a − 2
= (4 − π ) a2
4 4 = 4π - 3 3
12

ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region

a2
= 12 − 3 3 − 2π
12

ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue ØelÙeskeâ efmLeefle ceW meceeve nesiee~

Area of shaded region is equal in each case.

a keâe #es$eheâue (Area of a) = b keâe #es$eheâue (Area of b)

c keâe #es$eheâue (Area of c) = d keâe #es$eheâue (Area of d)
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region
a2
= 2π - 3 3
12

a keâe #es$eheâue (Area of a) = g keâe #es$eheâue (Area of g)

b keâe #es$eheâue (Area of b) = c keâe #es$eheâue (Area of c)
ÚeÙeebefkeâle Yeeie keâe #es$eheâue/Area of shaded region d keâe #es$eheâue (Area of d) = e keâe #es$eheâue (Area of e)
a2 a + c keâe #es$eheâue (Area of a + c)
= 3 3−π = a + b keâe #es$eheâue (Area of a + b)
12
Maths Capsule 133 YCT
 Ùeefo A Deewj B #es$eheâue nQ leye A : B %eele keâerefpeS~
If A and B are the area then find the A : B. ef$eDeeÙeeceer Deeke=âefleÙeeB (3D-Figures)
IeveeYe (Cuboid) Ieve (Cube)
yesueve (Cylinder) KeesKeuee yesueve (Hollow
cylinder)
Mebkegâ (Cone) efÚVekeâ (Frustum)
ieesuee (Sphere) DeOe&ieesuee (Hemisphere)
[ce™ (Damru) efØepce (Prism)
efhejeefce[ (Pyramid) šsš^ens[^esve (tetrahedron)

A :B = 1 :1 IeveeYe (Cuboid)

ef$eDeeÙeeceer/ef$eefJeceerÙe #es$eefceefle
(3D-Mensuration)

heeÕe& he=‰/Lateral surface (L.S.) · 4

mechetCe& he=‰/Total Surface (T.S.) = 6
efkeâveeje/Edge (E) = 12
Meer<e&/Vertices (V) = 8
Ùetuej ØecesÙe (Euler's Theorem): efkeâmeer Yeer ef$eDeeÙeeceer
3D ceeheve 3D Deeke=âefleÙeeW kesâ DeeÙeleve Deewj melen #es$e keâe meheeš melen Deeke=âefle kesâ efueS/For any 3D flat surface
DeOÙeÙeve nw~ 3D Deeke=âefleÙeeW kesâ leerve DeeÙeece nesles nQ, uecyeeF&, figure
ÛeewÌ[eF& Deewj TBÛeeF&~ 3D ceeheve mes mebyebefOele kegâÚ Meyo ÙeneB V+F −E=2
efoS ieS nQ : DeeÙeleve (Volume) :
3D mensuration is the study of the volume and
V=l×b×h
surface area of 3D figure. 3D figures have three
dimensions; length, breadth and height. Here are heeÕe& he=‰ #es$eheâue (Lateral surface Area) :
some terms related to 3D mensuration : heeÕe& he=‰ #es$eheâue = DeeOeej keâe heefjceehe × TBÛeeF&
DeeÙeleve- efkeâmeer Jemleg Éeje Iesjs ngS mLeeve keâer cee$ee~ L.S.A. = Perimeter of base × height
Volume : The amount of space occupied by an L.S.A. = 2(l + b) × h
object.
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue (Total surface area) :
heefjefOe- efkeâmeer Deeke=âefle keâer meercee kesâ meeLe melele jsKee keâe ceehe~
Perimeter- The measurement of the continuous
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue = heeÕe& he=‰ #es$eheâue + 2 × DeeOeej keâe #es.
line along the boundary of a figure. T.S.A. = L.S.A. + 2 × Area of base
Je›eâ he=‰erÙe #es$e- efkeâmeer Je›eâ melen keâe kegâue #es$eheâue, pewmes = 2(l + b) × h + 2 × lb
efkeâ Skeâ ieesuee Ùee yesueve~ = 2lh + 2bh + 2lb
Curved surface area- The total area of a curved T.S.A. = 2 (lb + bh + hl)
surface, such as a sphere of cylinder. efJekeâCe& (Diagonal) :
heeMJe& melen #es$e- efkeâmeer Deeke=âefle kesâ ÛeejeW Deesj efmLele meYeer efkeâmeer keâcejs ceW jKeer pee mekeâves Jeeueer yeÌ[er ÚÌ[ keâer uecyeeF&
heeMJe& meleneW keâe kegâue #es$eheâue~ (Length of longest rod that can be placed in the
Lateral surface area : The total area of all the room)
lateral surface surrounding a figure.
d= l 2 + b2 + h2
kegâue melen #es$e- Skeâ yebo Deeke=âefle ceW meYeer meleneW kesâ #es$eheâue
keâe Ùeesie~ (l + b + h)2 = l2 + b2 + h2 + 2(lb+bh+hl)
Total surface area- The sum of the area of all the (YegpeeDeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue)2 = d2 + T.S.A.
surface in a closed shape. (Sum of sides)2 = d2 + T.S.A.
Maths Capsule 134 YCT
 Ùeefo Skeâ IeveeYe keâer leerve DeemeVe heâuekeâeW keâe #es$eheâue ›eâceMe: x,
y leLee z nes/ If area of three adjacent faces of a
cuboid are x, y and z respectively-
ceevee IeveeYe keâer YegpeeSb/Let sides of cuboid = l,b,h
leye/then,
x = l.b
y = b.h
z = hl
∴ x.y.z = l2 b2h2
x.y.z. = (lbh)2
x.y.z. = v2 DeeÙeleekeâej Jeekeäme keâe DeeÙeleve/Volume of rectangular box
v2 = x.y.z
V = (l - 2x) (b - 2x)x
v= x.y.z efheIeueeves, ogyeeje yeveeves Deewj efceóer efvekeâeueves Jeeues ØeMveeW ceW,
Ùeefo x, y, z Skeâ IeveeYe kesâ leerve DeemeVe heâuekeâeW kesâ efJekeâCe& nQ- DeeÙeleve efveÙele jnlee nw~
If x, y, z are diagonals of three adjacent faces of a In the questions related to melting, recasting and
cuboid- digging, volume remains constant.
peue ceW x ueeršj Je=efæ DeLeJee keâceer/x liter increase or
decrease in water level-
x ueeršj = DeeOeej keâe #es$eheâue × TBÛeeF& ceW Je=efæ/keâceer
x litre = Area of base × Increase or decrease height
10 cm × 10 cm × 10 cm = 1 litre
1000 cm3 = 1 litre
ceevee IeveeYe keâer YegpeeSb/Let the sides of cuboid= l, b, h 1 m × 1 m × 1 m = 1000 litres
x2 = l2 + b2 1m3 = 1000 litres
y2 = b2 + h2
z2 = h2 + l2
x2 + y2 + z2 = 2(l2+ b2 + h2)
x2 + y2 + z2 = 2d2
x2 + y 2 + z 2
d2 =
2
Ùeefo IeveeYe keâer ceesšeF& x nw, lees KeesKeues IeveeYe keâe DeeÙeleve/If x
is the thickness of a cuboid, then volume of the
hollow cuboid-
v = lbh−(l − 2x) (b −2x) (h − 2x)
Where, V → Volume (DeeÙeleve)
v → velocity of water (heeveer keâe Jesie)
A → cross sectional area (DevegØemLe keâeš keâe #es$eheâue)
šbkeâer ceW Yeje heeveer keâe DeeÙeleve = heeFhe Éeje t meceÙe ceW ØeJeeefnle heeveer
l×b×h=v×A×t { ∵V = vAt, V = lbh}
l×b×h=v×A×t
Ûeejes keâesveeW mes yejeyej Jeie& keâešves kesâ yeeo Mes<e keâes ceesÌ[keâj nce
Skeâ Keguee DeeÙeleekeâej ef[yyee yevee mekeâles nQ~ Ieve (Cube)
We can make an open rectangular box by cutting off Skeâ "esme Deeke=âefle efpemekeâer uecyeeF&, ÛeewÌ[eF& Deewj TBÛeeF& yejeyej
equal squares at four corners and the remainder is nesleer nw~/A solid figure in which length, breadth and
folded up.
height are equal.

Maths Capsule 135 YCT

 heeÕe& he=‰/Lateral surface (L.S.) · 4
mechetCe& he=‰/Total Surface (T.S.) = 6
efkeâveeje/Edge (E) = 12
Meer<e&/Vertices (V) = 8
heeÕe& he=‰ #es$eheâue (Lateral surface area) :
L.S.A = 4a2
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue (Total surface area) :
T.S.A = 6a2
DeeÙeleve (Volume) :
V = a3 or
efJekeâCe& (diagonal) :
d=a 3

Ieve kesâ meeLe DevÙe Deeke=âefleÙeeB

(Other figures with cubes)

a
r=
2 a
r=
2

a 3
R=
2

a 3=r+r+r 3+r 3
a 3 = 2r + 2r 3
a 3 = 2r( 3 +1)
a 3
r=
 a 
2
a2
2 ( 3 +1 )
∵ R= a +  2
 R= a + 2

 2 2 efJeÅeeLeea Je=òe Deewj Jeie& kesâ DeeOeej hej Ieve Deewj ieesuee keâes
mecePe mekeâles nQ~
3a 2 3
R= R= a (Students can understand cube and sphere on the
2 2
basis of circle and square)
Maths Capsule 136 YCT
 a 2
R=
2
a
h=a & r= and
2

a
r=
2

DE AD
=
BC AB
In ∆AOB, (a / 2 ) = (h − a)
heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe mes/by Pythagoras theorem, r h
a2 a h −a
R= + a2 =
4 2×r h
ah = 2 rh − 2 ar
5a 2
R= ah + 2 ar = 2 rh
4
a a(h + 2 r) = 2 rh
R= 5
2 2 rh
a=
(h + 2r )
2 rh
a=
2 r +h

r=
a
2
yesueve (Cylinder)

DeeÙeleve (Volume) :
a 2 = r + r +r 2 +r 2 DeeÙeleve (V) = DeeOeej keâe #es$eheâue × TBÛeeF&
a 2 = 2r + 2 r 2 Volume (V) = Area of Base × height
a 2 = 2r ( 2 ×1) V = πr2h
Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue (Curved surface area) :
r=
a 2 C.S.A. = DeeOeej keâe heefjceehe × T@ÛeeF&
2 ( 2 +1 ) C.S.A = 2πrh

Maths Capsule 137 YCT

 mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue (Total Surface Area):
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue = Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue + 2×DeeOeej keâe #es$eheâue KeesKeuee yesueve (Hollow Cylinder)
T.S.A. = C.S.A. + 2× Area of Base
T.S.A. = 2πrh + 2πr2
T.S.A. = 2πr (h + r)
Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue Deewj mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue ceW Devegheele
Ratio between curved surface are and total
surface area
C.S.A. 2π rh
=
T.S.A. 2πr ( h + r ) Oeeleg keâer cee$ee/DeeÙeleve (Volume of metal) :
C.S.A. h V = πR2h − πr2h
= V = π (R2 − r2) h
T.S.A. h + r
V = π(R + r) (R − r) h
Ùeefo heeÕe& he=‰erÙe #es$eheâue (c) leLee TBÛeeF& (h) efoS nes lees
yesueve keâe DeeÙeleve : heeÕe&/Je›eâerÙe he=‰ #es$eheâue (Lateral/Curved surface
If curved surface area (c) and height (h) are given area) :
C.S.A. = 2πrh + 2πRh
the volume of cylinder :
C.S.A. = 2π(r + R)h
∵ c = 2πrh
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue (Total surface area):
c T.S.A. = C.S.A. + 2π(R2−r2)
r=
2 πh T.S.A. = 2π(r + R)h + 2π(R2−r2)
c2 T.S.A. = 2π[(R + r)h + (R + r) (R − r)]
r2 =
4π 2 h 2 T.S.A. = 2π(R + r) [h + R − r]
∵ V = πr2h ceesšeF& (Thickness):
c2 t=R−r
V=π ×h
4π 2 h 2 KeesKeues yesueve keâe õJÙeceeve (Yeej)/Mass (Weight) of
c2 hollow cylinder :
V=
4πh
õJÙeceeve = IevelJe × DeeÙeleve
Mass = density × Volume of material
Ùeefo heeÕe& he=‰erÙe #es$eheâue (c) leLee DeeÙeleve (V) efoS nes,
M=d×V
lees ef$epÙee keâe TBÛeeF& mes Devegheele-
If curved surface area (c) and Volume (V) are kegâSb keâer KegoeF& Deewj efvekeâeueer ieÙeer efceóer
given, then ratio of radius to height. (Digging a well and soil taken out)
∵ c = 2πrh
oesveeW he#eeW keâe Ieve keâjves hej/Cube on both side, Fmekesâ Ûeejes Deesj Ûeyeglejs kesâ ™he ceW hewâuee osvee/Spread
all around it to form on embankment :
c3 = 8π3r3h3
∵ V = πr2h
oesveeW he#eeW keâe Jeie& keâjves hej/Square on both side,
V2 = π2r4h2
c3 8π 3 r 3 h 3 c3 8πh
leye/then, 2
= 2 4 2 ⇒ 2 =
V π r h V r
c3 8πh
=
V2 r
πr2h = (πR2 − πr2)h1
r 8πv 2
= 3 πr2h = π(R2 − r2)h1
h c
r2h = (R2 − r2)h1
Maths Capsule 138 YCT
 Spread in cuboid (IeveeYe keâs ™he ces heâwuee osvee)

x litres = πr2h
x ueeršj heeveer efvekeâeueves hej peue mlej ceW keâceer
yesueve keâe DeeÙeleve · IeveeYe keâe DeeÙeleve (Decrease in water level after removing x liters of
(Volume of cylinder) = (volume of cuboid) water) :
πr2h = l1b1h1
Fill another well (Skeâ otmejs keâgS ces Yejvee)

x litres = πr2h
Ùeefo r1 ef$epÙee keâe Skeâ ceejyeue yesueve ceW [gyeeÙee peeS
(If a marble of r1 radius dropped in to the
cylinder) :
πr2h = πr12h1

Skeâ Deæ&ieesueekeâej Deeke=âefle ceW Yej osvee

(Fill a hemisphere well) :

4
πr1 3 = πr 2 h
3
Ùeefo r1 ef$epÙee kesâ n ceejyeume yesueve ceW [gyeesS peeS (If n
marbles of r1 radius each dropped in to the
cylinder) :
2
πr2h = πr13
3

yesueveekeâej šbkeâer kesâ peue mlej ceW Je=efæ Deewj keâceer

(Increasing and decreasing water level of a
cylindrical tank)

1000 cm3 = 1 litre

1 m3 = 1000 litres

x ueeršj heeveer [eueves hej peue mlej ceW Je=efæ

Increase in water level by adding x liters of water 4
n × πr1 3 = πr 2 h
: 3
Maths Capsule 139 YCT
 Ùeefo r1, r2 Deewj r3 ef$epÙee kesâ 3 ceejyeume yesueve ceW [gyeesS ieesuee (Sphere) :
peeS
(If 3 marbles radii of r1, r2 & r3 dropped in to the
cylinder) :

yesueve kesâ Deboj yesueve (Cylinder inside a Cylinder) :

4 3 4 3 4 3
πr1 + πr2 + πr3 = πr2h
3 3 3 (2R)2 = h2 + (2r)2
4 4R2 = h2 + 4r2
π(r13 + r23 + r33) = πr2h
3 4R2 − 4r2 = h2
(R2 - r2 ) 1
DevegØemLe keâeš #es$eheâue (Cross section area) h2
=
4
yesueve kesâ Deboj Mebkegâ (Cone inside a Cylinder) :

abc
R=
4∆
ℓ × ℓ × 2r
R=
yesueve (Cylinder) 1
4 × × 2r × h
2
ℓ2
R=
2h

DeeÙeleekeâej Meerš keâes ceesÌ[vee

(Folding a Rectangular sheet)

uecyeeF& kesâ meeLe ceesÌ[vee (Folding along length) :

Mebkegâ (Cone)

∵ ℓ = 2πr
ℓ
r=
2π
h=b
Maths Capsule 140 YCT
 ÛeewÌ[eF& kesâ meeLe ceesÌ[vee (Folding along breadth) : mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue (Total surface area/T.S.A.) :

2πr = b
b
r=
2π ℓ = h2 + r2
h=l T.S.A. = 2πrh + πr2 + πr ℓ
yesueve kesâ mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue mes DeefOekeâ nesiee
DeeÙeleekeâej Meerš keâes Iegceevee (More than the total surface area of the cylinder)
(Rotating the rectangle sheet) yesueve mes oes Deæ& ieesues keâešvee (Cutting two hemi
shphere from a cylinder) :
ÛeewÌ[eF& kesâ heefjle: Iegceeves hej yeveer Deeke=âefle (The shape
formed by rotating the rectangle to the width) :

h > 2r
∵ Mes<e Yeeie keâe mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue (Total surface area
r= ℓ
4 πr 2
h=b of remaining part) = 2πrh + ×2
2
uecyeeF& kesâ heefjle: Iegceeves hej yeveer Deeke=âefle (The shape
2πrh + 4πr2
formed by rotating the rectangle to the length) :
yesueve kesâ mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue mes DeefOekeâ nesiee
(More than the total surface area of the cylinder)

Mebkegâ (Cone)

r=b
h= ℓ

yesueve mes Deeke=âefleÙeeW keâes keâešvee

(Cutting shapes with a cylinder)
heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe mes/by Pythagoras theorem,
yesueve mes Mebkegâ keâešvee (Cutting a cone from a
ℓ 2 = h2 + r2
cylinder) :
ℓ = h2 + r 2
DeeÙeleve/Volume (V)
1
DeeÙeleve =
× DeeOeej keâe #es$eheâue × TBÛeeF&
3
1
Volume = × area of base × height
3
1 2
V = πr h
3
Maths Capsule 141 YCT
 Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue/Curved surface area (C.S.A.)
ef$epÙe KeC[ Éeje efveefce&le Mebkegâ
1 (Cone formed by a sector)
Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue = × DeeOeej keâe heefjceehe × efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&
2
1
C.S.A. = × perimeter of base × slant height
2
C.S.A. = πr ℓ
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Total surface area (T.S.A.)
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue = Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue + DeeOeej keâe #es$eheâue
T.S.A. = C.S.A. + area of base
T.S.A. = πr ℓ + πr2 Ûeehe keâer uecyeeF& = Mebkegâ kesâ DeeOeej keâer heefjefOe
T.S.A. = πr( ℓ + r) Length of arc = Circumference of base of cone
θ
Deæ& Meer<e& keâesCe (Semi vertex angle) : × 2πR = 2πr
360
θ
r= ×R
360
ef$epÙe KeC[ keâer ef$epÙee = Mebkegâ keâer efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&
Radius of sector = Slant height of cone
R= ℓ

r
sin α =
ℓ
r
tan α =
h
Ûeehe keâer uecyeeF& = Mebkegâ kesâ DeeOeej keâer heefjefOe
ef$epÙe KeC[ (Sector) : Length of arc = Circumference of base of cone
180
× 2πR = 2πr
360
1
r= ×R
2
ef$epÙe KeC[ keâer ef$epÙee = Mebkegâ keâer efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&
Radius of sector = Slant height of cone
R= ℓ

Ûeehe keâer uecyeeF& (Length of arc)

θ
= × 2πR
360
ef$epÙe KeC[ keâe heefjceehe (Perimeter of sector)
θ Ûeehe keâer uecyeeF& = Mebkegâ kesâ DeeOeej keâer heefjefOe
= × 2πR + 2R Length of arc = Circumference of base of cone
360
120
ef$epÙe KeC[ keâe #es$eheâue (Area of sector) × 2πR = 2πr
360
θ 1
= × πR 2 r= ×R
360 3
Maths Capsule 142 YCT
 ef$epÙe KeC[ keâer ef$epÙee = Mebkegâ keâer efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&
Radius of sector = Slant height of cone
R= ℓ

uecyeeF& keâe Devegheele (Ratio of length) :

r1 h1 ℓ 1
= =
r2 h 2 ℓ 2
Ûeehe keâer uecyeeF& = Mebkegâ kesâ DeeOeej keâer heefjefOe
Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue keâe Devegheele/Ratio of curved surface
Length of arc = Circumference of base of cone
area (C.S.A.) :
135
× 2πR = 2πr C.S.A1 πr1ℓ1
360 ∵ =
C.S.A 2 πr2 ℓ 2
3
r= ×R C.S.A1 r1 ℓ 1
8 =
C.S.A 2 r2 ℓ 2
ef$epÙe KeC[ keâer ef$epÙee = Mebkegâ keâer efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&
Radius of sector = Slant height of cone C.S.A1 r1 ℓ 1 r12 h12 ℓ 21
= = = =
C.S.A 2 r2 ℓ 2 r22 h 22 ℓ 22
R= ℓ
DeeÙeleve keâe Devegheele/Ratio of volume (V) :
V1 πr12 h1
∵ =
V2 πr22 h 2
V1 r12 h1
=
V2 r22 h 2
V1 r12 h1 r13 h13 ℓ 31
= = = =
Ûeehe keâer uecyeeF& = Mebkegâ kesâ DeeOeej keâer heefjefOe V2 r22 h 2 r23 h 23 ℓ 32
Length of arc = Circumference of base of cone
90
× 2πR = 2πr
360
1
r= ×R
4
ef$epÙe KeC[ keâer ef$epÙee = Mebkegâ keâer efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&
Radius of sector = Slant height of cone
R= ℓ

Mebkegâ keâes keâešvee (Cutting of cone)

Maths Capsule 143 YCT

 uecyeeF& keâe Devegheele (Ratio of length) :
r1 : r2 : r3 : r4 = h1 : h2 : h3 : h4 = ℓ1 : ℓ2 : ℓ3 : ℓ4

Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue keâe Devegheele/Ratio of curved surface

area (C.S.A.) :
CSA1 : CSA2 : CSA3 : CSA4 =

h : h 22 : h 23 : h 42 = r12 : r22 : r32 : r42 = ℓ 21 : ℓ 22 : ℓ 23 : ℓ 24

2
1

DeeÙeleve keâe Devegheele/Ratio of volume (V) :

V1 : V2 : V3 : V4 =

r13 : r23 : r33 : r43 = h13 : h 23 : h 33 : h 43 = ℓ 31 : ℓ 32 : ℓ 33 : ℓ 34

∵ Ratio of C.S.A. = 12 : 22 − 12 : 32 − 22 : 42 − 32
Ratio of C.S.A. = 1 : 3 : 5 : 7
uecyeeF& keâe Devegheele (Ratio of length) : DeeÙeleve kesâ efueS/For Volume (V) :
r1 : r2 : r3 : r4 = h1 : h2 : h3 : h4
= ℓ1 : ℓ2 : ℓ3 : ℓ4 ⇒ 1 : 2 : 3 : 4
Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue keâe Devegheele/Ratio of curved surface
area (C.S.A.) :
CSA1 : CSA2 : CSA3 : CSA4 = 12 : 22 : 32 : 42
DeeÙeleve keâe Devegheele/Ratio of volume (V) :
V1 : V2 : V3 : V4 = 13 : 2 3 : 33 : 4 3
∵ Ratio of Volume = (1)3 : (2)3 − (1)3
Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue kesâ efueS/For curved surface area Ratio of Volume = 1 : 7
(C.S.A.) :

∵ Ratio of C.S.A. = 12 : 22 – 12
Ratio of C.S.A. = 1 : 3

Maths Capsule 144 YCT

 r=A
∵ Ratio of Volume = 13 : 23 −13 : 33 −23 : 43 −33 h=P
Ratio of Volume =1 : (8−1) : (27 − 8) : (64 −27) l=K
Ratio of Volume = 1 : 7 : 19 : 37
mecekeâesCe ∆ keâes DeeOeej kesâ heefjle: Iegceeves hej Øeehle
Ùeefo Gvekesâ meYeer YeeieeW keâe DeeÙeleve 1 : 1 : 1 ceW nes lees Deeke=âefle-
Gvekeâer TBÛeeF&ÙeeW keâe Devegheele nesiee– The shape formed by rotating right angle triangle
to the base:
If Ratio of volume of all parts is 1 : 1 : 1 then
ratio of heights will be :

r=L
h=A
l=K

mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe keâes keâCe& kesâ heefjle: Iegceeves hej Øeehle

Deeke=âefle-
The shape formed by rotating the right angle
triangle to the hypotenuse:

 1  1 1
 1 1

∴h1: h2 : h3: h4 =1:  2 3 − 1 :  33 − 2 3  :  4 3 − 33 
   
l1 = A
l2 = L
mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe keâes Iegceevee
In ∆ XYZ, ∆ kesâ #es$eheâue mes
(Rotating the right angle triangle)
1 1
mecekeâesCe ∆ keâes uecye kesâ heefjle: Iegceeves hej Øeehle Deeke=âefle- ×L×A= ×K×r
2 2
The shape formed by rotating the right angle L× A
r=
triangle to the perpendicular : K
Maths Capsule 145 YCT
 ∆ XYO ∼ ∆ XYZ
XY XO OY efÚvvekeâ (Frustum)
= =
XZ XY YZ
leye/then,
XY XO
=
XZ XY
A XO
=
K A
A2
XO =
K
A2
h1 =
K
ef$eÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&/Slant height ( ℓ )
Fmeer Øekeâej/Similarly,
heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe mes/by Pythagoras theorem,
∆ XZO ∼ ∆ XYZ
ℓ 2 = h2 + (R − r)2
YZ OZ OY
= = ℓ= h 2 + (R - r)2
XZ YZ XY
DeeÙeleve/Volume (V)
leye/then,
1
V= π(R 2 + r 2 + Rr)h
YZ OZ 3
=
XZ YZ Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue/Curved surface area (C.S.A.)
L OZ C.S.A = π(R + r) ℓ
= mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Total surface area (T.S.A.)
K L
T.S.A = π(R + r) ℓ + πr2 + πR2
2
L T.S.A = π(R + r) ℓ + π(R2 + r2)
OZ =
K
L2 ieesuee (Sphere)
h2 =
K
oesveeW Mebkegâ keâe DeeÙeleve (Volume of both cone) :
1 2 1
πr h1 + πr 2 h 2
3 3
1 2 DeeÙeleve/Volume (V)
= πr [h1 + h2]
3 4 3
V= πr
2 3
1 L× A A 2 L2
= π × + Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue/Curved surface area (C.S.A.)
3 K K K
C.S.A = 4πr2
1 L2 × A 2 A 2 + L2 mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Total surface area (T.S.A.)
= π ×
3 K 2
K T.S.A = 4πr2

1 L2 × A 2 K2
= π × Deæ&ieesuee (Hemisphere)
3 K2 K
oesveeW Mebkegâ keâe DeeÙeleve (Volume of both cone)
1 L2 × A 2
= π
3 K
Maths Capsule 146 YCT
 DeeÙeleve/Volume (V) mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Total surface area (T.S.A.)
2 3 T.S.A. = 2π (R + r)l + 2πR2
V= πr
3
Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue/Curved surface area (C.S.A.) T.S.A. = 2π(Rl + rl + R2)

C.S.A = 2πr2 DeeÙeleve/Volume (V)

mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Total surface area (T.S.A.) 2
T.S.A = 2πr2 + πr2 V=
3
(
π R 2 + r 2 + Rr h )
T.S.A = 3πr2

Deeke=âefle kesâ Deboj Deeke=âefle keâe DeefOekeâlece DeeÙeleve

KeesKeuee ieesuee (Hollow Sphere)
(Maximum Volume of figure inside figure)

Mebkegâ kesâ Deboj yesueve keâe DeefOekeâlece DeeÙeleve (Maximum

Volume of a Cylinder inscribed in a cone) :

DeeÙeleve/Volume (V)
4
V= π(R 3 − r 3 )
3

keâšesje (ieesueeOe& Keesue) (Hemispherical Shell)

DeeÙeleve/Volume (V) ∆ ABC ∼ ∆ ADE

2
V = π(R 3 − r 3 ) mece™helee mes/by similarity
3
r H−h
=
[ce™ (Damru) R H
r h
= 1−
R H
h r
= 1−
H R
r
h = 1− H
R
4
Vmax = 27 πR2H

4 1 2
Vmax = × πr H
9 3
4
efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&/Slant height (l) Vmax = × Volume of cone
9
2
l= h2 + (R − r)
ieesuee kesâ Deboj yesueve keâe DeefOekeâlece DeeÙeleve
Je›eâhe=‰ #es$eheâue/Curved surface area (C.S.A.) (Maximum volume of cylinder inscribed in a
C.S.A. = 2π (R + r)l sphere) :
Maths Capsule 147 YCT
 ∆
∵ Deble:Je=òe keâer ef$epÙee (In radius) =
S
∆
x=
S
1
× 2r × h
∆ ABC ceW/In ∆ ABC x= 2
(ℓ + ℓ + 2r)
heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe mes/by Pythagoras theorem
(2R)2 = (2r)2 + h2 2
4R2 = 4r2 + h2 hr
x=
4r2 = 4R2 − h2 ℓ+r
4R 2 − h 2 4 3
r2 = Vmax = πx
4 3
4 3
Vmax = πR3 4 hr
3 3 Vmax = × π
3 ℓ+r
1 4
Vmax = × πR 3
3 3 Mebkegâ kesâ Deboj Deæ& ieesues keâe DeefOekeâlece DeeÙeleve
1 (Maximum volume of hemisphere inscribed a
Vmax = × volume of sphere
3 cone) :

Mebkegâ kesâ Deboj ieesues keâe DeefOekeâlece DeeÙeleve (Maximum

volume of sphere inscribed a cone) :

1
∵ ef$eYegpe keâe #es$eheâue = × DeeOeej × TBÛeeF&
2
1
Area of triangle = × base × height
2
1 1
⇒ ×h×r = ×x×ℓ
∆ ABC ∼ ∆ ADO 2 2
mece™helee mes/by similarity x=
hr
x h−x ℓ
=
r ℓ 2 3
Vmax = πx
x ℓ = hr −rx 3
x ℓ + xr = hr 3
2 hr
x( ℓ + h) = hr Vmax = × π
hr 3 ℓ
x=
( ℓ + r) Mebkegâ kesâ Deboj DeefOekeâlece DeeÙeleve keâe Ieve (Maximum
DeLeJee/or volume of cube inscribed a cone):

Maths Capsule 148 YCT

 efJekeâCe& ( diagonal) mecePe kesâ efueS: For understanding:
BC =
2
ef$eYegpe
a 2 a →
BC = Triangle
2 2
∆ ABC ∼ ∆ ADE
ÛelegYeg&pe
mece™helee mes/by similarity →
Quadrilateral
a
2 = h −a
r h hebÛeYeg&pe
→
a h −a Pentagon
=
2r h
ah = 2 rh − 2 ar
<ešYegpe
ah + 2 ar = 2 rh →
Hexagon
a(h + 2 r) = 2 rh
2 rh heâuekeâ (face) :
a=
2r+h
efkeâmeer Yeer Deeke=âefle ceW pees melen nesleer nw Jen heâuekeâ keânueeleer nw~
Vmax = a3 The surface of any shape is called a face.
3
2 rh heeÕe&heâuekeâ (Lateral surface/face) :
Vmax =
2r+h
DeeOeej keâer YegpeeDeeW hej pees DeeÙeleekeâej heâuekeWâ KeÌ[er keâer peeleer nw
efØepce Deewj efhejeefce[ (Prism & Pyramid) GvnW heeÕe& heâuekeâ keânles nQ~
The rectangular faces placed on the sides of the base
are called lateral surface.
efØepce (Prism)
heeÕe& heâuekeâeW keâer mebKÙee (No. of lateral surface) = DeeOeej keâer
efkeâmeer yengYegpe (ef$eYegpe, ÛelegYeg&pe, hebÛeYegpe, <ešYegpe) keâes DeeOeej
YegpeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee (No. of sides of base)
yeveekeâj Gmekeâer YegpeeDeeW hej DeeÙeleekeâej heâuekesâ TOJee&Oej KeÌ[er
keâjkesâ Gmekesâ DeeOeej kesâ meJeeËiemece yengYegpe keâe {keäkeâve jKe efoÙee kegâue heâuekeâeW keâer mebKÙee · heeÕe&heâuekeâeW keâer mebKÙee ± 2
peeSb lees Fmemes yevee "esme efØepce keânueelee nw~ No. of total surface = No. of lateral surface + 2
If any polygon (triangle, quadrilateral, pentagon,
hexagon) is taken as its base and rectangular faces
keâesj (efkeâveeje) (Edge) :
are vertically placed on its sides and the lid of the peneB hej oes melen efceueleer nw Gmes efkeâveeje keânles nQ~
polygon congruent to its base is placed, then the The place where two surfaces meet is called an edge.
solid formed from it is called a prism.
efkeâveejes/keâesjeW keâer mebKÙee · YegpeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee × 3
Or
No. of edges = No. of sides × 3
efØepce Skeâ "esme neslee nw efpemekesâ oes heâuekeâ meceevlej Deewj
meJeeËiemece nesles nQ Deewj Gvekesâ heâuekeâ (yengYegpe) Meer<e& mes pegÌ[les nQ~
Meer<e& (Vertex) :
efØepce ceW DeeOeej kesâ ™he ceW Skeâ yengYegpe neslee nw~ Deewj TOJee&Oej
peneB hej leerve melen efceueleer nw Gmes Meer<e& keânles nQ~
Yegpee DeeOeej kesâ uecyeJeled nesleer nw~ The place where three surfaces meet is called a
A prism is a solid that has two faces that are parallel vertex.
and congruent and their faces (Polygon) join by
vertex to vertex. A prism has a polygon as its base Meer<eeX keâer mebKÙee · YegpeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee × 2
and vertical side perpendicular to the base. No. of Vertex = No. of sides × 2

Maths Capsule 149 YCT

 DeeOeej/Úle keâe #es$eheâue/Base/ceiling area (A)
meYeer Deeke=âefleÙeeB Skeâ meeLe
3 2
(All figures all together) A= a
4
Deeke=âefle heeÕe& mechetCe& keâesj Meer<e& heeMJe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Lateral surface area (L.S.A.)
(Figure) heâuekeâ heâuekeâ edge Verte L.S.A. = 3ah
Lateral Total x mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Total surface area (T.S.A.)
surface Surface 3 2
ef$eYegpe 3 5 9 6 T.S.A. = 3ah + 2 × a
4
(Triangle)
DeeÙeleve/Volume (V)
ÛelegYeg&pe 4 5 12 8
(Quadrilateral) 3 2
V= ah
hebÛeYegpe 5 7 15 10 4
(Pentagon)
<ešdYegpe 6 8 18 12 Jeiee&keâej efØepce (Square Prism)
(Hexagon)
mehleYegpe 7 9 21 14
(Heptagon)
De‰Yegpe 8 10 24 16
(Octagon)
veewYegpe 9 11 27 18
(Nonagon)
omeYegpe 10 12 30 20 DeeOeej/Úle keâe #es$eheâue/Base/ceiling area (A)
(Decagon)
A = a2
heeMJe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Lateral surface area (L.S.A.)
efØepce kesâ efueS meeceevÙe met$e
L.S.A. = 4ah
(General formula for a prism)
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Total surface area (T.S.A.)
heeÕe& he=‰ keâe #es$eheâue · DeeOeej keâe heefjceehe × TBÛeeF& T.S.A. = 4ah + 2a2
Lateral surface area = Perimeter of base × Height DeeÙeleve/Volume (V)
L.S.A. = Perimeter of Base × h V =a2h
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue · heeÕe& he=‰ #es0 ± 2 × DeeOeej keâe
#es0 mecehebÛeYegpe efØepce (Pentagonal Prism)
T.S.A. = L.S.A. + 2× Area of Base
efØepce keâe DeeÙeleve · DeeOeej keâe #es0 × TBÛeeF&
Volume = Area of base × height
ηa 2 π
V= Cot × h
4 4

kegâÚ cenlJehetCe& efØepce (Some Important Prism)

meceyeeng ef$eYegpeekeâej efØepce DeeOeej/Úle keâe #es$eheâue/Base/ceiling area (A)

(Equilateral triangular prism) A= 3 a2
heeMJe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Lateral surface area (L.S.A.)
L.S.A. = 5ah
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Total surface area (T.S.A.)
T.S.A. = 4ah + 2 3 a2
DeeÙeleve/Volume (V)
V= 3 a 2h
Maths Capsule 150 YCT
 mece<ešYegpe efØepce (Hexagonal Prism) mecePeves kesâ efueS (For understanding)

Closed figure Open Figure

(yevo Deeke=âefle) (Kegueer Deeke=âefle)
→

→
DeeOeej/Úle keâe #es$eheâue/Base/ceiling area (A)
3 3 2
A=
2
a →
heeMJe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Lateral surface area (L.S.A.)
L.S.A. = 6ah
mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue/Total surface area (T.S.A.) →
3 3 2
T.S.A. = 6ah + a ×2
2 Meer<eeX keâer kegâue mebKÙee = DeeOeej ceW YegpeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee cegKÙe Meer<e&
T.S.A. = 6ah + 3 3 a2 Total no. of vertices = No. of sides in base + main vertices
DeeÙeleve/Volume (V) heeÕe&heâuekeâeW keâer mebKÙee = DeeOeej ceW YegpeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee
No. of lateral surfaces = No. of sides in base
3 3 2
V= ah
2 heâuekeâeW keâer kegâue mebKÙee = DeeOeej ceW YegpeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee + 1
Total No. of surface = No. of sides in base + 1

efhejeefce[ (Pyramid) efleÙe&keâ (eflej#eer) keâesjeW keâer mebKÙee = DeeOeej ceW YegpeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee
No. of slant edges = No. of sides in Base.
efkeâmeer yengYegpe (ef$eYegpe, ÛelegYeg&pe, hebÛeYegpe, <ešYegpe Deeefo) keâes keâesjeW keâer kegâue mebKÙee = DeeOeej ceW YegpeeDeeW keâer mebKÙee × 2
DeeOeej yeveekeâj, Gmekeâer YegpeeDeeW hej ef$eYegpeekeâej heâuekeWâ Fme Øekeâej Total No. of edges = No. of sides in base × 2
KeÌ[er keâer peeS efkeâ meYeer heâuekeâeW kesâ Meer<e& Skeâ efyevog hej efceueW lees
Fme Øekeâej yeveer Deeke=âefle keâes efhejeefce[ keânles nQ~ efhejeefce[ keâer cenlJehetCe& MeyoeJeueer
If any polygon (triangle, quadrilateral Pentagon, (Important terms of Pyramid)
hexagon etc.) is made its base and triangular faces O O
are erected on its sides in such a way that the O A
vertices of all the faces meet at one point, then the A R
DP
Q

shape (figure) thus formed is called a pyramid. B C

DP
B C O
Ex.: ef$eYegpeekeâej efhejeefce[ (Triangular Pyramid): OA = OB = OC = Slant edge (efleÙe&keâ keâesj)
OP = OR = OQ = Slant height (efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&)
DO = Height (uecyeJele TBÛeeF&)

Jeiee&keâej efhejeefce[ (Square Pyramid):

a
a/
2

a a
a/2

a
2
a
ℓ = ℓ2 +
2

2
Maths Capsule 151 YCT
 Skeâ efveÙeefcele efhejeefce[ kesâ efueS meeceevÙe met$e
h
(General formula for a regular pyramid)
h r
r heeÕe& he=‰ #es$eheâue
1
× DeeOeej keâe heefjceehe × efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&
=
2
ℓ =h +r 2 2 2
Lateral surface area (L.S.A.)
1
h = × Perimeter of base × Slant height
h 2

R mechetCe& he=‰ #es$eheâue = heeÕe&he=‰ #es. + DeeOeej keâe #es.

R T.S.A. = L.S.A + Area of Base
1
ℓ 2 = h2 + R 2 DeeÙeleve = × DeeOeej keâe #es$eheâue × TBÛeeF&
3
Main Vertex (cegKÙe Meer<e&) Apex
1
V= ×Area of Base × height
3

kegâÚ cenlJehetCe& efhejeefce[

(Some Important Pyramid)

meceyeeng ef$eYegpeekeâej efhejeefce[

(Equilateral triangular Pyramid)

2
a
e2 = ℓ 2 +
2

1
L.S.A= × 3a × ℓ
2
3 2
T.S.A= L.S.A.+ a
4
1 3
V= × × a2 × h
3 4
ℓ 2 + h2 + r 2 a
∵ ℓ= h2 + r2 & r=
2 3
2
a
ℓ= h2 +
2 3

a
∵ e= h2 + R2 & R=
3
2
a
e= h2 +
e 2 = h2 + R 2 3

Maths Capsule 152 YCT

 otmejer eflejÚer TBÛeeF& (Second slant height)
Jeiee&keâej efhejeefce[ (Square Pyramid)
2
2 l
ℓ2 = h +
2
1 1
L.S.A = 2 × ℓ × ℓ1 + 2 ×b× ℓ 2
2 2
T.S.A = L.S.A. + ℓ × b
1
V= × ℓ×b×h
3

hebÛeYegpe efhejeefce[ (Pentagonal Pyramid)

1
L.S.A = × 4a × ℓ
2
T.S.A = L.S.A.+ a2
1 2
V= a ×h
3
2
a
ℓ= h2 +
2
2
a
e= h2 + DeeOeej keâe #es$eheâue (Area of base) = 3 a2
2
1
∵ L.S.A= 5 a×ℓ
DeeÙeleekeâej efhejeefce[ (Rectangular Pyramid) 2
5
L.S.A= × aℓ
2
T.S.A= L.S.A.+ 3 a2
1
V= × 3 a2×h
3

<ešYegpe efhejeefce[ (Hexagonal Pyramid)

oes eflej#eer TBÛeeFÙeeB nesleer nw~ (There are two slant

height)
henueer eflejÚer TBÛeeF& (First slant height)
2
b
ℓ1 = h2 +
2
Maths Capsule 153 YCT
 3 2 3 2
∵ DeeOeej keâe #es$eheâue (Area of base) = 6× a L.S.A = a ×3
4 4

3 3 2
DeeOeej keâe #es$eheâue (Area of base) = a ∵ T.S.A = Area of 4 equilateral triangle
2

1 3 2
∵ L.S.A= × 6a × ℓ T.S.A. = a ×4
2 4

L.S.A= 3a ℓ T.S.A. = 3 a2

3 3 2 a
2
T.S.A= L.S.A.+ a TBÛeeF& (Height) = a 2 -
2
3
1 3 3 2
∵ V= × a ×h 1 3 2 2
3 2 ∵ V= × a × a
3 4 3
3 2
V= ah
2 2 3
V= a
12
eflejÚer TBÛeeF& /Slant height ( ℓ )
2

ℓ= h+
3
a
efhejeefce[ keâe efÚVekeâ (Frustum of Pyramid)
2

eflejÚer keâesj /Slant Edge (E)

E = h2 + a2

meceÛeleg<heâuekeâ (Tetrahedron)

2
a-b
ℓ = h2 +
2

1
L.S.A = (P1 + P2)× ℓ
Ûeej meceyeeng heâuekeâ nQ~ 2

There are four equilateral faces. 1

V= (A1 + A2 + A1A 2 ) h
meYeer efkeâveejs uecyeeF& ceW yejeyej DeLee&le eflej#eer keâesj uecyeeF& ceW 3

yejeyej nw~ peneB/Where,

All edge are equal in length i.e. slant edge is same as P1, P2 → DeeOeejeW keâe heefjceehe
side of base. (Perimeter of Base)
3 A1, A2 → DeeOeejeW keâe #es$eheâue
efleÙe&keâ TBÛeeF&/Slant height ( ℓ ) = a
2
(Area of Base)
∵ L.S.A = Area of 3 equilateral triangle
Maths Capsule 154 YCT
 JÙebpekeâ (Expression):– jsKeerÙe yengheo (Linear polynomial)
‘‘ÛejeW kesâ yeerÛe kesâ meceyevOe keâes JÙebpekeâ keânles nw’’ Ssmee yengheo efpemekeâer Ieele Skeâ nes~ (A polynomial with
''Relation between variables called expression" degree is one)
Ex. x + 1, 3x + 2
efÉIeele yengheo (Quadratic Polynomial)
Ssmee yengheo efpemekeâer Ieele oes nes~
(A polynomial with
degree is two)
Ex. x2 + x + 1, x2 + 3
ef$eIeele yengheo (Cubic polynomial)
w keâe ceeve x, y, Deewj z hej efveYe&j keâj jne nw~ Ssmee yengheo efpememes Ieele leerve nes ef$eIeeele yengheo keânueelee nw~
The value of w depends on x, y and z. (A polynomial with degree is three)
Ex. x3 + x2 + 1, x3 + 8
yengheo (Polynomial):–
yengheo Skeâ Ssmee JÙebpekeâ nw efpemeceW Skeâ ner Ûej neslee nw leLee Gme
cenlJehetCe& JÙebpekeâ/met$e
Ûej keâer Ieele Oeveelcekeâ hetCeeËkeâ nesveer ÛeeefnS~’’
(Important expression/formula)
''Polynomial is an expression in which only one
variable and the degree of that variable must be a
(a + b)2 = a2 + b2 + 2ab
positive and the degree of the variable must be a
positive integers." (a – b)2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab
x2 + y2 + z2 a2 – b2 = (a – b) (a + b)
efoÙee ieÙee JÙebpekeâ yengheo veneR nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ Skeâ mes pÙeeoe Ûej nw~ (a + b)2 = (a – b)2 + 4ab
(The given expression is not a polynomial because
(a – b)2 = (a + b)2 – 4ab
there is more than variable).
1 (a + b)2 + (a – b)2 = 2(a2 + b2)
x3 + 3
x (a + b)2 – (a – b)2 = 4ab
efoÙee ieÙee JÙebpekeâ yengheo veneR nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ Skeâ Ûej ceW $e+Ceelcekeâ (ax + by)2 + (ax – by)2 = (a2 + b2) (x2 + y2)
Ieele nw~ (The given expression is not a polynomial (ax + by)2 – (ax – by)2 = 4abxy
because one of the variables has a negative degree)
(a + b + c)2 = a2 + b2 + c2 + 2ab + 2bc + 2ca
x+ x
(a + b)3 = a3 + b3 + 3ab (a + b)
efoÙee ieÙee JÙebpekeâ yengheo veneR nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ Ieele hetCeeËkeâ veneR nw~
(The given expression is not a polynomial = a3 + b3 + 3a2b + 3ab2
because the power is not an integer) (a – b)3 = a3 – b3 – 3ab (a – b)
2
x +x+1
= a3 – b3 – 3a2b + 3ab2
efoÙee ieÙee JÙebpekeâ yengheo nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ Skeâ ner Ûej nw leLee Ieele
a3 + b3 = (a + b) (a2 + b2 – ab)
Oeveelcekeâ hetCeeËkeâ nesveer ÛeeefnS (The given expression is a
polynomial because there is only one variable and = (a + b)3 – 3ab (a + b)
the degree is a positive integer) a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + b2 + ab)
yengheo keâer keâesefš (Degree of polynomial):– = (a – b)3 + 3ab (a – b)
Ûej keâer DeefOekeâlece Ieele keâes yengheo keâer keâesefš keânles nw~ (The
x n-1 y0 + x n − 2 y1 + x n −3 y 2 + ...........
highest degree of the variable is called the degree of x n − y n = (x − y)
......................... + xy n − 2 + x 0 y n −1
the polynomial).
Maths Capsule 155 YCT
 a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc
GÛÛe Ieele hej DeeOeeefjle met$e
1
(a b c) (a b) 2 (b c) 2
(c a) 2
(Formula based on higher power)
2
(a b c) (a 2 b2 c2 ) (ab bc ca)
Ùeefo/If x + 1 = k
x
(a b c) (a b c) 2 3(ab bc ca) leye/then,
1
(a b c)
1
3(a 2 b2 c2 ) (a b c) 2 x2 + = k2 − 2
2 x2
1
x3 + 3 = k 3 − 3k
x
1
( )
2
x4 + 4 = k2 − 2 − 2
x

x
1
x5 + 5 ( )(
= k2 − 2 k2 − 3 − k )
1
( )
2
x6 + 6 = k 3 − 3k −2
x
or
= (k − 2)3 − 3(k 2 − 2)
2

1
x7 +
x7
= {(k 2
}
− 2) 2 − 2 (k 3 − 3k) − k

Ùeefo/If x − 1 = k
x
leye/then,
1
x2 + = k2 + 2
x2
1
x3 − 3 = k 3 + 3k
x
a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = (a + b + c) [(a + b + c)2 – 3 (ab 1
x4 − 4 = (k 2 + 2)2 − 2
+ bc + ca)] x
Ùeefo/If a + b + c = 0 1
x5 − 5 = (k 2 + 2)(k 3 + 3k) − k
leye/then, a + b + c – 3abc = 0
3 3 3 x
or a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc 1
x6 + 6 = (k 3 + 3k) 2 + 2
x
or
3
(
= k2 + 2 − 3 k2 + 2 ) ( )
1
x7 −
x7
= {(k 2
}
+ 2) 2 − 2 (k 3 + 3k) + k

Ùeefo/If x + 1 = k
x
leye/then,
1
x3 + = (k − 3) k
x3
Ùeefo/If x − 1 = k
x
leye/then,
1
x 3 − 3 = (k + 3) k
x
Maths Capsule 156 YCT
 Ùeefo/If x − 1 = ± 3 Ùeefo/If x 2 + 12 = 1
x x
leye/then, leye/then,
1 x 6 = −1
x3 + =0 or x6 + 1 = 0
x3
or x 6 + x 0 = 0
or x 6 + 1 = 0
Ùeefo oes heoes keâer IeeleeW ceW 6 keâe Devlej nw~ lees oesveeW heoes
or x 6 + x 0 = 0
keâe Ùeesie MetvÙe nesiee
Ùeefo heoeW keâer IeeleeW keâe Deblej 6 keâe nes lees heoeW keâe Ùeesie If the difference of power of the terms is 6 then
MetvÙe nesiee~ the difference of the term will be zero.
If the difference of power of the terms is 6 then Ùeefo/If x 2 + 12 = −1
the sum of the term will be zero. x
leye/then,
Ex.: x12 + x 6 = 0 x 94 + x100 = 0
x6 = 1
Ùeefo/If x + 1 = ± 2 or x6 – 1 = 0
x or x6 – x0 = 0
leye/then, Ùeefo oes heoes keâer IeeleeW ceW 6 keâe Devlej nw~ lees oesveeW heoes
1 keâe Deblej MetvÙe nesiee
x2 + =0
x2 If the difference of power of the terms is 6 then
or x4 + 1 = 0 the difference of the term will be zero.

or x 4 + x 0 = 0
b b2
Ùeefo oes heoes keâer IeeleeW ceW 4 keâe Devlej nw lees oesveeW heoes ax + =k a2x2 k2 2ab
x x2
keâe Ùeesie MetvÙe nesiee~ b b2
ax − = k a2x2 k2 2ab
If the difference of power of the terms is 4 then x x2
the sum of the term will be zero. b b
ax + = k then ax − = ± k 2 − 4ab
Ex.: x12 + x16 = 0 x 96 + x100 = 0 x x
b b
Ùeefo/If x + 1 = 1 ax − = k ax k2 4ab
x x x
leye/then, b b3
ax + = k a3 x3 k3 3kab
x 3 = −1 x x3
or x3 + 1 = 0 b b3
ax − = k a3 x3 k3 3kab
x x3
or x 3 + x 0 = 1
Ùeefo oes heoes keâer IeeleeW ceW 3 keâe Devlej nw lees oesveeW heoes
Ûe›eâerÙe ›eâce (Cyclic order)
keâe Ùeesie MetvÙe nesiee~
If the difference of power of the terms is 3 then JÙebpekeâ kesâ Ûej a, b leLee c Ûe›eâerÙe ›eâce ceW nesles nw Ùeefo GveceW a
the sum of the term will be zero. kesâ mLeeve hej b, b kesâ mLeeve hej c Deewj c kesâ mLeeve hej a jKeves
hej JÙebpekeâ DeheefjJeefle&le jns~ Fmes Σ (efmeicee) mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles
Ùeefo/If x + 1 = −1
x nw~
leye/then, The variables a, b and c in a expression are in cyclic
3 order if the expression remains unchanged by
x =1
substituting b in place of a, c in place of b and a in
or x 3 − 1 = 0 place of c. This is represented by Σ (sigma).
or x 3 − x 0 = 0
Ùeefo oes heoes keâer IeeleeW ceW 3 keâe Devlej nw~ lees oesveeW heoes
keâe Deblej MetvÙe nesiee
If the difference of power of the terms is 3 then
the difference of the term will be zero.
Maths Capsule 157 YCT
 a(b – c) + b(c – a) + c(a – b)
Ùeesieevlej Devegheele
Σa(b – c) = a (b – c) + b(c – a) + c(a – b) (Componendo & dividendo)
a c
ab(a – b) + bc(b – c) + ca(c – a) Ùeefo/If =
= –(a – b) (b – c) (c – a) b d
(a + b + c) (ab + bc + ca) – abc
= (a + b) (b + c) (c + a) leye/then a + b = c + d (componendo)
b d
(a + b + c) (ab + bc + ca)
= a2b + b2a + b2c + bc2 + a2c + a2c + 3abc leLee/and a − b = c − d (dividendo)
b d
(a + b + c) (ab + bc + ca) – 3abc
= a2(b + c) + b2 (c + a) + c2 (a + b) Dele:/hence,

Ùeefo/If a + 1 = 1 & b + 1 = 1 Ùeefo/If a = c

b c b d
leye/then, leye/then,
a+b c+d a-b c-d
c+
1
=1 = Ùee =
a a-b c-d a+b c+d

Ùeefo/If a + 1 = 1 & b + 1 = 1 Ùeefo/If a + b = c

b c a−b d
leye/then, leye/then,
abc = −1 a c+d
=
Ùeefo/If a + 1 = −1 & b + 1 = −1 b c-d
b c
leye/then, Ùeefo/If a = c + d
b c−d
1 leye/then,
c + = −1
a
a+b c
=
Ùeefo/If a + 1 = −1 & b + 1 = −1 a-b d
b c
efJeefMe° efmLeefle (Special case)-
leye/then,
abc = +1 Ùeefo/If x = 2ab
a+b
Ùeefo/If a + 1 = b + 1 = c + 1 leye/then,
b c a
leye/then, x + 2a x + 2b
+ =2
x - 2a x - 2b
a 2 b 2 c2 = 1
1
Ùeefo/If a + 1 = b + 1 = c + 1 Ùeefo/If = A 3 a2 + B3 a + C
b c a ( 3 2
a − a −1 3
)
leye/then, leye/then,
abc = ±1
1 1
A = 0; B = ; C=
Ùeefo/If x + 1 = a, y + 1 = b, z + 1 = c a +1 a +1
y z x
1
leye/then, Ùeefo/If 3
= A 3 a2 + B3 a + C
2
a + 3 a +1
1
xyz + = abc − ( a + b + c )
xyz leye/then,
Ùeefo/If x − 1 = a, y − 1 = b, z − 1 = c A = 0; B =
1
; C=
-1
y z x a -1 a +1
leye/then,
x+ y
+
x- y
=2
(x + y )
1
xyz − = abc + ( a + b + c ) x- y x+ y (x - y)
xyz

Maths Capsule 158 YCT

 Devegheele–meceevegheele (Ratio - Proportion) ceeve jKeves keâer efJeefOe (Putting value method)
Ùeefo x + y = 5 leye 4(x + y) keâe ceeve nesiee-
a c a +c a −c ac a 2 + c2 If x + y = 5 then the value of 4(x + y) will be-
= = = = =
b d b+d b−d bd 2
b +d 2 Sol. x + y = 5
meceer. keâer mebKÙee/number of equations = 1
a c e a +c+e a +c−e 3
ace a 2 + c2 + e 2
= = = =
b d f b+d+f b+d−f
= 3
= ÛejeW keâer mebKÙee/number of variables = 2
bdf b2 + d2 + f 2
Dele:/hence,
x Deewj y keâe Deueie-Deueie efveefMÛele ceeve veneR efvekeâeue mekeâles
Ùeefo/If x + y = 0 hejvleg x Deewj y kesâ mebÙegòeâ ™he kesâ ceeve keâe ØeÙeesie keâj mekeâles nQ~
leye/then, Certain values of x and y cannot be determined
x+y=0 separately but the combined value of x and y can be
used.
x = −y leye/then,
or 
y = −x  4(x + y)
( −1) + (+1) = 0 4 × 5 ⇒ 20
(+2) + ( −2) = 0 hejvleg/but,
x+y=5
0+0 = 0
Ùeefo/If x 0 1 2 3 4 5 –1 –2
x leLee y kesâ ceeve MetvÙe, $e+Ceelcekeâ leLee Oeveelcekeâ nes leye/then y 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 7
mekeâles nQ~ ∵ x + y = 5 ceW x = 0 leye y = 5 nesiee~
The values of x and y can be zero, negative and ∴ 4(x + y)
positive. 4(0 + 5) ⇒ 20
Ùeefo/If efpeleves meceerkeâjCe nesies, Gleves Ûej efveefMÛele neWies, Mes<e keâes
kegâÚ Yeer ceevee pee mekeâlee nw~
x 2 + y2 = 0
The number of equations in the question will be
⇓ ⇓ fixed, the number of variable will be fixed and
0 0 the rest can be considered as anything.
leye/then, Ex. x + y = 5
x 2 = 0 & y2 = 0
meceer. keâer mebKÙee/number of equations = 1
ÛejeW keâer mebKÙee/number of variables = 2
x2 leLee y2 oesveeW Deueie-Deueie MetvÙe neWies~ Dele:/hence,
The values of x2 and y2 will be zero separately. Skeâ Ûej keâes kegâÚ Yeer ceeve mekeâles nQ~
Ex.: (x – a)2 + (y – b)2 = 0 One variable can be considered anything (–1, – 2, 0,
(x – a)2 = 0 & (y – b)2 = 0 1, 2.....)
(x – a) = 0 & y – b = 0 Ex. x + y + z = 15
x=a & y=b
meceer. keâer mebKÙee/number of equations = 1
ÛejeW keâer mebKÙee/number of variables = 3
Ùeefo/If x2 + y2 + z2 = 0 Dele:/hence,
leye/then, oes ÛejeW keâes kegâÚ Yeer ceeve mekeâles nQ~
x2 = 0, y2 = 0, z2 = 0 Two variables can be considered anything (–1, – 2,
x = 0, y = 0 & z = 0 0, 1, 2.....)
1 1 1
x2 , y2 leLee z2 oesveeW Deueie-Deueie MetvÙe neWies~ Ex. a + b + c = 178 & + + = 200
a b c
The values of x2, y2 and z2 will be zero separately. meceer. keâer mebKÙee/number of equations = 2
Ex.: (x − a) + (y − b) + (z − c) = 0
2 2 2 ÛejeW keâer mebKÙee/number of variables = 3
Dele:/hence,
(x − a)2 = 0 (y − b)2 = 0 (z − c) 2 = 0
Skeâ Ûej keâes kegâÚ Yeer ceeve mekeâles nQ~
x − a = 0, (y − b) = 0 & (z − c) = 0 One variable can be considered anything (–1, – 2, 0,
x = 0, y=b & z=c 1, 2.....)

Maths Capsule 159 YCT

 keâesF& Skeâ Ûej (pees pÙeeoe yeej Ùee nj heo ceW DeeÙee nes) keâes
MetvÙe keâj osles nQ~
Any one variable (which appears more often or in
every term) is reduced to zero.
Ùeefo Fmemes Yeer ØeMve mejue ve nes lees otmejs Ûej keâes Yeer MetvÙe
keâj osles nQ~
If this doesn't make the question simpler, then
the other variables are also make zero.
keâesF& Ssmee meceerkeâjCe pees x, y leLee z Ùee a, b leLee c kesâ
Ûej kesâ ™he ceW nes leye pees Ûej meyemes DeefOekeâ yeej DeeS nes
Gmes –1, –2, 0, 1, 2, 3 ....... Deeefo ceevekeâj ØeMve keâes mejue
yeveekeâj nue keâjles nQ~
Any equation which has z, y and z or a, b and c as
variables, then the question can be simplified by
considering the variables that appear most
frequently as –1, –2, 0, 1, 2, 3 ....... etc. let's solve
the question.
efkeâmeer Yeer Ûej keâes MetvÙe keâjves kesâ oewjeve keâesF& Yeer heo
Devevle veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS~
No term should be infinite when reducing any
variable to zero.
P pene@B/where,
Ex.
q q≠0

yeerpeieCeleerÙe heâueveeW keâe DeefOekeâlece SJeb vÙetvelece ceeve

Maximum & minimum value of Algebraic
function

heâueve DeefOekeâlece ceeve vÙetvelece ceeve

x ∞ –∞
x2 ∞ 0
–x ∞ –∞
2
–x 0 –∞

DeefOekeâlece Deewj vÙetvelece ceeve efvekeâeuevee (Finding

maximum and minimum values)-

Maths Capsule 160 YCT

 d2 y d3 y
If 2
= 0 for any value of x, then find for that
dx dx 3
d3 y
value of x. If ≠ 0 for any value of x, then the
dx 3
value of the function will be neither maxima nor
minima at that value of x.
d3 y
Ùeefo efkeâmeer x kesâ ceeve kesâ efueS 3 = 0 lees Gme x kesâ ceeve kesâ
dx
d4 y d4 y
efueS %eele keâer e f p eS Ùeef o x kes â Gme ceeve kes â ef ueS
dx 4 dx 4
$e+Ceelcekeâ nw lees x kesâ Gme ceeve hej heâueve GefÛÛe‰ nw Deewj Ùeefo
Oeveelcekeâ nw lees efveefcve‰ nesiee~ Ùeefo Ùen Yeer MetvÙe nw lees Fmeer
Øekeâej Deeies ef›eâÙee keâjles peevee nw~
d3 y d4 y
If = 0 for any value of x, then find for that
dx 3 dx 4
d4 y
value of x. If is negative for that value of x,
DeJekeâueve efJeefOe mes GÛÛelece Deewj efvecvelece ceeve efvekeâeuevee dx 4
(Finding maximum and minimum value by that value of x and if it is positive, then it will be
differential method)- minima. If it is also zero, then proceed further in the
dy same manner.
y = f(x) keâe %eele keâjvee~
dx
Finding dy/dx of y = f(x)
dy
= 0 jKekeâj Øeehle meceerkeâjCe mes x kesâ efYeVe-efYeVe ceeve %eele
dx
keâjvee~
Finding different value of x from the equation
obtained by putting dy/dx = 0
ceeve uees efkeâ x kesâ efYeVe-efYeVe ceeve a1, a2, a3 nQ~
Suppose x has different values a1, a2, a3
d2 y d2 y
%eele keâjkes â a 1 , a 2 , a 3 Deeef o hej keâe ceeve %eele
dx 2 dx 2 Ex.
keâjvee~
d2 y d2 y
Finding 2
, find the value of at a1, a2, a3 etc.
dx dx 2
d2 y
Ùeefo x kesâ efkeâmeer ceeve keâes efueS keâe ceeve Oeveelcekeâ nw lees
dx 2
heâueve x kesâ Gme ceeve kesâ efueS efveefcve‰ nesiee leLee Ùeefo
$e+Ceelcekeâ nes lees GefÛÛe‰ nesiee~
d2 y
If the value of is positive for any value of x,
dx 2
then the function will have minima for that value of
x and if it is negative, it will have maxima. x = 3 hej meceer. y = x2 – 6x + 19 keâe ceeve vÙetvelece nesiee~
d2 y at x = 3, the value of equation y = x2 – 6x + 19 will
Ùeefo x kesâ efkeâmeer ceeve kesâ efueS 2 = 0 nes lees x kesâ Gme ceeve be minimum.
dx
d3 y Dele:/hence,
kesâ efueS %eele keâjvee~ Ùeefo x kesâ Gme ceeve kesâ efueS y = x2 – 6x + 19
dx 3
d3 y
vÙetvelece ceeve (Minimum value),
≠ 0 lees heâueve keâe ceeve x kesâ Gme ceeve hej ve lees GefÛÛe‰ y(3) = (3)2 – 6 × 3 + 19
dx 3 = 9 – 18 + 19
Deewj ve efveefcve‰ nesiee~ = 9 + 1 ⇒ 10
Maths Capsule 161 YCT
 − b ± b 2 − 4ac
x=
2a
Ùeefo cetue α, β neW/If roots are α, β-
leye/then
− b + b 2 − 4ac
α=
2a

− b − b 2 − 4ac
β=
2a

x=1 hej meceer. y = –3x2 + 6x + 11 keâe ceeve DeefOekeâlece

nesiee~
at x = 1, the value of equation y = –3x2 + 6x + 11
will be maximum.
Dele:/hence,
y = –3x2 + 6x + 11
DeefOekeâlece ceeve (maximum value),
y(1) = –3(1)2 + 6 × 1 + 11
= –3 + 6 + 11
= 14

efÉIeele meceerkeâjCe (Quadratic equation)

ax 2 + bx + c = 0
a≠0
peneB a, b leLee c heefjcesÙe mebKÙee nw
(where, a, b and c are rational numbers)
ax2 + bx + c = 0

2 2
b b b c
x2 + x+ − + =0
a 2a 2a a

{∵ 2B =
b
a
B
b
2a } Ùeefo meceerkeâjCe ax 2 + bx + c = 0 kesâ cetue α Deewj β nes
2
b c b2
⇒ x+ + − =0 If roots of equation ax 2 + bx + c = 0 are α and β
2a a 4a 2
2
leye/then,
4ac − b 2
⇒  x +  +
b
=0
 2a  4a 2 cetuees keâe Ùeesie (Sum of roots):-
2 2
b b − 4ac b
⇒ x+ = α +β = −
2a 4a 2 a
b b 2 − 4ac
⇒ x+ =± cetuees keâe iegCeveheâue (Multiplication of roots):–
2a 2a
−b b2 − 4ac c
⇒ x= ± α.β =
2a 2a a

Maths Capsule 162 YCT

 Ùeefo cetue α Deewj β efoÙes ieÙes nes leye meceerkeâjCe yeveevee d
αβγ + βγδ + γδα + δαβ = −
a
If roots α and β are given, then making the
equation e
α.β.γ .δ =
leye/then, a

x 2 − ( cetuees keâe Ùeesie) x + cetuees keâe iegCeveheâue = 0 Ùeefo cetue α, β, γ Deewj δ efoÙes ieÙes nes leye meceerkeâjCe
x2 – (sum of roots) x + multiplication of roots = 0 yeveevee
x 2 − (α + β)x + α.β = 0 If roots α, β, γ and δ are given, then making the
equation
ef$eIeele meceerkeâjCe (Cubic equation) leye/then,

Ùeefo meceerkeâjCe ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d = 0 kesâ cetue α, β

x4 – (α + β + γ + δ) x3 + (αβ + βγ + γδ + δα)x2 –
Deewj γ nes
(αβγ + βγδ + γδα + δαβ )x + αβγδ = 0
If roots of equation ax 3 + bx 2 + cx + d = 0 are α, β
and γ Mes<eheâue ØecesÙe (Remainder theorem)
leye/then,
Skeâ Ùee Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ Ieele Jeeues yengheo P(x) ceW jsefKekeâ yengheo
b
α +β+ γ = − (x–a) mes Yeeie osves hej Mes<eheâue P(a) neslee nw
a
If a polynomial P(x) is divided by a linear factor (x –
c
αβ + βγ + γα =
a a), the remainder is equal to P(a).

d Ex. P(x)= x3+2x2–x+1 ceW (x–2) mes Yeeie osves hej,

α.β.γ = −
a
P(x)= x3+2x2–x+1 is divided by (x–2)
Ùeefo cetue α, β Deewj γ efoÙes ieÙes nes leye meceerkeâjCe yeveevee
∵ Yeepekeâ (divisor),
If roots α, β and γ are given, then making the
equation x–2=0⇒x=2

leye/then, ∴ Mes<eheâue/ Remainder, P(2)= 23+2(2)2–2+1

x3 – (α + β + γ) x2 + (αβ + βγ + γα)x – αβγ = 0 = 8 +2×4–2+1

= 8+8–2+1
= 15
ÛelegLe&Ieele meceerkeâjCe (Biquadratic equation)
Ùeefo meceerkeâjCe ax4 + bx3 + cx2 + dx + e = 0 kesâ cetue α, iegCeveheâue ØecesÙe (Factor theorem)
β, γ Deewj δ nes Skeâ Ùee Skeâ mes DeefOekeâ Ieele Jeeues yengheo P(x) ceW jsefKekeâ yengheo
4 3 2
If roots of equation ax + bx + cx + dx + e = 0 (x–a) mes Yeeie osves hej Yeer Mes<eheâue P(a) neslee nw
are α, β, γ and δ
If a polynomial P(x) is divided by a linear factor (x –
leye/then,
a), the remainder is equal to P(a).
b
α +β+ γ +δ = −
a Ùeefo/If P(a) = 0,
c leye (x – a), P(x) keâe Skeâ iegCeveKeC[ nesiee
αβ + βγ + γδ + δα =
a
then, (x – a) is a factor of P(x).

Maths Capsule 163 YCT

Ex. P(x)= x3+2x2–x+1 ceW (x–2) mes Yeeie osves hej, x ≥ 6 → x keâe ceeve 6 mes DeefOekeâ Ùee yejeyej nw
P(x)= x3+2x2–x+1 is divided by (x–2) The value of x is greater than or equal to 6

∵ Yeepekeâ (divisor), x ≠ 6 → x keâe ceeve 6 kesâ yejeyej veneR nw

The value of x is not equal to 6
x–2=0⇒x=2
P(x) = x3+2x2–x–14
Demeefcekeâe kesâ meeceevÙe iegCeOece&
∴ P(2) = 2 +2(2) –2–14
3 2
Basic properties of Inequality
= 8+8–16
1. Skeâ Demeefcekeâe, oes JeemleefJekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW Ùee oes yeerpeerÙe JÙebpekeâ ceW
= 16–16
<, >, ≤ Ùee ≥ efÛeÖeW Éeje yeveleer nw~/An equality is formed
=0
by adding <, >, ≤ or ≥ signs to two real numbers or
Dele: (x–2), yengheo x3+2x2–x–14 keâe iegCeveKeC[ nesiee~
two algebraic expressions.
Hence, (x–2) is a factor of polynomial x3+2x2–x–14
2. efkeâmeer Demeefcekeâe kesâ oesveeW he#eeW ceW meceeve mebKÙee peesÌ[ves DeLeJee
Demeefcekeâe (Inequality) Ieševes hej Demeefcekeâe keâe efÛeÖ DeheefjJeefle&le jnlee nw~/When the
same number is added or subtracted to both side of
Demeefcekeâe oes cetuÙeeW Ùee DeefYeJÙeefòeâÙeeW kesâ yeerÛe leguevee nw pees
an inequality, the sign of the inequality remains
meceeve veneR nw~ DemeefcekeâeDeeW keâe GheÙeesie Gve ceeveeW keâer ßesCeer keâes unchanged.
Keespeves kesâ efueS efkeâÙee peeleee nw pees efkeâmeer Ûej keâer MeleeX keâes hetje 3. efkeâmeer Demeefcekeâe kesâ oesveeW he#eeW keâes efkeâmeer Oeveelcekeâ mebKÙee mes
keâjles nQ~ iegCee DeLeJee Yeeie keâjves hej Demeefcekeâe keâe efÛeÖ DeheefjJeefle&le jnlee
An inequality is a comparison between two values or nw~
expressions that are not equal. Inequalities are used
When both sides of an inequality are multiplied or
to find the range of values that satisfy a variable's divided by a positive number, the sign of the
conditions. inequality remains unchanged.
Demeefcekeâe kesâ Øeleerkeâ/Inequality symbols 4. efkeâmeer Demeefcekeâe kesâ oesveeW he#eeW keâes efkeâmeer $e+Ceelcekeâ mebKÙee mes
< → mes keâce/Less than iegCee DeLeJee Yeeie keâjves hej Demeefcekeâe keâe efÛeÖ yeoue peelee nw~
> → mes DeefOekeâ/Greater than When both sides of an inequality are multiplied or

≤ → mes keâce Ùee yejeyej/Less than or equal to divided by a negative number, the sign of the
inequality changes.
≥ → mes DeefOekeâ Ùee yejeyej/Greater than or equal to
5. efkeâmeer Demeefcekeâe ceW keâesF& heo Skeâ he#e mes otmejs he#e ceW ues peeves
≠ → yejeyej veneR/Not equal to
hej heo keâe efÛeÖ yeoue peelee nw~
Ex.:
In an inequality, when a term is moved from one
x < 6 → x keâe ceeve 6 mes keâce nw
side to the other, the sign of the term changes.
The value of x is less than 6
6. x kesâ Gve ceevees keâes pees efoÙes ieÙes Demeefcekeâe keâes Skeâ melÙe keâLeve
x > 6 → x keâe ceeve 6 mes DeefOekeâ nw
yeveeles nw, GvnW Demeefcekeâe kesâ nue keânles nw~
The value of x is greater than 6
Those values of x which make the given inequality a
x ≤ 6 → x keâe ceeve 6 mes keâce Ùee yejeyej nw
true statement are called solutions of the inequality.
The value of x is less than or equal to 6
Maths Capsule 164 YCT
 ef$ekeâesCeefceefle kesâ Devleie&le ef$eYegpe keâer YegpeeDeeW Deewj keâesCeeW keâe 90° kesâ meeceves (Opposite of 90°) ⇒ keâCe& (Hypotenuse)
ceeheve efkeâÙee peelee nw~ θ° kesâ meeceves (Opposite of θ°) ⇒ uecye (Perpendicular)
In trigonometry, the sides and angles of a triangle
are measured. Mes<e Yegpee (Remaining side) ⇒ DeeOeej (Base)
ef$eYegpe (Triangle) : leerve YegpeeDeeW mes yevo Deeke=âefle ef$eYegpe heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe (Pythagoras' theorem) :–
keânueelee nw~ mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe ceW, keâCe& keâe Jeie& Mes<e oes YegpeeDeeW kesâ Jeiee&s kesâ
A closed figure with three sides is called a triangle. Ùeesie kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
In right-angled triangle, the square of the length of
hypotenuse is equal to the sum of squares of the
lengths of other two sides.

ef$eYegpe kesâ leerveeW keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesie 180o neslee nw~

The sum of all three angles of a triangle is 180o.

mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe (Right angled triangle)

Ssmee ef$eYegpe efpemekeâe Skeâ keâesCe 90° keâe neslee nw, mecekeâesCe ef$eYegpe
keânueelee nw~ A triangle which one angle is 90° is called
right angled triangle. AC 2 = AB2 + BC 2

H 2 = P 2 + B2

heeFLeeieesjme ef$ekeâ (Pythagoras Triplets) :–

leerve mebKÙeeDeeW keâe Ssmee mecetn pees heeFLeeieesjme ØecesÙe hej ueeiet
neslee nw~
A set of three numbers that applies to the pythagoras
theorem.
(3, 4, 5) (5, 12, 13) (7, 24, 25)
(8, 15, 17) (9, 40, 41) (11, 60, 61)
(15, 20, 25) (7, 24, 25) (20, 21, 29)
{(a − b ), (2ab), (a + b )}
2 2 2 2

{(1 − x ), (2x), (1 + x )}
2 2

{(a − b), (2 ab ), (a + b) }
Ùeefo (a, b, c) heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš nw lees (ak, bk, ck) leLee
a b c
 , ,  heeFLeeieesjme efš^heuesš neWies~
k k k
If (a, b, c) be a Pythagoras triplets, then (ak, bk, ck)
a b c
or  , ,  will also be the phythagoras triplet.
k k k

Maths Capsule 165 YCT

 ef$ekeâesCeefceleerÙe Devegheele (Trigonometric Ratio) cos θ 1 3 1 1 0
2 2 2
A
tan θ 0 1 1 3 ∞
keâCe& (H) 3
uecye (P) (Hypotenuse)
cosec θ ∞ 2 2 2 1
(Perpendicalar)
3

90° θ sec θ 1 2 2 2 ∞
B DeeOeej (B) C 3
(Base)
cot θ ∞ 3 1 1 0
uecye ( Perpendicular ) P 3
sin θ = =
keâCe& ( Hypotenuse) H
DeeOeej ( Base ) DevÙe cenlJehetCe& ceeve (Other important value)
B
cos θ = =
keâCe& ( Hypotenuse) H 3 −1 3 +1
sin150 = cos150 =
uecye ( Perpendicular ) P 2 2 2 2
tan θ = =
DeeOeej ( Base ) B 0 0
cot15 = 2 + 3
tan15 = 2 − 3
keâCe& ( Hypotenuse ) H
cosec θ = = 5 −1 10 + 2 5
uecye ( Perpendicular ) P sin180 = cos180 =
4 4
keâCe& ( Hypotenuse) H
sec θ = =
DeeOeej ( Base ) B 10 − 2 5 cos 360 =
5 +1
sin 360 =
DeeOeej ( Base) 4 4
B
cot θ = =
uecye ( Perpendicular ) P 10 2− 2 10 2+ 2
sin 22 = cos 22 =
2 2 2 2
JÙegl›eâce mecyevOe (Reciprocal Relation):–
1 10 10
sin θ = ⇒ sin θ × cosec θ = 1 tan 22 = 2 −1 cot 22 = 2 +1
cosec θ 2 2
1
cos θ = ⇒ cos θ× sec θ = 1 ef$ekeâesCeefceleerÙe DevegheeleeW kesâ efÛeÖeW keâer mecePe
sec θ
1 (Understanding signs of trigonometric ratios) :–
tan θ = ⇒ tan θ × cot θ = 1
cot θ
sin θ, ∠ θ kesâ sine keâe mebef#ehle ™he nw, Ùen sin Deewj θ keâe
iegCeveheâue veneR nw~
sin θ is the short form of ∠ θ and sine. This is not
the product of sine and θ.
sin θ + sin 2θ keâes nce keâYeer Yeer sin (θ + 2θ) veneR efueKe
mekeâles nw~
We can never write (sin θ + sin 2θ) as sin (θ + 2θ).
ef$ekeâesCeefceefle heâueve kesâ ceeve
(Value of trigonometric function) :–
θo 0° 30° 45° 60° 90°
or or or or or or
θc 0c πc πc πc πc
6 4 3 2
sin θ 0 1 1 3 1
2 2 2

Maths Capsule 166 YCT

ef$ekeâesCeefceefle DevegheeleeW keâe yeoueeJe (Interchange of = – tan 45 ⇒ – 1
trigonometric Ratios) :–
cetue ef$ekeâesCeefceefle meJe&meefcekeâeSW
(Basic trigonometric identities)

uecyeJele yeoueeJe (Vertically change) : (90 ± θ) leLee

(270 ± θ) kesâ meeLe Devegheele efvecve lejerkesâ mes yeoue peeles nQ–
The ratio change with (90 ± θ) and (270 ± θ) in the
following manner :

If a sinθ ± b cos θ = c
sin θ ↽ ⇀ cos θ
then a cos θ ∓ b sin θ = a 2 + b 2 − c 2
tan θ ↽ ⇀ cot θ
If a sin θ + b cos θ = a 2 + b 2
cosec θ ↽ ⇀ secθ a b cos θ
then sin θ + =1
a +b
2 2
a 2 + b2
ef#eeflepe yeoueeJe (Horizontal change) : (180 ± θ) leLee On comparison sin2θ + cos2θ = 1
(360 ± θ) kesâ meeLe Devegheele ceW keâesF& yeoueeJe veneR neslee~ a b
sin θ = & cos θ =
2 2
There is no change ratio with respect to (180 ± θ) a +b a + b2
2

and (360 ± θ). If cos A + cos2A = 1

then sin 2 A + sin 4 A = 1

ef$ekeâesCeefceefle efÛeÖeW keâe ØeÙeesie If sin A + sin2 A =1

then cos 2 A + cos 4 A = 1
(Use of trigonometric signs)
If tan2θ + tan4θ = 1
sin (± θ) = ± sin θ cos (± θ)= cosθ
then cos 2 θ + cos 4 θ = 1
sin (900 ± θ) = cos θ cos (90 ± θ) = ∓ sin θ
0

sin 6 θ + cos 6 θ = 1 − 3sin 2 θ.cos 2 θ

sin (180 ± θ) = ∓ sin θ
0 cos (180 ± θ) = – cos θ
0

sin 4 θ + cos 4 θ = 1 − 2sin 2 θ.cos 2 θ

sin (270 ± θ) = − cos θ cos (270 ± θ) = ± sin θ
∵ sec 2 θ − tan 2 θ = 1
sin (360 ± θ) = ± sin θ
0
cos (360 ± θ) = cos θ
0
(sec θ − tan θ)(sec θ + tan θ) = 1
If sec θ – tan θ = x ....(i)
Ex. : tan 135 keâe ceeve efvekeâeefueS/Find the value of tan then sec θ + tan θ =
1
…(ii)
x
135. n
from eq (i) and (ii)
Sol. tan 135 = tan ( 90 + 45) x2 + 1 x2 + 1
∴ 2 sec θ = ⇒ secθ =
= – cot 45 ⇒ – 1 x 2x
2 2
or x −1 x −1
& 2 tan θ = ⇒ tanθ =
x 2x
tan 135 = tan (180 – 45)

Maths Capsule 167 YCT

 ∵ cosec 2 θ − cot 2 θ = 1 If p sec θ + q tanθ = r & q sec θ + p tan θ = s
(cosec θ – cot θ) (cosec θ + cot θ) = 1 then p2 − q2 = r 2 − s2
If cosec θ + cot θ = x … (i)
If p cosec θ + q cot θ = r & q cosec θ + p cot θ =
1
then cosec θ – cot θ = … (ii) s
x
then p2 − q2 = r 2 − s2
from eqn (i) and (ii)
x2 + 1 x2 + 1 sin1o. sin2o. sin3o ............ sin 180o = 0
2cosecθ = ⇒ cosecθ =
x 2x cos1o. cos2o. cos3o ............ cos 90o = 0
x2 − 1 x2 − 1 tan1o.
2 cot θ = ⇒ cotθ =
x 2x tan2o. tan3o ............ tan 89o = 1
™he heefjJele&ve (Transformation):–
sin θ cos θ tan θ cot θ sec θ cosec θ

sin θ sin θ 1 − cos 2 θ tan θ 1 sec 2 θ − 1 1

1 + tan θ 2
1 + cot θ 2
sec θ cosec θ

cos θ 1 − sin 2 θ cos θ 1 cot θ 1 cosec 2 θ − 1

1 + tan θ 2
1 + cot θ 2 sec θ cosec θ
tan θ sin θ 1 − cos 2 θ tanθ 1 sec 2 θ − 1 1
1 − sin θ 2
cos θ cot θ cos ec 2 θ − 1

cot θ 1 − sin 2 θ cos θ 1 cot θ 1 cosec2 θ – 1

sin θ 1 − cos 2 θ tan θ sec 2 θ − 1

sec θ 1 1 1 + tan 2 θ 1 + cot 2 θ sec θ cosec 2 θ

1 − sin 2 θ cos θ cot θ cosec 2 − 1
cosec 1 1 1 + tan 2 θ 1 + cot 2 θ sec θ cosec θ
θ sin θ 1 − cos θ 2
tan θ
2
sec θ − 1

cos θ 1 + cos θ
sec θ + tan θ cosec θ + cot θ
1 − sin θ sin θ

1 + sin θ 1 + sin θ sin θ 1 + cos θ

cos θ 1 − sin θ 1 − cos θ 1 − cos θ

Maths Capsule 168 YCT

 θ cos(A–B)= cosAcosB+sinAsinB
cot
2 tan A + tan B π  1 + tan θ
tan(A + B) = ; tan  + θ  =
1 − tan A tan B  4  1 − tan θ

tan A − tan B π  1 − tan θ

tan(A − B) = ; tan  − θ  =
1 + tan A tan B 4  1 + tan θ

cot A cot B − 1
cot(A + B) =
cot A + cot B
cot A cot B + 1
cot(A − B) =
cot B − cot A
tan A + tan B + tan C − tan A tan B tan C
tan(A + B + C) =
1 − tan A tan B − tan B tan C − tan C tan A

2.
sin(A+B) sin(A–B)
1 − sin θ
sec θ − tan θ
cos θ =sin2A–sin2B=cos2B–cos2A
cos(A+B) cos(A–B)
cos θ 1 − sin θ =cos2A–sin2B=cos2B–sin2A
1 + sin θ 1 + sin θ
3.
C+D C−D
sin C + sin D = 2sin cos
2 2
C+D C−D
sin C − sin D = 2cos sin
2 2
C+D C−D
cos C + cos D = 2cos cos
2 2
C+D D−C
cos C − cos D = 2sin sin
2 2
4.
2sinAcosB= sin(A+B)+sin(A–B)
cosecθ − cot θ
2cosAsinB= sin(A+B)–sin(A–B)
2cosAcosB= cos(A+B)+cos(A–B)
1 − cos θ sin θ
sin θ 1 + cos θ 2sinAsinB= cos(A–B)–cos(A+B)
5.

1 − cos θ θ 2 tan A
tan sin 2A = 2sin A cos A =
1 + cos θ 2 1 + tan 2 A

cos 2A = cos 2 A − sin 2 A = 1 − 2sin 2 A

Higher identities of trigonometric ratio
1 − tan 2 A
1. = 2c os 2 A − 1 =
1 + tan 2 A
sin(A+B) = sinAcosB+cosAsinB
sin (A–B)= sinAcosB –cosAsinB 2 tan A cot 2 A − 1
tan 2A = ,cot 2A =
cos(A+B)= cosAcosB–sinAsinB 1 − tan 2 A 2cot A

Maths Capsule 169 YCT

6. 10. efkeâmeer Yeer ef$eYegpe kesâ Devle: keâesCeeW keâe Ùeesie A+B+C= 1800, lees
sin3A=3sinA–4sin3A sinA=sin(B+C); cosA = –cos(B+C)
cos3A = 4cos3A–3cosA
sin
A
= cos
( B + C ) ;cos A = sin ( B + C )
2 2 2 2
3tan A − tan 3 A
tan 3A = sin θ.sin(60 − θ).sin(60 + θ) =
1
sin 3θ
1 − 3 tan 2 A 4

cot 3 A − 3cot A 1
cot 3A = cos θ.cos(60 − θ).cos(60 + θ) = cos 3θ
4
3cot 2 A − 1
tan θ.tan(60 − θ).tan(60 + θ) = tan 3θ
7.
cot θ.cot(60 − θ).cot(60 + θ) = cot 3θ
A
2 tan
A A 2 If A + B + C = 180, then
sin A = 2sin cos =
2 2 1 + tan 2 A
2 tan A + tan B + tan C = tan A tan B tan C

A A A or
cos A = cos 2 − sin 2 = 1 − 2sin 2
2 2 2 cot A cot B + cot Bcot C + cot C cot A = 1
A
1 − tan 2 If A + B + C = 90, then
2A 2
= 2cos −1 =
2 2 A
1 + tan tan A tan B + tan B tan C + tan C tan A = 1
2
or
A
2 tan
2 cot A + cot B + cot C = cot A.cot B.cot C
tan A =
2 A
1 − tan If A + B = 45° or 225, then
2
(1 + tan A)(1 + tan B) = 2
A
2
cot −1
cot A = 2
A or (1 − cot A)(1 − cot B) = 2
2cot
2
or (cot A − 1)(cot B − 1) = 2
8.
A – B = 45 or 225, then
A A (1 + tan A)(1 − tan B) = 2
sin A = 3sin − 4sin 3
3 3
or (1 − cot A)(1 + cot B) = 2
A A
cos A = 4cos3 − 3cos
3 3 In ∆ ABC,

9. sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 4 sinA sinB sinC

sin2A + sin2B – sin2C = 4 cos A cosB sinC
A 1 − cos A
sin = ± cos2A + cos2B + cos2C = – 4cosA cos B cosC – 1
2 2
cos2A + cos2B – cos2C = 1– 4sinA sinB sinC
A 1 + cos A If A + B + C = π
cos =±
2 2
sin2A + sin2 B + sin2 C = 2 + 2cosA cosB cosC

Maths Capsule 170 YCT

 DeefOekeâlece Deewj vÙetvelece ceeve minimum value = – a 2 + b2
(Maximum & Minimum value) a tan 2 θ + b cot 2 θ

ef$ekeâesCeefceleerÙe DevegheeleeW keâe DeefOekeâlece Je vÙetvelece ceeve maximum value = ∞ minimum value = 2 ab
(Maximum and minimum value of trigonometric α sin 2 θ + b cosec 2 θ
Ratioes)
maximum value = ∞
Devegheele (Ratio) DeefOekeâlece ceeve vÙetvelece ceeve
minimum value ⇒
(Maximum (Minimum
case I ⇒ If a ≥ b then 2 ab
value) value)
case II ⇒ If a ≤ b then (a + b)
sin θ or cosθ 1 –1
a cos 2 θ + b sec 2 θ
sin2 θ or cos2 θ 1 0
maximum value = ∞
sin3θ or cos3 θ 1 –1
minimum value ⇒
tanθ or cot θ ∞ –∞
case (I):– If a ≥ b then → then 2 ab
tan θ or cot θ
2 2
∞ 0
If a ≤ b → (a + b)
sec θ or cosec θ ∞ –∞
a sec 2 θ + b cosec 2 θ
sec θ or cosec θ
2 2
∞ 1
maximum value = ∞
sec θ or cosec θ
3 3
∞ –∞
( )
2
minimum value = a+ b

sin n θ.cos n θ
1
maximum value =
sinθ Deewj cosθ keâe ceeve –1 mes +1 lekeâ neslee nw~ 2n

min. value =

tanθ Deewj cotθ keâe ceeve –∞ mes +∞ lekeâ neslee nw~

sin 2m θ + sin 2n θ ≤ 1
secθ Deewj cosecθ keâe ceeve –1 mes –∞ lekeâ leLee +1 mes +∞
lekeâ neslee nw, peyeefkeâ –1 Deewj +1 kesâ yeerÛe ceW veneR neslee nw~ ∵ sin2mθ ……… sin6θ ≤ sin4θ ≤ sin2θ ..(i)

& cos2nθ ……… cos6θ ≤ cos4 θ ≤ cos2θ ..(ii)

a sin 2 α + b cos 2 α From equation (i) and (ii)
If a > b If b > a sin2mθ + sin2nθ ≤ sin2θ + cos2θ
maximum value = a maximum value = b
sin 2m θ + sin 2h θ ≤ 1
minimum value = b minimum value = a
Dele: sin2mθ + sin2nθ keâe DeefOekeâlece ceeie = 1
a sec α + b tan α
2 2
Fme efmLeefle ceW sinθ Je cosθ keâer Ieele mece nesveer ÛeeefnS~
maximum value = ∞ minimum value = a
a sin θ + b cos θ
ef$ekeâesCeefceefle Demeefcekeâe (Trigonometric inequality)

maximum value = a 2 + b2 If 0 < θ < 90

Maths Capsule 171 YCT

 θ kesâ yeÌ{ves hej sinθ keâe ceeve yeÌ{lee nw~ (The value of sinθ θ kesâ yeÌ{ves mes cotθ keâe ceeve Iešlee nw~(The value of cotθ
increases as the value of θ increase) decreases as the value of θ increase)
θ kesâ yeÌ{ves hej tanθ keâe ceeve yeÌ{lee nw~ (The value of tanθ θ kesâ yeÌ{ves mes cosecθ keâe ceeve Iešlee nw~(The value of
increases as the value of θ increase)
cosecθ decreases as the value of θ increase)
θ kesâ yeÌ{ves hej secθ keâe ceeve yeÌ{lee nw~ (The value of secθ
increases as the value of θ increase)
Dele: cosθ, cotθ leLee cosecθ keâer Demeefcekeâe efJehejerle efÛeÖ keâe
Dele: sinθ, tanθ Ùee secθ keâer Demeefcekeâe meceeve efÛeÖ keâe heeueve keâjleer nw~
heeueve keâjleer nw~ Hence, the inequality sinθ, tanθ or secθ follow the
Hence, the inequality sinθ, tanθ or secθ follow the opposite sign.
same sign. leye/then, cosθ1 > cosθ2 = θ1 < θ2
leye/then, sinθ1 > sinθ2 = θ1 > θ2
cotθ1 > cotθ2 = θ1 < θ2
tanθ1 > tanθ2 = θ1 > θ2
cosecθ1 > cosecθ2 = θ1 < θ2
secθ1 > secθ2 = θ1 > θ2
θ kesâ yeÌ{ves mes cosθ keâe ceeve Iešlee nw~ (The value of cosθ Trick:– ['C' heâueve DeLee&le cosθ, cotθ, cosecθ ceW Demefcekeâe keâe
decreases as the value of θ increase) efÛeÖ heueš peelee nw~]

Ratio I quadrant II quadrant III quadrant IV quadrant

sinθ increase from 0 to 1 decreases from 1 to 0 decreases from 0 to –1 increase from –1 to 0

cosθ decrease from 1 to 0 decreases from 0 to –1 increase from –1 to 0 increase from 0 to 1

tanθ increase from 0 to ∞ increase from –∞ to 0 increase from 0 to ∞ increase from –∞ to 0

cotθ decreases from ∞ to 0 decreases from 0 to –∞ decreases from ∞ to 0 decreases from 0 to –∞

secθ increase from 1 to ∞ increase from –∞ to –1 decreases from –1 to –∞ decreases from ∞ to 1

cosecθ decreases from ∞ to 1 increase from 1 to ∞ increase from –∞ to –1 decreases from –1 to –∞

jsef[Ùeve leLee DebMe ceW mecyevOe

(Relation between ration and degree)

Maths Capsule 172 YCT

 TBÛeeF& Deewj otjer (Height and Distance) The term angle of elevation denotes the angle from
the horizontal upward to an object.
If the line of sight is upward from the horizontal line
then the angle formed is an angle of elevation.

DeJeveceve keâesCe Ùee DeJeveleebMe keâesCe (Angle of

depression):– DeJeveceve keâe Meeefyokeâ DeLe& nw ‘‘veerÛes keâer Deesj
Pegkeâvee’’ Deiej efkeâmeer Jemleg keâes osKeves kesâ efueSs efmej keâes veerÛes keâer
Deesj Pegkeâevee heÌ[s lees Âef° jsKee Deewj #eweflepe jsKee kesâ yeerÛe keâe
keâesCe DeJeveceve keâesCe keânueelee nw~
Âef° jsKee (line of sight):– Âef° jsKee Øes#ekeâ keâer DeeBKe mes Øes#ekeâ The term angle of depression denotes the angle from
Éeje osKeer ieF& Jemleg kesâ efyevog keâes efceueeves Jeeueer jsKee nesleer nw~ the horizontal downward to an object.
If the line of sight is downward from the horizontal
The line which is drawn from the eyes of the
line then the angle formed is an angle depression.
observer to the point being viewed on the object.

Devleefjkeâ keâesCe (Subtended angle):– oesveeW Âef° jsKeeDeeW kesâ

#eweflepe jsKee Ùee DeeOeej jsKee (Horizontal line or Base yeerÛe yevee keâesCe DeLee&le efkeâmeer Jemleg kesâ efmej leLee heeo (hewj) Éeje
line):– Ùeefo JÙeefòeâ efmej keâes G"eÙee Ùee PegkeâeÙe efyevee "erkeâ yevee keâesCe Devleefjkeâ keâesCe keânueelee nw~
meeceves keâer Deesj osKes lees Ùen jsKee #eweflepe jsKee keânueeleer nw~ The angle formed between both lines of sight, i.e.
If the person looks straight ahead without lifting or the angle subtended by the head and legs of an
bending the head, then this line is called horizontal object is called the subtended angle.
line.

DeVeÙeve Ùee GVeleebMe keâesCe (Angle of elevation) :–

‘‘DeeBKe keâe Thej keâer Deesj G"evee’’ Ùeefo efkeâmeer Jemleg keâes osKeves
kesâ efueSs Dee@BKe (Ùee efmej) keâes Thej keâer Deesj G"evee heÌ[s lees Âef°
jsKee leLee #eweflepe jsKee kesâ yeerÛe keâe keâesCe GVeÙeve keâesCe keânueelee
nw~
Maths Capsule 173 YCT
Hetjkeâ keâesCe/keâesefšhetjkeâ keâesCe (Complementary angle):–
oes keâesCeeW keâe Ssmee Ùegice efpemekeâe Ùeesie 90° neslee nw~
Two angles are called complementary when their
measures add to 90°.
Ùeefo α, β Skeâ otmejs kesâ hetjkeâ nesies~/If α, β are
complementary each other.
leye/then, α + β = 90
θ keâe hetjkeâ (90 – θ) nesiee~
(90 – θ) is the complementary angle of θ.
3 P 3
mechetjkeâ keâesCe/Deveghetjkeâ keâesCe (Supplementary angle):– tan 60 = ⇒ =
1 B 1
oes keâesCeeW keâe Ssmee Ùegice efpemekeâe Ùeesie 180° neslee nw~
Two angles are called supplementary when their
measures add to 180°.
Ùeefo α. β Skeâ otmejs kesâ mechetjkeâ nQ,
If α, β are supplementary angle each others.
leye/then, α + β = 180°
θ keâe mechetjkeâ (180 – θ) nesiee~
(180° – θ) is the supplementary angle of θ.
3 −1 P 3 −1
keâesCe-Yegpee Devegheele (Angle-side ratio) tan15 = ⇒ =
3 +1 B 3 +1

uecye ( Perpendicular ) P
tan θ = =
DeeOeej ( Base ) B

otjer Deewj T@ÛeeF& ceW mecyevOe

(Relation between distance and height)

1 P 1
tan 45 = ⇒ =
1 B 1

1 P 1
tan 30 = ⇒ =
3 B 3
Maths Capsule 174 YCT
 ∵ θ1 < θ 2
∴ cot θ1 keâe ceeve > cot θ2 keâe ceeve

Maths Capsule 175 YCT

 meebefKÙekeâerÙe ceeOÙe (kesâvõerÙe ØeJe=efòe keâer ceeheeW) kesâ Øekeâej Solution :
Roll No. Mark (X)
Kind of statistical average (Measures of central
1 30
Tendency)
2 28
ieefCeleerÙe mecyevOeer ceeOÙe/ Mathematical Average : 3 32
1. meceevlej ceeOÙe/ Arithmetic average or mean 4 12
5 18
2. iegCeesòej ceeOÙe/ Geometric mean
6 20
3. njelcekeâ ceeOÙe/ Harmonic mean 7 25
efmLeefle mecyevOeer ceeOÙe/ Average of Position 8 15
9 26
1. ceeefOÙekeâe/Median
10 14
2. yenguekeâ Ùee YetefÙe‰keâ/Mode --------------- ---------------
3. efJeYeepeve cetuÙe/Partition value N = 10 ∑ X = 220
--------------- ---------------
meceevlej ceeOÙe − ∑X
X=
(Arithmetic average or mean) N
− 220
meceevlej ceeOÙe oes Øekeâej kesâ nesles nw/ There are two types of X=
10
arithmetic mean :- −
X = 22 Marks
(i) mejue meceevlej ceeOÙe/Simple arithmetic mean or
average
ueIeg jerefle/Short cut Method –
(ii) Yeeefjle meceevlej ceeOÙe/ Weighted arithmetic mean or keâefuhele ceeOÙe mes/Assumed mean :
average − ∑ dx
X=A +
(i) mejue meceevlej ceeOÙe/Simple arithmetic mean or N
average– peneB/Where, A → keâefuhele ceeOÙe/assumed mean
Ex. 2- Skeâ ceeefmekeâ hejer#ee ceW 10 efJeÅeeefLe&ÙeeW Éeje DeLe&MeeŒe ceW
heoesW keâe Ùeesie
meceevlej ceeOÙe = Øeehle efvecve DebkeâeW mes meceevlej ceeOÙe keâer ieCevee
heoesW keâer mebKÙee
keâerefpeS?
Sum of all observations Calculate Arithmetic mean of following marks
Mean =
Total no. of observations in economics obtained by 10 students in a
monthly test?
− ∑X Roll No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
X= Marks : 30 28 32 12 18 20 25 15 26 14
N
ueIeg jerefle mes nue/ Shortcut method –
Ex.1- Skeâ ceeefmekeâ hejer#ee ceW 10 efJeÅeeefLe&ÙeeW Éeje DeLe&MeeŒe ceW
jesue veb./ Øeehleebkeâ/ dx = (x − A)
Øeehle efvecve DebkeâeW mes meceevlej ceeOÙe keâer ieCevee Roll Score (X)
keâerefpeS? no.
Calculate Arithmetic mean of following marks 1 30 30–20 ⇒ +10
in economics obtained by 10 students in a 2 28 28–20 ⇒ +8
monthly test? 3 32 32–20 ⇒ +12
Roll No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 12 12–20 ⇒ –8
Marks : 30 28 32 12 18 20 25 15 26 14 5 18 18–20 ⇒ –2

meebefKÙekeâer 176 YCT

 6 A = 20 20–20 = 0 Sol. ueIeg jerefle (Short cut formula)
7 25 25–20 = 5 Size (X) f dx (A = 6) fdx
8 15 15–20 = –5 4 5 4–6⇒–2 5×(–2) = –10
9 26 26–20 = +6 5 8 5–6⇒–1 8 × (–1) = –8
10 14 14–20 = –6 A=6 10 6–6⇒ 0 10 × 0 = 0
N = 10 Σdx = + 20 7 10 7–6⇒+1 10×1 = 10
− ∑ dx 8–6⇒+2 7 × 2 = 14
X =A+ (A = Assumed value) 8 7
N N = 40 Σfdx = + 6
− 20 _
X = 20 + fdx
10 X=A+
− N
X = 20 + 2 _ _
6
− X=6+ = 6 + 0.15 X 6.15
X = 22 Marks 40
Ùeefo efkeâmeer Ûej x kesâ cetuÙe x1, x2, x3................xn nw Ex. 5- efvecve meejCeer mes meceevlej ceeOÙe (Mean) %eele keâerefpeÙes:
leLee Gvekeâer DeeJe=efòeÙeeB ›eâceMe: f1, f2, f3...............fn nw Calculate Arithmetic mean from the following
If x1, x2, x3................xn are the value of variable x series?
and f1, f2, f3...............fn are the respective cepeotjer/ Wages (Rs.) 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
frequencies.
cepeotjeW keâer mebKÙee/ 8 12 20 6 4
f x + f x + ............ + f n x n
meceevlej ceeOÙe/ Mean = 1 1 2 2 No. of workers
f1 + f 2 ..........f n Sol.
f1 x1 + f 2 x 2 + ............ + f n x n cepeotjer/ ceOÙeceeve/ cepeotjeW keâer fx
A.M. =
f1 + f 2 ..........f n Wages Mean (X) mebKÙee/No.
(Rs.) of
∑ fi x i
A.M. = workers
N (f)
−= ∑ fi x i 0-10 0 + 10 8 40
X =5
N 2
Ex. 3- efvecve meceBkeâes mes meceevlej ceeOÙe %eele keâjes : 10-20 10 + 20 12 180
=15
Calculate Arithmetic mean from the following 2
date : 20-30 20 + 30 20 500
= 25
heo cetuÙe(Size) : 4 5 6 7 8 2
DeeJe=efòe (f) : 5 8 10 10 7 30-40 30 + 40 6 210
Sol. = 35
2
Size (X) f f(x) 40-50 40 + 50 4 180
4 5 4 × 5 = 20 = 45
2
5 8 5 × 8 = 40
N = 50 Σfx = 1110
6 10 6 × 10 = 60
7 10 7 × 10 = 70 −
X=
∑ fx
8 7 8 × 7 = 56 N
N = 40 Σf(x) = 246 −
X=
1110

∑ f (x)
50
X= −
X = 22.2`
N
246 Ex. 6- efvecve meejCeer mes meceevlej ceeOÙe (Mean) %eele keâerefpeÙes:
X= = 6.15 Calculate Arithmetic mean from the following
40
Ex. 4- efvecve meceBkeâes mes meceevlej ceeOÙe %eele keâjes : series?
Calculate Arithmetic mean from the following
date : cepeotjer/ Wages (Rs.) 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
heo cetuÙe (Size) : 4 5 6 7 8 cepeotjeW keâer mebKÙee/ 8 12 20 6 4
DeeJe=efòe (f) : 5 8 10 10 7 No. of workers
meebefKÙekeâer 177 YCT
Sol. ueIeg jerefle (Short cut formula) __
∑ fd ' x
dx = (X-A)
X =A+ ×i ( i = interval )
N
cepeotjer/ ceOÙeceeve/ cepeotjeW A = 25 fdx −14
Wages Mean keâer dx = (X–A) = 25 + × 10 peneB A = 25,
50
(Rs.) (X) mebKÙee /  −14 
No. of = 25 +   ⇒ 25 − 2.8 GYeÙeefve‰ iegCekeâ (i) =10
 5 
worker
s (f) ⇒ 22.2
0–10 0 + 10 8 5–25 = –20 (–20) × 8 = Demeceeve Jeiee&vlej/ Unequal Intervals
=5
2 –160 Ex. 8- efvecve mebcekeâes mes ceeOÙe (Mean) keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS :
10–20 10 + 20 12 15–25= –10 10×12= – 120 Calculate mean from the following data :
= 15
2 Class f Class f
20–30 20 + 30 20 25–25 = 0 20×0 = 0 0-3 6 10-15 12
=25
2 3-6 14 15-25 10
30–40 30 + 40 6 35–25=+10 +10×6 = 60 6-10 25 25-50 3
=35
2 Solution :
40–50 40 + 45 4 45–25 = 20 +20×4 = 80 Class M.V. (X) f f(x)
= 45
2 0-3 1.5 6 9.0
N = 50 Σfdx= –140 3-6 4.5 14 63.0
_ ∑ fdx 6-10 8.0 25 200.0
X=A+
N 10-15 12.5 12 150.0
_ ( −140 ) 15-25 20 10 200.0
X = 25 + 25-50 37.5 3 112.5
50
_ 140 N=70 Σfx=734.5
X = 25 − ⇒ 25 − 2.8 __
∑ fx 734.5
50 X= = = 10.49
_ N 70
X = 22.2 De%eele cetuÙe Ùee DeeJe=efòe keâe efveOee&jCe/ Location of
heo efJeÛeueve jerefle/Step Deviation formula– Missing Size or frequency :
_ ∑ fd 'x Ex. 9- Ùeefo ceeOÙe 30 nes lees efvecve meejCeer mes De%eele DeeJe=efòe
X=A+ ×i
N %eele keâjeW?
peneB/Where, A → keâefuhele ceeOÙe/assumed mean Find out missing frequency in the following
i → Jeie& Deblejeue/interval take, if mean in 30 :
Ex. 7- efvecve meejCeer mes meceevlej ceeOÙe (Mean) %eele keâerefpeÙes: Class 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
Calculate Arithmetic mean from the following Frequency 5 6 10 ? 13
series? Solution :
cepeotjer/ Wages (Rs.) 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 De%eele DeeJe=efòe keâes y ceevekeâj ieCevee efvecve Øekeâej keâer peeleer :
Let the missing frequency = y :
cepeotjeW keâer mebKÙee/ 8 12 20 6 4
Class M.V. (X) f f(x)
No. of workers
ceOÙe ceeve
Sol. meceevlej ceeOÙe keâe ieCevee (heo efJeÛeueve jerefle)
0-10 5 5 25
(Step deviation Method)
cepeotjer ceOÙeceeve cepeotjeW efJeÛeueve/ heo efJeÛeueve fd'x 10-20 15 6 90
/ / Mean keâer mebKÙee Deviatio / Step 20-30 25 10 250
Wages (X) / No. of n deviation 30-40 35 y 35y
(Rs.) workers A=25 dx 40-50 45 13 585
d 'x =
(f) dx=x-A i N=34+y Σf(x)=
0-10 5 8 –20 –2 –16 ⇒ 950+35y
10-20 15 12 –10 –1 –12 __
∑ fx
20-30 A =25 20 0 0 0 X=
N
30-40 35 6 +10 +1 6
950 + 35y
40-50 45 4 +20 +2 8 30 =
34 + y
N=50 Σfd'x= –14
meebefKÙekeâer 178 YCT
 1020 + 30y = 950 + 35y Solution :
35y − 30y = 1020 − 950 Yeeefjle meceevlej ceeOÙe keâer ieCevee :
5y = 70 efJe<eÙe/ ØeefleMele/ Yeej/ WX
y = 14 Subject Percentage Weight
(X) (w)
De%eele DeeJe=efòe/Missing frequency = 14 Deb«espeer/ 60 1 60
Ex. 10- Ùeefo ceeOÙe 41 nes leeW efvecve mebcekeâes mes De%eele heo %eele English
keâjeW? efnvoer/ 70 2 140
If mean is 41, find out the missing size from the Hindi
following : ieefCele/ 75 1 75
Class 20 30 ? 50 60 70
Maths
No of students 8 12 20 10 6 4
Solution :
DeLe&MeeŒe/ 50 3 150
Economics
Size/Class (X) f fx
20 8 160 meceepeMeeŒe/ 55 3 165
30 12 360 Sociology
A 20 20A Σ w = 10 Σwx = 590
50 10 500 __
∑ wx
Xw =
60 6 360 ∑w
70 4 280 590
= = 59
N = 60 Σfx = 1660 + 20A 10
__
∑ fx Ex. 12- efveosMekeâes kesâ efvecve mecebkeâes kesâ DeeOeej hej Yeeefjle
X=
N meceevlej ceeOÙe keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS?
1660 + 20A Complete the weighted Arithmetic mean of the
41 = Index number from the data given below :
60
2460 = 1660 + 20A mecet n / Group efveoxMeebkeâ/ Index Yeej/
20A = 2460 − 1660 No. Weight
20A = 800 Yees p eve/ Food 125 7

A = 40 keâheÌ[s/Cloths 130 5

De%eele heo/Missing term · 40 FËOeve SJeb ØekeâeMe/Fuel and 140 4

light
(ii) Yeeefjle meceevlej ceeOÙe (Weighted Arithmetic mean)–
cekeâeve efkeâjeÙee/House rent 170 1
Yeeefjle meceevlej ceeOÙe/Weighted arithmetic mean
x w + x 2 w 2 + x 3 x 3 .......... + x n w n
efJeefJeOe/Miscellaneous 180 3
= 1 1 Solution :
w1 + w 2 + ..........w n
Calculation of weighted Arithmetic mean :

Xw =
∑ Xw mecetn/ Group efveoxMeebkeâ/ Yeej/ WX

∑ w
Yeespeve/Food
Index
125
No. Weight
7 875
peneB/where,
keâheÌ[s/Cloths 130 5 650
w1, w2 ..... wn → mecyeefvOele Yeej/corresponding weight
FËOeve SJeb ØekeâeMe/Fuel 140 4 560
Ex. 11- Skeâ efJeÅeeLeea Éeje yeer.S. keâer hejer#ee ceW Øeehle DebkeâeW keâe and light
ØeefleMele efvecve Øekeâej nw-Deb«espeer 60, efnvoer 70, ieefCele cekeâeve efkeâjeÙee/ House 170 1 170
75 DeLe&MeeŒe 50 leLee meceepeMeeŒe 55 nw, ØeehleebkeâeW rent
keâe Yeeefjle meceevlej ceeOÙe %eele keâerefpeÙes, Ùeefo Fve efJeefJeOe/Miscellaneous 180 3 540
efJe<eÙeeW keâe Yeej ›eâceMe: 1, 2, 1, 3 leLee 3 nes~- ΣW = 20 ΣXw
A candidate obtained the following percentages ⇒ 2795
in B.A. Examination-English 60, Hindi 70, __
∑ Xw
Mathematics 75, Economics 50 and Sociology Xw =
∑w
55, find weighted Arithmetic mean or marks if __
weights of these subjects are 1, 2, 1, 3 and 3 2795
Xw = = 139.75
respectively. 20
meebefKÙekeâer 179 YCT
 ØeMve : efvecveefueefKele keâe iegCeesòej ceeOÙe %eele keâerefpeS ?
iegCeesòej ceeOÙe (Geometric Mean) Find out G.M. of the following?
(a) 4, 9 (b) 3, 8, 9 (c) 4, 16
Solve :
a, b keâe iegCeesòej ceeOÙe (GM) = a × b
(a) 4,9 GM = 4 × 9
Geometric mean of a and b (GM) = a × b
= 36
a, b, c keâe iegCeesòej ceeOÙe (GM) = 3 a × b × c
⇒ 6
Geometric mean of a, b and c (GM) = 3 a × b × c
(b) 3,8,9 GM = 3 3 × 8 × 9
a, b, c............n heoes keâe iegCeesòej ceeOÙe
Geometric mean of a, b, c............n = 3 216
⇒ 6
(GM) = n a × b × c........n heoes lekeâ/term
(c) 4,16,GM = 4 × 16
OÙeeve jKeves ÙeesiÙe yeeles/ Points to be kept in mind – ⇒ 64
(1) efkeâmeer Yeer heo keâe cetuÙe MetvÙe veneR nesvee ÛeeefnS, DevÙeLee ⇒ 8
iegCeveHeâue MetvÙe nes peeÙesiee Deewj iegCeesòej ceeOÙe MetvÙe nes peeÙesiee~
The value of any term should not be zero otherwise njelcekeâ ceeOÙe (Harmonic mean)
the product will be zero and the geometric mean will
be zero.
DeeMeÙe (Meaning)–Ùeefo efkeâmeer ßesCeer kesâ heoeW keâer mebKÙee
(2) heoes kesâ ]$e+Ceelcekeâ nesves keâer mLeefle ceW iegCeesòej ceeOÙe keâeuheefvekeâ (Number of terms) ceW Gve heoeW kesâ JÙegl›eâceeW (Reciprocal) kesâ
mebKÙee nes mekeâleer nw~ Ùeesie keâe Yeeie os efoÙee peeS, lees Øeehle YeeieHeâue Gme ßesCeer keâe njelcekeâ
In case the terms are negative, the geometric mean ceeOÙe neslee nw~
can be an imaginary number. DeLeJee cetuÙees kesâ JÙegl›eâceeW kesâ meceevlej ceeOÙe kesâ JÙegl›eâce keâes
(3) oes Ùee leerve mebKÙeeDeeW keâer efoMeeDeeW ceW Jeie&cetue Ùee Ievecetue Gvekeâe njelcekeâ ceeOÙe keâne peelee nw~
Deemeeveer mes efvekeâeuee pee mekeâlee nw, uesefkeâve Fmemes DeefOekeâ If the number of terms in a series is divided by the
mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ nesves hej ieefCeleerÙe ef›eâÙee peefšue nes peeleer nw Deewj sum of the reciprocals of those terms, then the quotient
obtained will be the harmonic mean of that series.
ueIegieCekeâ (Logarithms) leLee ØeefleueIegieCekeâ (Anti OR
logarithms) keâe ØeÙeesie keâjvee neslee nw~ Harmonic Mean of a series is the Reciprocal of the
In the case of two or three numbers, the square root arithmetic average of the reciprocals of the values of its
or cube root can be easily calculated, but when there various terms.
are more number than this, the mathematical Ùeefo x1, x2, x3 .......... xn efkeâmeer JÙeefòeâiele ßesCeer kesâ heo nw
operation becomes complicated and logarithms and If x1, x2, x3 .......... xn are the individual items up to n
anti-logarithms have to be used. terms, then,
 log a + log b + ........log n  Harmonic mean,
GM = Anti log  
 N n
HM =
 ∑ log X 
( 1 ) ( 2 ) (1 / x 3 ) + ...... (1 / x n )
1 / x + 1 / x +
GM = Anti log  
 N  Ùeefo a, b, c leerve Oeveelcekeâ mebKÙeeS nQ, leye–
iegCeesòej ceeOÙe kesâ efJeefMe° ØeÇÙeesie/ Special uses of oes mebKÙeeDeeW keâe njelcekeâ ceeOÙe/ Harmonic mean of a and
Geometric mean : 2ab
b =
iegCeesòej ceeOÙe keâe efJeefMe° ØeÙeseie ØeefleMele Je=efæ ojeW Deewj a +b
Devegheelees keâe Deewmele efvekeâeueves ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~ leer v e mebK ÙeeDeeW keâe njelcekeâ ceeOÙe/Harmonic mean of a, b
3abc
pevemebKÙee Je=efæ, cetuÙeJe=efæ, efJekeâeme keâer oj, Ûeke=âJe=efæ yÙeepe, and c =
ab + bc + ca
Iešles Mes<e hej ùeme, FlÙeeefo keâer efoMee ceW Deewmele keâer ieCevee iegCeesòej Ûeej mebKÙeeDeeW keâe njelcekeâ ceeOÙe/Harmonic mean of a, b, c
ceeOÙe Éeje keâer peeleer nw~ 4abcd
The specific use of geometric mean is to find the and d =
abc + bcd + cda + dab
average of percentage growth, rates and ratios.
heeBÛe mebKÙeeDeeW keâe njelcekeâ ceeOÙe/Harmonic mean of a, b,
In case of population growth, price rise, rate of
c, d and e =
development, compound interest, depreciation on
reducing balance etc., the average is calculated by 5abcde
geometric mean. abcd + bcde + cdea + deab + eabc

meebefKÙekeâer 180 YCT

ØeMve : 20, 15, 10, 5, 6 keâe njelcekeâ ceeOÙe (Harmonic Ùeefo oesveeW mecyevOeeW keâes Skeâ meeLe uesves hej/If both relation
Mean) %eele keâjW?- taking together,–
Find the harmonic mean of 20, 15, 10, 5, 6 : AM ≥ GM ≥ HM
Solve : HM =
1 Ex.: ceevee oes heo nw Gvekesâ cetuÙe 4 Deewj 16 nw~ lees
 1 1 1 1 1
 + + + + 
Let, taking two terms which value 4 and 16 :
 20 15 10 5 6  4 + 16 20
5 A.M. = ⇒ ⇒ 10
2 2
5
= G.M. = 4 × 16 ⇒ 2 64 ⇒ 8
2

 1 1 1 1 1
 + + +  2
 20 + 15 10 5 6  H.M. =
1 1
5 5 × 60 +
= ⇒ 4 16
3 + 4 + 6 + 12 + 10 35
2 16 × 2
60
5 × 60 4 + 1 5
= 16
35
60 32
= = 8.57 6.4
7 5
 ∑ Re ci X  Dele:/hence, AM > GM > HM
HM = Re ci  
 N  (3) Ùeefo oes heo nes lees Gvekeâe iegCeesòej ceeOÙe Gvekesâ meceevlej leLee
[Reci ⇒ Reciprocal JÙegl›eâceevegheeleer] njelcekeâ ceeOÙe kesâ iegCeveheâue kesâ Jeie&cetue kesâ yejeyej neslee nw
njelcekeâ ceeOÙe kesâ efJeefMe° ØeÙeesie/Specific uses of DeLee&le:
Harmonic Mean– If there are two terms, then their geometric mean is
Deewmeleieefle/Average speed equal to the square root of the product of their
cetuÙe – DeeÙe Devegheele/Price - earnings ratio arithmetic mean and harmonic mean-
GM = AM × HM
meceevlej ceeOÙe, iegCeesòej ceeOÙe Deewj njelcekeâ ceeOÙe
4 + 16 20
kesâ ceOÙe mecyevOe (Relation between Arithmetic Ex.: 4, 16 keâe AM = ⇒ =10
2 2
Mean, Geometric mean and Harmonic mean) 4, 16 keâe GM = 4 ×16 ⇒ 8
2

2
(1) Ùeefo mecebkeâ ceeuee ceW meYeer heoeW kesâ cetuÙe meceeve nes, lees meceevlej 4,16 keâe HM =
1 1
ceeOÙe, iegCeesòej ceeOÙe Deewj njelcekeâ ceeOÙe meceeve nesles nw~ +
If all the terms in a series have the same values then 4 16
the arithmetic mean, geometric mean and harmonic 2 2 × 16
⇒ ⇒
mean values will be equal - 4 +1 5
AM = GM = HM 16
32
Ex.: ceevee oes heo nw Deewj oesveeW keâe cetuÙe 8 Deewj 8 nw~ lees ⇒ = 6.4
Let, taking two terms which value 8 and 8 : 5
8 + 8 16 ∵ GM = AM × HM
AM = ⇒ ⇒8
2 2 10 6.4
GM = 2 8 × 8 ⇒ 8 64
2 2 8
HM = ⇒ ⇒8
1 1 2
+
8 8 8 ceeefOÙekeâe (Median)
(2) Ùeefo mecebkeâceeuee ceW meYeer heoeW kesâ cetuÙe meceeve ve nes lees njelcekeâ
ceeve meyemes Úesše iegCeesòej ceeOÙe Gmemes yeÌ[e Deewj meceevlej ceeOÙe 1. JÙeefòeâiele ßesCeer (Individual Series) ceW ceeefOÙekeâe keâer
meyemes yeÌ[e neslee nw~ ieCevee–ßesCeer keâes Deejesner Ùee DeJejesner ›eâce ceW JÙeJeefmLele keâjles
If all the terms in a series have not the same values nw Ùeefo heoeW keâer mebKÙee efJe<ece (Odd) nw,lees
the - If in the series first of all the terms are arranged in
AM > GM > HM ascending or descending order.

meebefKÙekeâer 181 YCT

 peye heoeW keâer
mebKÙee efJe<ece nes/Number of N
keäÙeeWefkeâ meleble ßesCeer ceW
JeW heo keâe cetuÙe ner ceeefOÙekeâe neslee nw
observations is odd– 2
th
N +1 n
ceeefOÙekeâe M = JeeB heo keâe ceeve Because the value of term in a continuous
2 2
n +1
th series is the median.
Median = term
2
peye heoeW keâer mebKÙee mece nes/Number of observations
Deble ceW efvecve met$e keâe ØeÙeesie keâjles nw~
is even–
Finally we use the following formula :
1 n N 1
ceeefOÙekeâe = JeeB heo keâe ceeve + +1 JeeB heo keâe ceeve N − cf
2 2 2
ceeefOÙekeâe/ Median ( M ) = l + 2 ×h
1 n
th
n
th f
Median (M) = term + +1 term
2 2 2 peneB/Where, l = ceeefOÙekeâe Jeie& keâer efvecve meercee/ lower limit of
2. KeefC[le ßesCeer (Discrete Series) ceW ceeefOÙekeâe keâer the median class
N = kegâue DeeJe=efòe/ total of all the frequencies
ieCevee–FmeceW ceeefOÙekeâe %eele keâjves kesâ efueS heoeW keâes Deejesner Ùee
cf= ceeefOÙekeâe Jeie& kesâ hetJe& Jeie& keâer mebÛeÙeer DeeJe=efòe/
DeJejesner ›eâce ceW JÙeJeefmLele keâjves keâer DeJeMÙekeâlee veneR nesleer cumulative frequency of the class preceding the
keäÙeesefkeâ KeefC[le ßesCeer ceW mebÛeÙeer DeJe=efòeÙeeB (Cumulative median class
frequencies) %eele keâer peeleer nw~ pees mJebÙe Deejesner Ùee DeJejesner f= ceeefOÙekeâe Jeie& keâer DeeJe=efòe/ frequency of the median
›eâce ceW nesleer nQ~ class
Discrete Series– In this, there is no need to arrange h = ceeefOÙekeâe Jeie& Devlejeue keâer ceehe/ interval of the
the items in ascending or descending order to find median class
the median because in the discrete series the Ex.1- ef v ecve mecebkeâes mes ceeefOÙekeâe (Median) efveOee&efjle
commutative frequencies are determined which keâerefpeÙes?
themselves are in ascending or descending order. Determine Median from the following data?
meJe&ØeLece mebÛeÙeer DeeJe=efòe (c.f) %eele keâjles nQb~/First determine 20, 25, 23, 25, 27, 40, 23, 15, 25
the cumulative frequency (cf). Solutions :
 n +1  cetuÙeeW keâes Deejesner keÇâce ceW efvecve Øekeâej ›eâceyeæ (Array) efkeâÙee
 2  met$e mes ceeefOÙekeâe heo %eele keâjles nw~ pee mekeâlee nw~ (keâesF& Yeer ›eâce uesves hej Deejesner/DeJejesner)
 
Find the median term by using given formula– The values can be sorted in ascending order as
th follows :
n +1
Median, M = term ›eâce mebKÙee/ heo cetuÙe/
2
Number Value
Deble ceW ceeefOÙekeâe Gme heo keâe ceeve neslee nw efpemekeâer mebÛeÙeer
1 15
 n +1 
DeeJe=efòe ceW   Jeeb heo Deelee nw~/Finally, the median 1 20
 2  3 23
is the value of the term which cumulative frequency
th
5 25
n +1 6 25
in term .
2 7 25
3. meblele ëe=bKeuee kesâ efueS ceeefOÙekeâe keâer ieCevee/ 8 27
Calculation of Median for continuous series– 9 40
meJe&ØeLece mebÛeÙeer DeeJe=efòe (c.f) %eele keâer peeleer nw~/First th
( N + 1) term
determine the cumulative frequency (cf). Median = (Odd)
2
ceeefOÙekeâe heo %eele keâjves kesâ efueS ceOÙeJeie& %eele keâjles nw, pees th
9 +1
n +1 
Jeeb heo (ve efkeâ 
N = term
 Jeeb heo neslee nw, 2
2  2  th
To find the median term, find the middle class 10
= term 5th term
n
th
n +1
th 2
term and not term .
2 2 5th term = 25
meebefKÙekeâer 182 YCT
Ex.2- efJeÅeeefLe&ÙeeW kesâ efvecve Øeehleebkeâ mes ceeefOÙekeâe cetuÙe %eele Ex. 4- efvecve meejCeer mes ceeefOÙekeâe keâer ieCevee keâjes~
keâerefpeS~/Calculate Median from the marks Calculate Median from the following table?
obtained by 10 students? X: 7 5 6 8 10 9
Roll No. : 1 2 3 4 f : 3 4
5 6 7 2 5 8
7 8 9 10 Solution :
Marks : 25 28 29 45 X kesâ ceevees keâes Deejesner ›eâce ceW jKeves hej,
42 30
35 33 32 32 By arranging the value of X in ascending order :
Solution : X f cf
DebkeâeW keâes Deejesner ›eâce (Ascending order) ceW efvecve Øekeâej
5 4 4
›eâceyeæ efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw :
6 7 11
The values can be sorted in ascending order as
follows : 7 3 14
25, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33 33, 8 2 16
35, 42, 45 9 8 24
th
1 n th n 10 7 29
Median = term + +1 term
2 2 2 th
N +1
Median No = term
1 10 10 2
= term + + 1 term
2 2 2 29 + 1 th
= term = 15th term
1 2
= [5 term + 6 term]
2 15JeeB heo mebÛeÙeer DeeJe=efòe 16 ceW efJeÅeceeve nw~
1
= [32 +33] = [ 65] 32.5
1 Dele: ceeefOÙekeâe = 8
2 2 The 25th term is present in cumulative frequency 16.
Ex.3- Hence, median = 8.
Jesleve (Salary). : 10 11 12 13 14 Ex. 5- efvecve mecebkeâes mes ceeefOÙekeâe (Median) %eele keâerefpeÙes~
15 16 17 18 Find out Median from the following data :
keâce&ÛeeefjÙeeW keâer mebKÙee : 2 5 6 8 10 Jeiee&òej (Interval): 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
No. of employees 12 7 4 1 DeeJe=efòe (f) : 3 5 8 5 3
Solution : ceeefOÙekeâe keâer ieCevee Solution :
Jesleve keâce&Ûeejer (No. mebÛeÙeer DeeJe=efòe Jeiee&òej DeeJe=efòe cf
(Salary) of employees) (Cumulative (Interval) (Frequency)
(f) frequency) (f)
10 2 2 0 –10 3 3
11 5 7 10 – 20 5 8=F
12 6 13 20 – 30 8=f 16
13 8 21
30 – 40 5 21
14 10 31
40 – 50 3 24
15 12 43
N = 24
16 7 50 12 JeeB heo mebÛeÙeer DeeJe=efòe 16 ceW efJeÅeceeve nw DeleŠ Fmekesâ meeceves
17 4 54 Jeeuee Jeiee&òej 20-30 ceeefOÙekeâe Jeiee&òej nesiee efpemeceW met$e ueieeves
18 1 55 hej/ The 12th term is present in cf 16. Therefore the
N +1
th interval in front of it will be the interval 20-30.
Median No. = term
2 N  Trick 
 − F  20 + 30 
 
Median = ℓ +   ×h
55 + 1 2
= th
term = 28th term  
2 f  2 
⇒ 25 
28JeeB heo mebÛeÙeer DeeJe=efòe 31 ceW efJeÅeceeve nw~ Dele: Fmekesâ meeceves
Jeeuee cetuÙe 14 ceeefOÙekeâe nesiee~  24 
 − 8
th
The 28 term is present in cumulative frequency 31, 20 + 
2  ×10 = 20 +  4 ×10  = 20 + 5 = 25
 
so the value in front of it will be 14 median. 8 8 

meebefKÙekeâer 183 YCT

Ex. 6- Deejesner ›eâce ceW ueies DeJeueeskeâve 10, 12, 13, 16 (X+1), meleled ßesCeer ceW DeeJe=efòe MetvÙe nesvee (Zero frequency in
(X+3), 32, 36, 40, 45 keâer ceeefOÙekeâe 22 nw~ X keâe ceeve continuous series)–
%eele keâjeW? Ùeefo meleled ßesCeer ceW keâesF& Ùee kegâÚ DeeJe=efòe MetvÙe nesleer nw Deewj
The median of observation 10, 12, 13, 16, (X+1) ceeefOÙekeâe vecyej Gve MetvÙe DeeJe=efòe Ùee DeeJe=efòeÙeeW kesâ meeceves Jeeueer
(X+3), 32, 36, 40, 45 arranged in ascending order mebÛeÙeer DeeJe=efòeÙeeW ceW heÌ[lee nw, lees MetvÙe DeeJe=efòe Jeeues Jeiee&vlejeW
is 22 find the value of X. keâes meceehle keâj efoÙee peelee nw leLee Ssmes meceehle efkeâS peeves Jeeues
Solution :
Jeiee&vlej Ùee Jeiee&vlejes keâe DeeOee Yeeie Gvemes Thej Deewj veerÛes kesâ
Observations are :
10, 12, 13, 16, (x+1), (x+3), 32, 36, 40, 45 Total No. of
Jeiee&vlejeW ceW efceuee efoÙee peelee nw~
observations = 10 If any or some frequency in a continuous series is
zero and the number of median falls in the
1 n  n  
Median =  th term +  + 1 th term  cumulative frequencies in front of those frequency
2 2  2   or frequencies, then the class intervals with zero
1 10th  frequency are eliminated and half of the class
th
 10 
= term +  + 1 term  intervals or classes to be eliminated are added to the
2  2  2   top of bottom sections.
1
Median = [5th term + 6th term ] Ex.1- efvecve DeeJe=efòe efJelejCe ceW ceeefOÙekeâe (Median) keâe ceeve
2 %eele keâjW?
1
22 = [ (X + 1) + (X + 3) ] Find the median from the given data :
2 Class f Class f
1
22 = [ 2x + 4] ⇒ 22 = X + 2 0-5 3 20-25 0
2 5-10 4 25-30 14
X = 20 10-15 6 30-35 6
15-20 12 35-40 5
Ex.7- efvecve efJeJejCe mes ceeefOÙekeâe (Median) keâe efveOee&jCe
Solution :
keâerefpeS?/Find the median from the given data :
Class f cf 50
Debkeâ (Marks) : 6-10 11-15 16-20 21-25 26-30 0-5 3 3
M. No. = = 25
2
Úe$eeW keâer mebKÙee Š 20 30 50 40 10 5-10 4 7
Solution : 10-15 6 13 F
Note : meceeJesMeer ßesCeer ceW ceeefOÙekeâe efvekeâeueves kesâ efueÙes Ùen DeeJeMkeâ 15-20 12 f 25
nw efkeâ Gmes henues DeheJeCeea ßesCeer ceW yeoue efueÙee peeS, efpememes 20-25 0 25
met$e ceW a1 kesâ efueS mener vÙetvelece meercee (True Lower limit) 25-30 14 39
efueKeer pee mekesâ~/To find the median in an inclusive 30-35 6 45
series it is necessary to first convert in to an 35-40 5 50
sequential series, so that the correct minimum limit N
for "a" can be written in the formula. −F
M =ℓ + 2 ×h
Class f c.f. M f
Median No. = th term
Interval 2 50
150 − 13
6-10 20 20
= th term ⇒15 + 2 ×5
11-15 30 50F 2 12
16-20 50f 100 = 75 th term. 25 − 13
⇒ 15 + ×5
21-25 40 140 12
26-30 10 150 12
⇒ 15 + × 5
N 12
−F ⇒ 15 + 5
Median = ℓ + 2 ×h
f ⇒ 20
150
− 50
= 16 + 2 ×4 yenguekeâ Ùee YetefÙe‰keâ (Mode)
50
25 'Mode' Meyo øeQâÛe Yee<ee La-Mode mes yevee nw, efpemekeâe DeLe& nw
= 16 + × 4 ⇒ 16 + 2 = 18
50 HewâMeve Ùee efjJeepe~
meebefKÙekeâer 184 YCT
 Fme mevoYe& ceW Ùen keâneB peelee nw efkeâ "Mode means most yenguekeâ keâer ieCevee–
fashionable term." Øeehleebkeâ (Marks) efJeÅeeefLe&ÙeeW keâer mebKÙee (No of students)
meebefKÙekeâer ceW yenguekeâ keâe DeeMeÙe Ssmes cetuÙe mes nw efpemekeâer Score No. of students (f)
hegvejeJe=efòe meyemes DeefOekeâ yeej ngF& nes~ 0-10 5
kesâveer Deewj keâerefhebie (Kenney and keeping) kesâ Devegmeej 10-20 7
‘‘meebefKÙekeâer ceW yenguekeâ Gme ceeve keâes keânles nw pees mecebkeâ ceeuee ceW 20-30 15 → f0
meyemes DeefOekeâ yeej Deelee nes’’~ 30-40 25 → f1
The word "mode" is derived from the French 40-50 8 → f2
language "La-Mode" which means fashion and
customs.
"The value of variable which has the maximum f1 − f 0
Z = l1 + ×h
frequency in called the mode." 2f1 − f 0 − f 2
Ex.: Skeâ petlee efJe›esâlee kesâ ÙeneB Skeâ efove ceW efyekeâves Jeeues petles 25 − 15
kesâ DeeBkeâÌ[es keâes efvecve mebKÙee mes yenguekeâ (Mode) %eele ⇒ Z = 30 +
( 2 × 25 − 15 − 8 )
× 10
keâerefpeS?/Find out mode from the following data
10
of sizes of shoes sold at a shop in one day. ⇒ Z = 30 + × 10
5, 9, 8, 7, 10, 5, 7, 6, 7, 1, 6, 2, 3, 4 50 − 23
Solution : 10 100
Z = 30 + × 10 ⇒ 30 +
meJe&ØeLece megefJeOee keâer Âef° mes FvnW ›eâceyeæ keâj ueWies : 27 27
First of all we will sort them out of convenience– = 30 + 3.70
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 7, 8, 9, 10 = 33.70
GheÙeg&òeâ mecebkeâes mes mhe° nw efkeâ cetuÙe 7 meJee&efOekeâ nw DeLee&le 3
yeej DeeÙee nw DevegYeJepevÙe mecyevOe ceeOÙe ceeefOÙekeâe Deewj yenguekeâ
From the observation the frequency of 7 = 3 (times).
(Empirical Relation between Mean, Median
Dele:/hence, yenguekeâ Z = 7
Ex.: efvecve mecebkeâes mes yenguekeâ (Mode) keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS?
and Mode)
Calculate Mode from the following data : yenguekeâ = 3 (ceeefOÙekeâe) 2 (ceeOÙe) -
Jesleve (Salary) ®. : 200 225 250 275 300 325
Mode = 3 (Median) – 2 (Mean)
DeeJe=efòe (f) : 4 6 12 18 7 3
meyemes DeefOekeâ DeeJe=efòe cetuÙe (Jesleve) 275 keâer 18 nw~
Maximum frequency = 275 (18 times) Ex. : ceeOÙe · 12, ceeefOÙekeâe = 16.5, yenguekeâ = ?
∴ cees[ Mode (Z) = 275. Mean = 12, Median = 16.5, Mode = ?
meleled Ùee DeefJeefÛÚVe ßesCeer (Continuous Series) : Sol. Mode = 3 Median - 2 mean
Mode = 3 × 16.5 - 2 × 12
f1 − f 0
Z = l1 + ×h Mode = 49.5 - 24 = 25.5
2f1 − f 0 − f 2 Ex. : yenguekeâ = 16, ceeefOÙekeâe = 21, ceeOÙe · ?,
Z = yenguekeâ keâe cetuÙe/ Mode Mode = 16, Median = 21, Mean = ?
l1 = yenguekeâ keâer veerÛeueer meercee/ Lower limit Sol. Mode = 3 Median - 2 mean
f1 = yenguekeâ Jeie& keâer DeeJe=efòe/ Frequency of mode class 16 = 3 × 21 - 2 mean
f0 = yenguekeâ Jeie& keâs "erkeâ henues keâer DeeJe=efòe/Frequency 63 − 16
Mean =
immediately preceding from mode class 2
f2 = yenguekeâ Jeie& keâs "erkeâ yeeo keâer DeeJe=efòe/ Frequency 47
Mean = = 23.5
immediately following mode class 2
h = Jeiee&vlej/Interval Ex. : ceeOÙe · 20, yenguekeâ = 18 , ceeefOÙekeâe = ?
Mean = 20, Mode = 18, Median = ?
Ex.: efvecve mecebkeâ ceeuee mes yenguekeâ (Mode) %eele keâjW :
Sol. Mean-Mode = 3 (Mean-Median)
Find the mode from the given observation : 20-18 = 3 (20 – median)
Øeehleebkeâ (Score) : 0-10 10-20 20-30 3040 40-50 2 = 60 – 3 median
efJeÅeeefLe&ÙeeW keâer mebKÙee : 5 7 15 25 8 3 median = 60-2
(No. of students) 58
Solution : median = = 19.33
3
meebefKÙekeâer 185 YCT
 3 ( N + 1)
efJeYeepeve cetuÙe (Partition Value) Q3 = Jee@B heo
4
JÙeefòeâiele ßesCeer ceW ØeLece (Q1) Deewj le=leerÙe ÛelegLe&keâ (Q3) 3
= (9 + 1) ⇒
3 (10)
keâer ieCevee (Calculation of Q1 and Q3 in Individual 4 4
series)–Fme ßesCeer ceW meJe&ØeLece heoeW keâes Deejesner ›eâce ceW JÙeJeefmLele = 3 × 2.5
keâj efueÙee peelee nw leye/then, = 7.5Jee@B heo
In this series first of all the terms are arranged in 7.5Jee@B heo (Q3 ) = 7 Jee@B heo + 0.5 (8Jee@B heo - 7Jee@B heo)
ascending order.
= 12 + 0.5 (13 − 12)
(N + 1) 3 ( N + 1)
Q1 = Jee heo Q3 = ⇒ 12 + 0.5 × 1
4 4
Q3 ⇒ 12.5 Ans.
ØeMve: efvecve mecebkeâes ceW ØeLece SJeb le=leerÙe ÛelegLe&keâ (First &
Third Quartiles) keâer ieCevee keâjeW? melele ßesCeer ceW Q1 & Q3 keâer ieCevee–
18, 24, 21, 19, 23, 25, 20 1 
Solve :  N − F
Q1 = ℓ +  4 h
Deejesner ›eâce ceW ueieeves hej (In ascending order), f
18, 19, 20 21 23 24 25
N=7 3 
 N − F
 N +1 7 +1 Q3 = ℓ +  4 h
Q1 ⇒   Jee@B heo ⇒ Jee@B heo f
 4  4
8 Where : ℓ = lower limit of the Quartiles class
= = 2 Jee@B heo
4 N= Total frequency.
otmeje heo Q1 =19 F= C.f. of the class preced the quartile class
3(N + 1) 3(7 + 1) f= frequency of the quartile class
Q3 ⇒ Jee@B heo ⇒ Jee@B heo
4 4 h= internal of the quartile class
3× 8 ØeMve : efvecve meceb›eâceeuee mes Q1 leLee Q3 keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS?
⇒ ⇒ 6 Jee@B heo
4 Find the Q1 and Q3 from the following
Q3 = 6 Jee@B heo = 24 observations.
Jeiee&vlej (Interval) : 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50
ØeMve: efvecve mecebkeâes mes Q1 and Q3 keâer ieCevee keâerefpeÙes?
DeeJe=efòe (f) : 8 20 35 17 10
Find Q1 and Q3 from following observations
Solve :
6, 9, 12, 8, 14, 13, 10, 8, 11
Jeiee&vlej DeeJe=efòe (f) mebÛeÙeer DeeJe=efòe
Solution : Deejesner ›eâce ceW ueieeves hej (in ascending order)– (c.f.)
6, 8, 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 0-10 8 8
N = 9 heo Q1 10-20 20 28
20-30 35 63
 N +1
Q, No =   Jee@B heo Q3 30-40 17 80
 4  40-45 10 90
(9 + 1) N=90
Q1 (N) ⇒
4 90  1 90 
Q1 = = 22.50 ∵ N= = 22.50 
10 4  4 4 
= = 2.50 Jee@B heo
4 1
N−F
2.5th Jee@B heo = otmeje heo + 0.5 (leermeje - otmeje) Q1 = ℓ + 4 h
f
= 8 + 0.5(8 − 8) 90
−8
=8 =10 + 4 × 10
20
Q1 = 8 Ans.

meebefKÙekeâer 186 YCT

  90 − 32  meleled ßesCeer ceW/In continuous series-
⇒ 10 +  
 2×4 
N 
58  − F
⇒ 10 + D1 = l +  10 ×h
2× 4 f
58
⇒ 10 +  2N 
8  − F
⇒ 10 + 7.25 D2 = l +  10  ×h
f
⇒ 17.25 Ans.
Fmeer Øekeâej DevÙe/Similarly others-
3
N−F Melecekeâ (Percentiles)– Melecekeâ (P) Jes cetuÙe nesles nw, pees
3N 90
Q3 = ℓ + 4 × h, ∵ ⇒ 3×
f 4 4 mecebkeâceeuee keâes meew yejeyej kesâ YeeieeW ceW efJeYeeefpele keâj osles nw~
= 67.5 mhe°le: kegâue efceueekeâj 99 Melecekeâ (1, 2, 3........99) nesles nw
3 FmeceW 50 JeeB Melecekeâ ceeefOÙekeâe ner neslee nw~
× 90 − 63
Q3 = 30 + 4 × 10 "Percentiles are values that divide a set of observed
17 into 100 equal parts."
270 − 252 Hence, there are 99 percentile (1, 2, 3, .......99). 50th
Q3 = 30 + × 10
17 × 4 is equal to the median.
18 9 JÙeefleiele ßesCeer leLee KeefC[le ßesCeer ceW (Individual &
Q3 = 30 + × 10 = 30 + ×5
17 × 4 17 discrete series)–

⇒ 30 +
45 Fme ßesCeer ceW meJe&ØeLece heoeW keâes Deejesner ›eâce ceW JÙeJeefmLele keâj
17 efueÙee peelee nw
⇒ 32.65 Ans.
In this series first of all the terms are arranged in
oMecekeâ (Deciles)–oMecekeâ (d) mes DeeMeÙe Gve cetuÙeeW mes neslee ascending order.
nw pees mecebkeâceeuee keâes ome meceeve YeeieeW ceW efJeYeeefpele keâj osles nw~ leye/then,
mhe°le: kegâue efceueekeâj veew oMecekeâ nesles nw~ FveceW mes D5 ceeefOÙekeâe P1 =
1
× (N + 1)
kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~ 100
Deciles are values that divides a set of observations 2
P2 = × (N + 1)
into 10 equal parts. 100
Hence, there are 9 deciles in total of these. D5 is 3
equal to the median P3 = × (N + 1)
100
Fme ßesCeer ceW meJe&ØeLece heoeW keâes Deejesner ›eâce ceW JÙeJeefmLele keâj Fmeer Øekeâej/Similarly
efueÙee peelee nw
99
In this series first of all the terms are arranged in P99 = × (N + 1)
100
ascending order.
leye/then, meleled ßesCeer ceW (Continuous series) :
N 2N
1 −F −F
D1 = × (N + 1)
10 P1 = l + 100 ×h P2 = l + 100 ×h
f f
2
D2 = × (N + 1) 3N
10 −F
P3 = l + 100 ×h
3 f
D3 = × ( N + 1)
10 Fmeer Øekeâej/Similarly
Fmeer Øekeâej/similarly 99N
−F
9
D9 = × (N + 1) P99 = l + 100 ×h
10 f

meebefKÙekeâer 187 YCT

 DeheefkeâjCe (efJe#esheCe) (Dispersion)– DeheefkeâjCe keâe ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve keâes ‘Deewmele efJeÛeueve’ DeLeJee ‘ØeLece DeheefkeâjCe
Meeefyokeâ DeLe& ‘efyeKejeJe’ Ùee ‘HewâueeJe’ (Scatteredness) nw DeheefkeâjCe Ieele keâne peelee nw~
keâe ØeÙeesie oes DeLeex ceW efkeâÙee peelee nw~ Mean deviation is called average deviation or first
The literal meaning of dispersal is 'scattering' or moment of dispersion.
'scatteredness'. Dispersion is used in two meanings. Variance : The square of the standard deviation is
(A) ØeLece DeLe&–DeheefkeâjCe mes leelheÙe& heo ßesCeer kesâ meerceevle called the variance and may be denoted
heoeW kesâ efJemleej Ùee meercee efJemleej mes nw DeLee&le DeheefkeâjCe by σ2.
Gve meerceeDeeW kesâ Devlej keâes Øekeâš keâjlee nw efpemekesâ Devleie&le V = (Sd) 2
ßesCeer kesâ heo heeS peeles nw~
V = σ2
First meaning– Dispersion means the
expansion or expansion of the limits of the σ = Variance
marginal terms of a category, that is, dispersion
reveals the difference in the limits within which σ
Coefficient of variance = × 100
the terms of the category are found. m
(B) otmeje DeLe&–DeheefkeâjCe mes leelheÙe& heoceeuee kesâ ceeOÙe mes
efueS ieÙes efJeÛeueveeW keâe ceeOÙe nw~ DeheefkeâjCe ceeheves keâer jerefleÙeeB
Second meaning– Dispersion means the mean
(Measures of Dispersion)
of deviations taken from the mean of the series.
DeheefkeâjCe ceeheves keâer cegKÙe jerefleÙeeB efvecve Øekeâej nw :
ØemejCe (Variance)
The main methods of measuring dispersion are as
ØemejCe Yeer Øeceehe efJeÛeueve hej DeeOeeefjle ceeve nw~ meeceevÙe Yee<ee follow :
ceW ØemejCe keâe DeLe& Øeceehe efJeÛeueve kesâ Jeie& (Square of standard (A) meercee jerefle DeLeJee DeheefkeâjCe keâer mLeefle ceehe :
Deviation) mes neslee nw DeLee&led Methods of limits or positional measures of
Variance is also a value based on standard deviation. Dispersion :
In common language, variance means the square of (1) efJemleej/ Range
standard deviation i.e.
(2) Devlej ÛelegLe&keâ efJemleej/ Inter Quartile Range
Variance ( V ) = (Sd) 2
(3) Melecekeâ efJemleej/ Percentile Range
SD = Variance (B) ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve jerefle DeLeJee DeheefkeâjCe keâer ieCevee ceehe :
ØemejCe keâes efÉleerÙe DeheefkeâjCe Ieele Yeer keânles nw~ Methods of mean deviations or calculation
Variance is also called second moment of measures of dispersion
dispersion. (4) ÛelegLe&keâ efJeÛeueve/ Quartile deviation
Ùeefo efkeâmeer mecebkeâceeuee mes ØemejCe keâer ieCevee keâjveer nes lees (5) ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve/ Mean Deviation
Jeie&cetue keâe ØeÙeesie efkeâS efyevee Øeceehe efJeÛeueve kesâ met$e keâe ØeÙeesie (6) Øeceehe efJeÛeueve/ Standard Deviation
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ (7) DevÙe ceehe/ Other measures
If variance has to be calculated from a data series,
(C) efyevogjsKeerÙe jerefle/ Graphic method
then the formula for standard deviation is used
without using the square root. (8) uee@jWpe Je›eâ/ Lorenz curve

meebefKÙekeâer 188 YCT

 (1) ieCevee keâer Âef° mes oMecekeâ efJemleej keâes efueKee pee mekeâlee nw~
efJemleej (Range)
From the point of view of calculation, decimal
expansion can be writer as
Ùen DeheefkeâjCe keâer meyemes mejue ceehe nw heefjYee<ee kesâ ™he
ceW,‘‘efJemleej keâe DeeMeÙe efkeâmeer mecebkeâceeuee kesâ meerceevle cetuÙeeW kesâ Devlej DR = D9 − D1
mes nw’’ DeLee&le efkeâmeer mecebkeâceeuee kesâ meyemes yeÌ[s Deewj meyemes Úesšs cetuÙe (2) Melecekeâ efJemleej meyemes DeÛÚe ceevee peelee nw~ (DevÙe efJemleejeW mes)
kesâ Devlej keâes efJemleej keânles nw~ keäÙeeWefkeâ
This is the simplest measure of dispersion. As a
Percentile range (expansion) is considered as the
definition, "expansion means the difference between the
limiting values of a data series", that is, the difference best (from other expansion) because–
between the largest and smallest value of a data series is (i) Ùen efJemleej mecebkeâceeuee kesâ Ûejce (Exterme) cetuÙeeW mes
called expansion. ØeYeeefJele veneR neslee~
Range = X max − X min This range is not affected by the extreme
DeLeJee value of data series
R =L−S (ii) Ùen ßesCeer kesâ ceOÙe kesâ 80³ cetuÙeeW hej DeeOeeefjle neslee nw~
It is based on the middle 80% value of the
∵X max = L = Largest value in the series  range.
 X min = S = Smallest valuein t he series 
  ØeMve : efvecve mecebkeâes mes Devlej-ÛelegLe&keâ efJemleej leLee Melecekeâ
efJemleej keâer ieCevee keâerefpeS?
efJemleej kesâ meehes#e ceehe/ Measurement relative to range : Find the inter-quartile range and percentile
L −S range from the following observtions.
DeLeel& e Coefficient of Range =
L+S Salary (Less than) : 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
No. of workers : 5 8 15 20 30 33 35
Devlej ÛelegLe&keâ efJemleej (Inter-Quartile Range) Solution :
Class f cf
Devlej ÛelegLe&keâ keâer ieCevee mecebkeâceeuee kesâ ØeLece ÛelegLe&keâ (Q1) Internal
leLee le=leerÙe ÛelegLe&keâ Q3 kesâ DeeOeej hej keâer peeleer nw~ P10 0-10 5 5
Inter quartile is calculated on the basis of first 10-20 3 8
quartile (Q1) of third Quartile (Q3) of the data series Q1 20-30 7 15
Inter Quartile 30-40 5 20
Q3 40-50 10 30
P90 50-60 3 33
60-70 2 35
35
I.Q.Range = Q3 − Q1 Q1 No =
4
= 8.75
Melecekeâ efJemleej (Percentile Range) N
−F
Q1 = l + 4 ×h
DeheefkeâjCe %eele keâjves kesâ efueÙes Melecekeâ efJemleej keâe Yeer ØeÙeesie f
efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw~ 35
Percentile range can also be used to determine −8
dispersion. Q1 = 20 + 4 × 10
7
Fmekesâ efueS meJe&ØeLece 90JeeB Melecekeâ (P90) leLee 10JeeB Melecekeâ
8.75 − 8
(P10) keâer ieCevee keâer peeleer nw~ = 20 + × 10
7
For this, first of all 90th percentile (P90) and 10th
percentile (P10) are calculated 0.75
= 20 + ×10
Fmekesâ he§eele met$e ØeÙeesie keâjles nw~ 7
After this the formula is used Q1 = 20 +1.07
PR = P90 − P10 PR ⇒ Percentile Range Q1 = 21.07

meebefKÙekeâer 189 YCT

 3
Q3 No = (35) ⇒ 26.25
4
ÛelegLe&keâ efJeÛeueve (Quartile Deviation)
3 efJemleej ceehe keâer jerefle ceW meerceevle heoeW (Extreme value) keâes ner
N −F
Q3 = l + 4 ×h cenlJe efoÙee peelee nw Fme keâceer keâes otj keâjves kesâ efueS ÛelegLe&keâ efJeÛeueve
f efJekeâefmele efkeâÙee~
3 In the method of measuring range (expansion),
× 35 − 20
Importance given to only extreme values. To overcome
= 40 + 4 × 10
10 shortcoming quartile deviation was developed
= 40 + 3 × 8.75 − 20 ÛelegLe&keâ efJeÛeueve keâes mhe° keâjles ngS efceume ves keâne ÛelegLe&keâ
= 40 + 26.25 − 20 efJeÛeueve oesvees ÛelegLe&keâeW kesâ hejmhej efJemleej keâe DeOe&keâ nw~
= 40 + 6.25 Explaining the quartile deviation, Mills said that the
quartile deviation is half of the mutual expansion of the
= 46.25 two quartiles
Inter Quartile Range = Q3 − Q1 Q3 − Q1
IQ Range = Q3 − Q1 Quartiledeviation (Q.D.) =
2
= 46.25 − 21.07
Q3 − Q1
I Q Range = 25.18 Ans. Coefficient of Q.D. =
Q3 + Q1
10 × 35 Ex.: For a symmetric distribution Q1 = 20 and Q3
P10 No = = 3.5th
100 = 40 The median of the data is
10 meceefceeflekeâ yebšve kesâ efueS Q1 = 20 Deewj Q3 = 40
N −F
100 DeeBkeâÌ[eW keâer ceeefOÙekeâe yeleeFS~
P10 = l + ×h
f (a) 30 (b) 20
 10  (c) 10 (d) 40
 × 35 − 0 
Ans : (a) meceefcele yebšve ceW Median
=0 +   × 10
100
5 Q + Q1
= 3
3.5 2
= × 10 = 7
5 40 + 20
=
90 2
P90 = × 35
100 60
= = 30
315 2
= ⇒ 31.5
10 Ex.: The first, second and third quantities of a
90 N frequency distribution are 10, 25 and 40
−F respectively. The quartile deviation given by–
P90 = ℓ + 100 ×h Skeâ yeejbyeejlee yebšve keâer ØeLece efÉleerÙe Deewj le=leerÙe
f
90
cee$eeSB ›eâceMe: 10, 25 Deewj 40 nQ~ cee$ee efJeÛeueve
× 35 − 30 efvecveefueefKele ceW mes keäÙee nesiee?
= 50 + 100 × 10
3 (a) 8.75 (b) 25
31.5 − 30 3
= 50 + × 10 (c) (d) 1.25
3 5
1.5 Q3 − Q1
= 50 + × 10 Ans : (c) Quartile Deviation =
3 2
= 50 + 5 Co-efficient of Quartile Deviation
P90 = 55 Q − Q1
= 3
Q3 + Q1
Percentile Range (PR) = P90 − P10
40 − 10 30
= 55 − 7 ⇒ =
40 + 10 50
= 48
3
⇒
PR = 48 5

meebefKÙekeâer 190 YCT

 ___
∑ x 2380 176
ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve (Mean deviation) X=
N
=
10
Mean deviation =
10
ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve keâes ‘Deewmele efJeÛeueve’ DeLeJee ‘ØeLece DeheefkeâjCe = 238 MD =17.6
JÙeele’ Yeer keâne peelee nw~ MD 17.6
Mean deviation is also called 'average deviation or Coefficient of MD = X = 238 = 0.074 Ans.
first moment of dispersion.
Ex.: efvecveefueefKele ceeveeW keâe efJeÛeueve heefjkeâefuele keâerefpeS
ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve mes DeeMeÙe mecebkeâceeuee ceW kesâvõerÙe ØeJe=efòe kesâ efkeâmeer
leLee efJeÛeueve iegCeebkeâ %eele keâerefpeS?
ceehe DeLeJee efkeâmeer Yeer meebefKÙekeâerÙe ceeOÙe (meceevlej ceeOÙe, ceeefOÙekeâe
Calculate the deviation of the following values
DeLeJee yenguekeâ) mes efvekeâeues ieÙes efJeefYeVe cetuÙeeW kesâ efJeÛeueveeW kesâ and find the coefficient of deviation.
meceevlej ceeOÙe mes nw~ 2, 4, 7, 8 9
Mean deviation means the mean of deviation of Solve :
values extracted from any measure of central tendency in X |dx|
the data series or any statistical mean (mean, median or
2 |2-6|=4
mode)
4 |4-6|=2
efJeÛeueve uesles meceÙe Oeve (±) Ùee $e+Ce (-) kesâ ieefCeleerÙe efÛevneW
7 |7-6|=1
keâes ÚesÌ[ efoÙee peelee nw~
8 |8-6| = 2
The mathematical signs of plus (+) or minus(–) are
9 |9-6| = 3
neglected while taking deviation.
efceume kesâ Devegmeej, ‘‘efkeâmeer heoceeuee keâe meceevlej ceeOÙe Ùee Σx=30 Σdx=12
ceeefOÙekeâe mes efueS ieÙes efJeÛeueveeW kesâ Deewmele keâes ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve keânles nw~’’ ceevekeâ efJeÛeueve (MD) = ∑ dx
According to Mills, "The average of the deviations N
taken from the arithmetic mean or median of a series is 12
=
called mean deviation." 5
1 = 2.40 Ans.
MD = ∑ fi x i − m
N efJeÛeueve iegCeebkeâ
MD N=5 Coefficient of MD
Coefficient of MD = __
X ___
X=
∑ x = 30 = 6 =
MD
N 5 x
Ex.: efvecve keâerceleeW kesâ efueS meceevlej ceeOÙe mes efJeÛeueve SJeb 2.40
Fmekeâe iegCeebkeâ %eele keâjeW? = = 0.4 Ans.
6
Calculate mean deviation & its coefficient from keâefuhele ceeOÙe efJeefOe/ueIeg jerefle efJeefOe :
mean for the following prices : Assumed Mean method/Short trick method :
210, 220, 225, 225, 225, 235, 240, 250, 270, 280
 ___ ___

Solution : ∑ dx +  X − A X  ( ∑ fb − ∑ fa )
cetuÙe ceeOÙe mes efJeÛeueve Mdx =  
Price Mean deviation n
(X) |dx| peneB Σdx =keâefuhele ceeOÙe mes efueS ieÙes efvejhes#e efJeÛeueveeW keâe Ùeesie
210 |210-238| = 28 nw~/ Sum of absolute deviation taken from the assumed
220 |220-238| = 18 mean
225 |225-238| = 13 ___

225 |225-238| = 13 X = JeemleefJekeâ ceeOÙe nw~/ Real mean

225 |225-238| = 13 ___

235 |235-238| = 3
AX = keâeefuhele ceeOÙe nw pees efJeÛeueveeW kesâ heefjkeâueve ceW ØeÙegòeâ
240 |240-238| = 2 nw~/ Assumed mean which is used to calculate
250 |250-238| = 12 deviation
270 |270-238| = 32 Σfb = JeemleefJekeâ ceeOÙe leLee Gmemes veerÛes kesâ ceeveeW keâer mebKÙee~/
280 |280-238| = 42 Number of values below the true mean
  Σfa = JeemleefJekeâ ceeOÙe mes Thej kesâ ceevees keâer mebKÙee~/
N=10, Σx=2380 Σdx=176 Number of values above the true mean
meebefKÙekeâer 191 YCT
 ceevee keâefuhele ceeOÙe · 7 ∑ fdx 392
MD = = = 7.84
Let assumed mean = 7 N 50
X |dx|(7) mes MD 7.84
Coefficient of MD = =
2 |2-7|=5 Mean 21.6
4 |4-7|=3 = 0.362 Ans.
7 |7-7|=0
Ex.: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 mebKÙeeDeeW keâe ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve keäÙee
8 |8-7| = 1
9 |9-7| = 2 nesiee?
Σx=30 Σdx=11 Mean deviation of numbers 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 is–
 ___
___
∑ dx +  X − A X  ( ∑ fb − ∑ fa )
N =5 MD =   (a) 1 (b) 1.2
n (c) 5 (d) 25
___
∑x 11 + ( 6 − 7 )( 2 − 3) Ans : (b)
X= =
5 5 x deviation from mean (5)
___
30 11 + ( −1× −1) 3 2
X= =6 =
5 5 4 1
11 + 1 12 5 0
= = = 2.4
5 5 6 1
Note : ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve keâefuhele efJeefOe mes heefjkeâefuele efJeÛeueveeW Éeje 7 2
Yeer efvekeâeuee pee mekeâlee nw Ùen efJeefOe efJeMes<e ™he mes leye ------------------------------------------------
DeheveeÙeer peeleer nw peye JeemleefJekeâ ceeOÙe efYeVeelcekeâ mebKÙee ceW 6
neslee nw (Ùen OÙeeve jns keâefuhele ceeOÙe JeemleefJekeâ ceeOÙe kesâ -----------------------------------------------
efvekeâš nes~) ∑d
Mean deviation =
The mean deviation can also be determined by n
the deviations calculated using the assumed 6
⇒ ⇒ 1.2
method. This method especially adopted when 5
the actual mean is in fractional number (keep in
mind that the assumed mean should be close to
the actual mean.)
Øeceehe DeLeJee ceevekeâ efJeÛeueve
Ex.: efvecve mecebkeâeW mes ceeOÙe kesâ DeeOeej hej ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve (Standard Deviation)
Deewj ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve iegCeebkeâ %eele keâerefpeÙes~ ‘‘Øeceehe DeLeJee ceevekeâ efJeÛeueve keâe DeeMeÙe efkeâmeer mecebkeâceeuee
Calculate the mean Deviation from the mean ceW ceeOÙe mes efueÙes ieÙes efJeÛeueveeW kesâ Jeieex kesâ meceevlej ceeOÙe kesâ
and coefficient of mean Deviation of the
following distribution :
Jeie&cetue mes nw~’’
X : 10 15 20 30 40 50 Standard deviation means the square root of the
f : 8 12 15 10 3 2 arithmetic mean of the squares of the deviations taken
Solution : from the mean in a data series.
X f fx ___ fdx JeemleefJekeâ ceeOÙe efJeefOe (Real mean method)–
dX
10 8 80 |10-21.6|=11.6 92.8 ∑ d2
SD (σ) =
15 12 180 6.6 79.2 N
20 15 300 1.6 24.0
30 10 300 8.4 84.0 ∑ fd 2
SD (σ) =
40 3 120 18.4 55.2 N
50 2 100 28.4 56.8 keâefuhele ceeOÙe efJeefOe/Assumed mean method-
N=50 Σfx=1080 392.00
2
___
∑ fx 1080 ∑ d 2 x  ∑ dx 
X= = = 21.6 SD (σ) = − 
N 50 N  N 
meebefKÙekeâer 192 YCT
ØelÙe#e efJeefOe/Direct method- 1275  −5 
2

σ= − 
2 5  5 
∑ x2  ∑ x 
SD (σ) = − 
N  N  σ = 255 − 1

∑ x 2  __ 
2 σ = 254
SD (σ) = −X = 15.937 Ans.
N  
Ex. : 5, 10, 25, 30 50 keâe ceevekeâ efJeÛeueve %eele keâjeW ØelÙe#e efJeefOe/Direct method :
Calculate the standard deviation values are 5, X X2
10, 25, 30, 50? 5 25
Solve : (1)st method 10 100
JeemleefJekeâ ceeOÙe efJeefOe 25 625
Real mean method 30 900
__
X d(x- X ) d2 50 2500
5 -19 361  
10 -14 196 120 4150
25 +1 1  
30 +6 36
efJeÛeueve MetvÙe mes efueS ieÙes ceeves pee mekeâles (ÙeneB
50 +26 676
  nw~/Here the deviation can be considered to be
N=5, Σx=120 1270 taken from zero)
___
120 N=5
X= = 24
5 2
∑ x2  X 
σ= − 
d2 N N
σ=
n 2
4150  120 
1270 σ= − 
σ= 5  5 
5
σ = 254 = 15.937 σ = 830 − 576

IInd (Method) σ = 830 − 576

keâefuhele ceeOÙe efJeefOe Éeje
σ = 254
By assumed mean method
X d(x- A) d2 σ = 15.937 Ans.
5 -20 400
heo efJeÛeueve efJeefOe/Step deviation method :
10 -15 225
25 0 0
30 5 25
∑ fd 2
50 25 625 σ=
N
  
N=5 Σd=-5 Σd2 = 1275 Ex.: efvecve mecebkeâeW mes Øeceehe efJeÛeueve keâer ieCevee keâjeW?
ceevee keâefuhele ceeOÙe (a) = 25 Calculate standard deviation of the following
Assumed value data :
2
∑d  ∑d 
2
Size : 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
σ= − 
N  n  frequency : 3 6 9 13 8 5 4

meebefKÙekeâer 193 YCT

Solution : ØelÙe#e efJeefOe/ Direct method :
JeemleefJekeâ ceeOÙe efJeefOe X f fx fx2
6 3 18 3×36=108
Real mean method
7 6 42 6×49=294
___
x f fx d = (x- X ) d2 fd2 8 9 72 9×64=576
6 3 18 -3 9 27 9 13 117 13×81=1053
10 8 80 100×8=800
7 6 42 -2 4 24
11 5 55 121×5=605
8 9 72 -1 1 9 12 4 48 144×4=576
9 13 117 0 0 0 N=48 Σfx = 432 Σfx2 = 4012
10 8 80 +1 1 8
2
11 5 55 +2 4 20 ∑ fx 2  ∑ fx 
σ= − 
12 4 48 +3 9 36
N  N 
2
   4012  432 
σ= − 
N=48 Σfx=432 Σfd2=124 48  48 

   = 83.50 − (9) 2 = 83.58 − 81

___
∑ fx 432 = 2.58
X= =
N 48 = 1.606
= 9 = 1.61

∑ fd 2 124 Ex.: In a distribution, n = 10, ∑ x = 60, ∑ x 2 = 1000

σ= = = 2.58 then standard deviation is
N 48
= 1.606 yebšve ceW n = 10, ∑ x = 60, ∑ x 2 = 1000 lees ceevekeâ
= 1.61 efJeÛeueve keäÙee nesiee?
(a) 64 (b) 8
keâefuhele ceeOÙe efJeefOe Éeje : A = keâefuhele ceeOÙe ceevee A = 8 (c) 36 (d) 6
By assumed mean method: A = Assumed mean ∑ x2
Ans : (b) SD = − (X)2
A=8 N
X f d = (x-A) fd d2 fd2 ∑ x 60
X= = =6
6 3 -2 -6 4 12 n 10
1000
7 6 -1 -6 1 6 S.D = − (6)2 = 100 − 36 = 64 = 8
10
8 9 0 0 0 0
9 13 +1 13 1 13
10 8 +2 16 4 32
DeheefkeâjCe keâer ceeheeW keâe mecyevOe
(Relation between Measures of Dispersion)
11 5 +3 15 9 45
12 4 +4 16 16 64 meeceevÙe efJelejCe (Normal Distribution) DeLeJee meeOeejCe ™he
n = 48 Σfd = 48 Σfd =172 mes Demeceefcele (Moderately Asymmetrical) yebšveeW ceW ÛelegLe&keâ
2

2 efJeÛeueve (Q.D.) ceeOÙe efJeÛeueve (M.D.) Deewj Øeceehe efJeÛeueve

∑ fd 2  fd 
σ= −  (S.D.) kesâ ceeOÙe Skeâ efveefMÛele mecyevOe heeÙee peelee nw, pees efvecve Øekeâej
N N nw–
2 Normal Distribution or moderately asymmetric
172 48
= − distributions, a certain relationship is found among
48 48 quartile deviation (Q.D), mean deviation (M.D) and
= 3.58 − 1 standard deviation (SD) which is as follows :
QD : SD = 2 : 3
= 2.58 MD : SD = 4 : 5
= 1.61 QD : MD : SD = 10 : 12 : 15

meebefKÙekeâer 194 YCT

›eâceÛeÙe Deewj mebÛeÙe/Permutation & Combination ieefCeleerÙe ®he ceW efJeMues<eCe/ Analysis in mathematical
›eâceÛeÙe SJeb mebÛeÙe keâe ØeÙeesie nce efkeâmeer oer ngF& JemlegDeeW ceW mes form : n efYeVe-efYeVe JemlegDeeW ceW mes r JemlegDeeW keâes Skeâ meeLe uesves hej
Skeâ meceÙe ceW kegâÚ DeLeJee meYeer keâes ueskeâj Gvekeâe ÛeÙeve efkeâme Øekeâej
Øeehle ›eâceÛeÙeeW keâer kegâue mebKÙee keâes Øeleerkeâ n p r DeLeJee P(n, r) mes
efkeâÙee peelee nw, Ùen %eele keâjles nw~
By using permutation and combination we find out ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee nw~
how some or all of the given items are selected at a time.
The total number of permutation obtained by taking 'r'
‘‘Ùeefo keâesF& keâeÙe& (ef›eâÙee) efYeVe-efYeVe p lejerkeâeW mes efkeâÙee pee
objects together out of 'n' different objects is represented
mekeâlee nw leLee otmeje keâeÙe& (ef›eâÙee) efYeVe-efYeVe q lejerkeâeW mes efkeâÙee pee
n
mekeâlee nw lees Gve oesveeW keâeÙeex keâes keâjves kesâ kegâue lejerkesâ p × q nesies~’’ by the symbol p r or P(n, r)
"If one action or work can be done in 'p' different n
Pr = P(n, r)
ways and second action or work can be done in 'q'
different ways, then the total ways of doing both those n
Pr = n(n − 1)(n − 2) ......r iegCeveKeC[eW lekeâ/to r factors
works will be p × q.
n n!
Pr =
›eâceÛeÙe (Permutation) (n − r)!

n! keâe DeLe&. (Meaning of n!)–1 mes ueskeâj n lekeâ keâer

›eâceÛeÙe = ›eâce + ÛeÙeve (›eâceÙegòeâ ÛeÙeve)
Permutation = order + selection (ordered meYeer Øeeke=âeflekeâ mebKÙeeDeeW DeLeJee Oeve hetCe& mebKÙeeDeeW kesâ ueieeleej
selection) iegCeveHeâue keâes Øeleerkeâ n! Ùee n Éeje JÙeòeâ efkeâÙee peelee nw efpemes
Ùeefo JemlegDeeW kesâ ÛeÙeve ceW Gvekesâ ›eâce hej Yeer OÙeeve efoÙee peeS lees
‘›eâceiegefCele n' (Factorial n) heÌ{e peelee nw~
ÛeÙeve keâe ØelÙeskeâ {bie ›eâceÛeÙe keânueelee nw~
If the order of items is also kept in mind while The consecutive product of all natural numbers or
selecting them, then each method of selection is called positive integers from 1 to n is symbolized as n! or n
permutation.
which is read as 'Factorial n'
DeLee&led/Hence,
n! = n(n–1) (n–2).................3. 2. 1
‘‘oer ngÙeer JemlegDeeW ceW mes kegâÚ DeLeJee meYeer keâes Skeâ meeLe ueskeâj
(n–1)!= (n–1) (n–2)....................3. 2. 1
GvnW efpeleves efYeVe-efYeVe ›eâceeW ceW jKee pee mekeâlee nw, GveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ
n! = n(n − 1)!
›eâce keâes ›eâceÛeÙe (Permutation) keânles nw~
Each of the different arrangements which can be = n(n − 1)(n − 2)(n − 3).............3 × 2 ×1
made by taking some or all of a number of distinct
Example : 9 = 9 × 8 × 7 × 6 × 5 × 4 × 3 × 2 ×1
objects is called permutation.
Example : leerve JemlegDeeW A, B, C ceW mes oes–oes JemlegDees keâes kegâÚ cenlJehetCe& heefjCeece/Some important results :
efvecveefueefKele ›eâceeW ceW jKee pee mekeâlee nw (i) 0! = 1
Out of 3 objects (A, B, C) taking 2 at a time total
(ii) n P0 = 1
arrangements
mhe° nw efkeâ 3 ceW mes 2 JemlegDeeW keâes Skeâ meeLe ueskeâj 6 efYeVe- efmeæ/ Proof :
efYeVe ›eâceeW ceW jKee pee mekeâlee nw~ Dele: ›eâceÛeÙees keâer mebKÙee 6 nw~ n n!
P0 =
It is clear that taking 2 out of there objects together ( n − 0)!
there are 6 different arrangements can be placed in
sequences. Hence the total number of permutation is 6. n n!
P0 = ⇒1
(AB, BA) (AC, CA) (BC,CB) n!
›eâceÛeÙe, mebÛeÙe Deewj ØeeefÙekeâlee 195 YCT
 (iii) n Pn = n! Je=òeerÙe Ùee Ûe›eâerÙe ›eâceÛeÙe/Circular Permutations–
efmeæ/Proof : oer ngF& JemlegDeeW ceW mes kegâÚ DeLeJee meYeer keâes Skeâ Je=òe keâer heefjefOe kesâ
n n! ÛeejeW Deesj efYeVe-efYeVe ›eâceeW ceW jKeves kesâ {biees keâes Je=òeerÙe Ùee Ûe›eâerÙe
Pn =
(n − n)! ›eâceÛeÙe keânles nQ~
n n! The method of placing some or all of the given
Pn = objects in different orders around the circumferences of a
0!
n! circle are called circular or cyclic permutation.
n
Pn = ⇒ n!
1 Je=òeerÙe ›eâceÛeÙe %eele keâjves kesâ met$e/ Formula to find
(iv) n Pr = n ×(n-1) P(r-1) circular permutation :
efmeæ/ Proof : oMee/ Case 1. peye oef#eCeeJele& (Clockwise) Deewj JeeceeJele&
n
Pr = n ×(n −1) P(r −1) (anticlock-wise) ›eâceeW ceW Yeso nes–
n
Pr = n ×
( n − 1)! When there is a difference between clockwise and
( n − 1 − r + 1)! anticlockwise sequences -

n!
Fme oMee ceW, n JemlegDeeW ceW mes r JemlegSB uesves hej,
n
Pr = ⇒ n Pr In this case after taking 'r' items from 'n' items
( n − r )! n
›eâceÛeÙe %eele keâjves kesâ ØecegKe met$e/Important formulas Pr
Je=òeerÙe ›eâceÛeÙeeW keâer mebKÙee =
to find permutation : r
n
kegâue JemlegSB Skeâ yeej ceW ueer ieF& ›eâceÛeÙeeW keâer no. of cyclic permutations =
Pr
/ Total JemlegSB/Items taken at mebKÙee/ r
items a time Number of efJeMes<e oMee peye r = n nes DeLee&led meYeer JemlegSB Skeâ meeLe ueer
permutation peeSB, leye oMee 1 ceW,
n r n n! in special case when r = n, means all objects (items)
Pr =
(n − r)! are taken at a time
n n n
Pn = n!
Je=òeerÙe ›eâceÛeÙeeW keâer mebKÙee/number of cyclic permutations
= (n − 1) !
n Skeâ Øekeâej keâer
p n!
Skeâ Øekeâej keâer
q p!× q!× r! oMee/Case 2. peye oef#eCeeJele& Deewj JeeceeJele& ›eâceeW ceW keâesF& Yeso ve
r Skeâ Øekeâej keâer leLee Mes<e nes/When there is no difference between clockwise and
efYeVe-efYeVe/ anticlockwise -
p is alike of one kind
Je=òeerÙe ›eâceÛeÙeeW keâer mebKÙee/number of cyclic permutations
q is alike of second
kind (n − 1)!
=
r is alike of third kind 2
and rest are different
types mebÛeÙe (Combination)
n (r) n r
efpeveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ Jemleg keâer mebÛeÙe (Combination)–Ùeefo JemlegDeeW kesâ ÛeÙeve ceW Gvekesâ ›eâce
efkeâleveer yeej Yeer hej OÙeeve ve efoÙee peeS, lees ÛeÙeve keâe ØelÙeskeâ {bie mebÛeÙe keânueelee nw~
hegvejeJe=efòe nes mekeâleer nw~/(r) DeLee&le ‘‘Jemleg ›eâce keâe OÙeeve ve jKeles ngS oer ngF& JemlegDeeW ceW mes
Each of which can be kegâÚ DeLeJee meYeer keâes Skeâ meeLe ueskeâj pees mecetn Ùee mecegoeÙe yeveles nQ
repeated any number
GveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ mecetn keâes mebÛeÙe (Combination) keânles nQ~’’
of times
If the order of items is not taken into consideration
n (r) r ×(n −1) P(r −1) while selecting them, then every method of selection is
peyeefkeâ keâesF& efJeMes<e
called combination, that means "Without keeping in mind
Jemleg DeJeMÙe ueer peeS~/(r) the order of the items, the groups are communities that are
When a particular item formed by taking some or all of the given items together is
must be taken called a combination.

›eâceÛeÙe, mebÛeÙe Deewj ØeeefÙekeâlee 196 YCT

 mebÛeÙe Deewj ›eâceÛeÙe ceW Yeso (Difference between n r n −p
Cr
combination and permutation) : efpeveceW p efJeMes<e JemlegSB
mebÛeÙe ceW Jemleg kesâ ›eâce hej OÙeeve veneR efoÙee peelee nw, peyeefkeâ meowJe
›eâceÛeÙe ceW Jemleg kesâ ›eâce hej OÙeeve efoÙee peelee nw~
ÚesÌ[ oer peeleer nw/ r
In combination, the order of the objects is not taken
into account whereas in permutation, attention is paid to In which special
the order of the objects. object 'p' is always
mebÛeÙe kesâ efueS mebkesâleve (Notation for Combination)– excluded
n efYeVe efYeVe JemlegDeeW ceW mes r JemlegDeeW keâes Skeâ meeLe uesves hej yeves n kegâue DeLeJee meYeer/ All 2n − 1
mebÛeÙeeW keâer kegâue mebKÙee keâes Øeleerkeâ n Cr Ùee C(n, r) mes ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee of them
peelee nw,
(p+q+r) JemlegDeeW keâe p, q Deewj r JemlegDeeW kesâ leerve mecetneW ceW
The total number of combination formed by taking r
objects out of n different objects together is represented by efJeYeepeve -
n
the symbol Cr or (n, r)
The distribution/division of (p + q + r) objects into
n n!
peneB/Where, Cr = three groups of object p, q and r :
r!× (n − r)!
(p+q+r) JemlegDeeW keâes p, q Deewj r JemlegDeeW kesâ leerve mecetneW ceW
cenlJehetCe& heefjCeece/Important results efJeYeeefpele keâjves keâer kegâue efJeefOeÙeeB
n
(i) Cn = 1 Total methods of dividing (p + q + r) objects into
n three groups of objects p, q and r
(ii) C0 = 1
mebÛeÙe %eele keâjves kesâ ØecegKe met$e/Important formula to (p + q + r)!
=
find combination : p!× q!× r!

JemlegSB/ Skeâ yeej ceW ueer ieF& mebÛeÙees keâer mebKÙee/

Objects JemlegSB/ Number of Number of JemlegDeeW keâe meceeve efJeYeepeve/Uniform division of
objects taken at a combination objects :
time 3p JemlegDeeW keâes p JemlegDeeW kesâ leerve efYeVe-efYeVe mecetneW ceW
n r n!
n
Cr = efJeYeeefpele keâjves keâer kegâue efJeefOeÙeeB
r!× (n − r)!
Total method of dividing 3p objects into the three
n n n
Cn = 1 different groups of p objects
n 0 n
C0 = 1 (3p)!
=
n r n −p (p!)3
Cr − p
efpeveceW p efJeMes<e
3p JemlegDeeW keâes p JemlegDeeW kesâ Skeâ pewmes leerve mecetneW ceW DeLeJee 3
JemlegSB meowJe meefcceefuele
keâer peeleer nQ~/ JÙeefòeâÙeeW ceW yejeyej-yejeyej efJeYeeefpele keâjves keâer kegâue efJeefOeÙeeB
r Total methods of dividing 3p objects into three equal
in which special groups of p objects
object 'p' is always (3p)!
=
included 3!× (p!)3

›eâceÛeÙe, mebÛeÙe Deewj ØeeefÙekeâlee 197 YCT

 ØeeefÙekeâlee (Probability) ueehueeme kesâ Devegmeej, ‘‘mecYeeJevee Devegketâue IešveeDeeW keâe meceeve
ØeeefÙekeâlee Meyo keâe Meeefyokeâ DeLe& ‘mecYeeJevee’ Ùee ‘mecYeeefJelee’ mes mecYeeJeveeDeeW Jeeueer mecemle IešveeDeeW kesâ meeLe Devegheele nw~’’
According to Laplace, "Probability is the ratio of
nw~ peye efkeâmeer Iešvee ceW mebÙeesie (Chance) Meyo peg[Ì peelee nw, favorable events to all events with equal
lees Jen Iešvee DeefveefMÛele nes peeleer nw~ Iešvee ceW DeefveefMÛele Meyo probability."
pegÌ[ves mes GmeceW mecYeeJevee GlheVe nes peeleer nw~ Ùener mecYeeJevee
Iešvee keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee keânueeleer nw~ cenlJehetCe& MeyoeJeueer (Salient terminology)
The literal meaning of the work probability is
'possibility' or the probability of an event. When the ØeÙeesie/Experiment :
word chance is added to an event, that event ØeÙeesie Meyo keâe GheÙeesie JeneB neslee nw peneB heefjCeece keâe efveOee&jCe
becomes uncertain. By adding uncertain words to an efkeâÙee peevee nw~
event, possibility arises in it. This possibility is The word experiment is used where the result is to
called the probability of the event. be determined.
mebmeej ceW meeceevÙele: oes Øekeâej kesâ ØeÙeesie nesles nw~ ØeLece Øekeâej kesâ ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ ØeÙeesie/ Random experiment : peye efkeâmeer ØeÙeesie
ØeÙeesie kesâ heefjCeece efveefMÛele nesles nw~ pewmes keâeBÛe keâe DeheJele&veebkeâ keâer hegvejeJe=efòe yeej-yeej keâer peeleer nw Deewj heefjCeece meceeve Øeehle
Ûeens, efpeme efJeefOe mes Ûeens efpeleveer yeej efvekeâeuee peeS Fmekeâe ceeve veneR nesles nw~ Ssmes ØeÙeesie ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ ØeÙeesie keânueeles nw~
meowJe 1.5 ner Deelee nw~ When an experiment is repeated again and again and
efÉleerÙe Øekeâej kesâ ØeÙeesie Jees nw, efpevnW yeej-yeej oesnjeves mes heefjCeece the results are not the same. Such experiments are
yeoue peeles nw~ DeLee&le Fvekesâ heefjCeece mebÙeesie hej efveYe&j keâjles nw~ called random experiments.
Generally there are two types of experiments in the hejKe SJeb Iešvee/Trial and event : efkeâmeer mebKÙeelcekeâ DeekeâÌ[eW
world. The results of the first type of experiment are keâes Øeehle keâjves kesâ efueS efkeâS ieÙes ØeÙeesie DeLeJee DeheveeÙeer ieÙeer
definite.
Øeef›eâÙee keâes ‘hejKe’ keânles nw~
For example, no matter how many times the
refractive index of glass is calculated, its value The experiment or process adopted to obtain any
always comes to 1.5. numerical data is called trial.
The second type of experiments are those whose Ex. : efmekeäkesâ keâe GÚuevee (efkeâleveer yeej)/ Coin tossing (how
results change when repeated repeatedly. That is, many times)
their results depend on chance. hee@mes keâe uegÌ{keâvee (efkeâleveer yeej)/Dice rolling (how many
Ex. : times)
(i) efmekeäkesâ keâes heWâkeâves mes Ùen efveefMÛele veneR neslee efkeâ Thej Meer<e& efkeâÙes ieÙes ØeÙeesie kesâ yeeo Øeehle heefjCeece Iešvee keânueeles nw~/ The
DeeSiee Ùee hegÛÚ~/ By throwing a coin it is not certain results obtained after an experiment are called
whether it will come up head or tails. events
(ii) heeBmes keâes ÙeÂÛÚÙee hesâkeâves mes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 keâewve mee Debkeâ Ex. : efmekeäkesâ keâe efmej Ùee hegÛÚ Deevee heeBmes keâe keâesF& Debkeâ
Thej DeeSiee efveefMÛele veneR nw~/ It is not certain which (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) Deevee~/A coin getting heads or tails, a
number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 will come up by throwing the dice getting any number (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6).
dice at random.
meJeeËiehetCe& IešveeSb/ Exhaustive event– Skeâ ÙeeÂefÛÚkeâ ØeÙeesie
Dele: efÉleerÙe Øekeâej kesâ ØeÙeesie (pees ØeejcYe ceW pegDeejer Deewj
mešesefjÙeeW efkeâÙee keâjles Les) kesâ DeOÙeÙeve keâes ner ØeeefÙekeâlee keânles nw~ kesâ mecYeeefJele heefjCeeceeW keâer kegâue mebKÙee ØeÙeesie kesâ efueÙes meJeeËiehetCe&
Therefore, the study of the second type of
IešveeSs keânueeleer nw~
experiment (which was initially done by gamblers The total number of possible outcomes of a random
and (speculators) is called probability. experiment is called the exhaustive events.
keâeve&j ves keâne, ‘‘mecYeeJevee DeefveefMÛele IešveeDeeW kesâ yeejs ceW Ex. : Skeâ efmekeäkesâ kesâ GÚeue mes efÛele Ùee heš Øeehle nes mekeâlee nw~
ceefmle<keâ keâer Skeâ efmLeefle nw~’’ Dele: meJeeËiehetCe& IešveeDeeW keâer mebKÙee 2 nesieer~
Carner said, "Probability is a state of mind about A coin can be tossed to get heads or tails. Hence the
uncertain events." number of exhaustive events will be 2.
Maths Capsule 198 YCT
 ÛetBefkeâ Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee ± ve Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = K (a + b)
ieefCeleerÙe JÙeeKÙee (Mathematical explanation) Since the probability of occurrence + the probability
of not occurrence = K (a + b)
Ùeefo efkeâmeer ØeÙeesie ceW Iešvee E, a efJeefOeÙeeW mes Ieš mekeâleer nw Deewj ÛetBefkeâ Iešvee Ùee lees Ieefšle nesieer Ùee Ieefšle veneR nesieer, Dele: Iešves
b efJeefOeÙeeW mes veneR Ieš mekeâleer nw Deewj FveceW mes ØelÙeskeâ efJeefOe
keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee Deewj ve Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâleeDeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue K (a
mecØeeefÙekeâ (Equally likely) nes DeLee&led Fve meye efJeefOeÙeeW keâer + b) nw, pees efveefMÛelelee DeLeJee ÙeLeeLe&lee efve™efhele keâjsiee~
mecYeeJevee meceeve ™he mes nes, Since the event will either occur or will not occur,
If in an experiment an event E can occurs by 'a' hence the sum of the probability of occurrence and
methods and cannot occur by b methods and each of the probabilities of not occurring is K(a + b), which
these methods is equally likely, that is, all these is the certainty represent accuracy.
methods have equal probability, then, the event will Ùeefo efveefMÛelelee keâes FkeâeF& ceeve ues
occur. If certainty is taken to be unit,
lees/then, K(a + b) = 1
Iešvee Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/Probability of occurrence 1
K=
a a+b
=
a+b Fme Øekeâej Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Thus the probability of
Iešvee ve Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/Probability of event not a
occurrence = = P(E)
occurring =
b a+b
a+b Iešvee ve Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ The probability of not
Ùeefo Iešvee E kesâ nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee keâes P(E) mes JÙeòeâ keâjW lees/ b
occurrence = = P(E)
If the probability of occurrence is P(E) then a+b
P(E) =
a Iešvee E keâes E keâer hetjkeâ Iešvee keânles nw~ Ùeefo Iešvee nesves keâer
a+b ØeeefÙekeâlee keâes P mes efve™efhele keâjW Deewj ve nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee keâes
Fmeer Øekeâej Ùeeefo Iešvee E kesâ ve nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee P(E) nes lees/ If q mes metefÛele keâjW lees,
the probability of not occurrence is P(E) then The event E is called the complementary of E. If the
b probability of occurrence of an event is denoted by P
P(E) = and the probability of not occurrence is denoted by
a+b
q, then,
Ex. : Skeâ ueešjer ceW 6 efškeâšs Fveece keâer nw 11 efškeâšs Keeueer nw~ lees a b
Fveece Øeehle keâjves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee leLee Fveece ve Øeehle keâjves keâer P(E) + P(E) = P + q = + =1
a+b a+b
ØeeefÙekeâlee~/ In an lottery, there are 6 prize tickets and q = 1− P
11 tickets are vacant. So the probability of getting
the reward and the probability of not getting the Ùee/or P(A) '+ P(A) = 1
reward. efkeâmeer Iešvee kesâ nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/Probability of
6 6 a
Sol. : P(E) = ⇒ occurrence of an event =
6 + 11 17 a+b
P(E) =
11
⇒
11 Fmekes â mLeeve hej keâYeer
- keâYeer Fme Øekeâej Yeer efueKeles nw efkeâ Iešvee keâe
6 + 11 17 Devegketâue mebÙeesieevegheele (Odds in favour of an event) = a : b
peye nce keânles nw efkeâ keâesF& Iešvee a Øekeâej mes Ieš mekeâleer nw Deewj Iešvee keâe Øeefleketâue mebÙeesieevegheele (Odds in against of an
b Øekeâej mes veneR Ieš mekeâleer nw lees Ssmee keânves keâe DeLe& Ùen nw event) = b : a
efkeâ Iešvee kesâ Iešves Deewj ve Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee a : b kesâ Ex. : Skeâ Iešvee kesâ Devegketâue mebÙeesieevegheele 3 : 5 nes, lees Gmekesâ Iešves
Devegheele ceW nw~ Ùeefo Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee Ka mes metefÛele keâjs peneB keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee %eele keâjeW?
K keâesF& DeefveOee&efjle DeÛej nes, lees Iešvee kesâ Demeheâue nesves keâer If the chance of favorable ratio of an event is 3 : 5
ØeeefÙekeâlee Kb mes efve™efhele efkeâÙee peeÙesiee~ then find the probability of occurrence.
When we say that an event can happen in 'a' ways ∵ Skeâ Iešvee keâe Devegketâue mebÙeesievegheele/ The chance of
and cannot happen in 'b' ways, it means the 3
probability of the event happening and not favorable ratio =
5
happening is in the ratio a : b. If the probability of
occurrence is denoted by Ka, where K is an
Iešvee kesâ Ieefšle nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Occurrence of an event
undetermined constant, then the probability of 3 3
= =
failure of the event will be denoted by Kb. 3+5 8
Maths Capsule 199 YCT
 S (E ) Favorable outcome
ØeefleoMe&-meceef° (Sample space) P (E) = =
S(P) Total outcome
efkeâmeer ØeÙeesie kesâ heefjCeeceeW kesâ mecegÛÛeÙe keâes ØeefleoMe& meceef° keânles nw~ peneB S(E), S(P) keâe GhemecegÛÛeÙe neslee nw~
Fmes S Éeje efve™efhele keâjles nw~ Where, S(E) is a subset of S(P)
Ex. : yeejn efškeâšeW hej Skeâ-Skeâ mebKÙee 1 mes 12 lekeâ efueKeer ngÙeer
The set of results of an experiment is called sample
space. It is denoted by S. mebKÙee kesâ 2 DeLeJee 3 kesâ iegCekeâ nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee %eele keâjeW?
Ex. : Skeâ efmekeäkesâ keâes GÚeueveW ceW ØeefleoMe&-meceef° ceW oes efyevog nesles nw Find the probability of each number written on twelve
tickets being a multiple of 2 or 3, from 1 to 12?
Meer<e& (Head), hegÛÚ (Tail)
Sol. :1 mes 12 lekeâ keâer mebKÙeeDeeW ceW 2 DeLeJee 3 kesâ iegCekeâ 2, 3,
In tossing a coin, the sample space consists of two
points : head and tail. 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12 nw~ ÛetBefkeâ meceØeeefÙekeâ 12 efmLeefleÙeeW ceW mes
8 he#e ceW nw~
DeLee&led/hence, S = {H T}
In the number 1 to 12 the multiples of 2 or 3 are 2, 3,
Ex. : Ùeefo Skeâ Lewues ceW 4 ieWos efYeVe-efYeVe jbie keâer nw~ ueeue (R), 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12 since the probability is 8 out of 12
veerueer (B), heerueer (Y) Deewj mehesâo (W), Ùeefo Skeâ yeej ceW oes situations.
ieWos efvekeâeueer peeleer neW, lees Fmekeâe ØeefleoMe& keäÙee nesiee? Dele:/hence, S(P) = 12 S(E) = 8
If there are four balls of different colours in a bag. ∴ DeYeer° ØeeefÙekeâlee/required probability
Red (R), Blue (B), Yellow (Y) and White (W). If two
8 2
balls are drawn at a time what will be the sample P(E) = =
space : 12 3
Sol. : Skeâ yeej ceW keâesF&-Yeer oes ieWos efvekeâeueer pee mekeâleer nw, pees efYeVe
mecemecYeeJeer IešveeSW Ùee meceØeeefÙekeâ IešveeSW
jbie keâer nesieer lees ØeefleoMe& meceef° nw–
Any two balls can be taken out at a time, which will (Equally likely events)
be different colour, then the sample space is :
Ùeefo oes Ùee oes mes DeefOekeâ IešveeDeeW ceW mes ØelÙeskeâ kesâ Ieefšle nesves
S = {RB, RY, RW, BY, BW, YW} keâer mecYeeJevee meceeve nw lees Ssmeer IešveeSW mecemecYeeJeer IešveeSW
Ùeefo Deye ÙeeW keâne peeS efkeâ veerueer–heerueer, veerueer–mehesâo kesâ oes keânueeleer nw~
peesÌ[s ner uesves nw, lees efueKeWies– If each of two or more events, the probability of
If it is said that only two pairs of blue-yellow and occurrence is equal then such events are called
blue-white are to be taken, then we will write equally likely events.
S(E) = ( BY, BW ) Ex.: heeBmes keâer Skeâ heWâkeâ ceW 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 ceW mes efkeâmeer Yeer Debkeâ kesâ
Thej Deeves keâer ØelÙeskeâ Iešvee mecemecYeeJeer nw~
peneB S(E) Iešvee E keâes efve™efhele keâjves Jeeues efyevogDeeW keâer
For example, in a throw of a dice, every occurrence
mebKÙee nw~ of any of the number 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 coming up is
Where, S(E) is the number of points representing equally probable.
event E.
hejmhej DeheJepeea IešveeSW
mecYeeJevee keâe ØekeâšerkeâjCe
(Mutually Exclusive Events)
(Expression of probability)
Gve IešveeDeeW keâes hejmhej DeheJepeea keânles nw~ efpeveceW mes Skeâ ner
mecYeeJevee meowJe 0 mes 1 kesâ ceOÙe keâesF& mebKÙee nesleer nw~ Ùeefo Iešs (meheâue nes), DevÙe veneR Ieš mekeâleer nes~
efkeâmeer Iešvee keâe Ieefšle nesvee efveefMÛele nes lees Gmekeâer mecYeeJevee 1 Those events are called mutually exclusive, out of
nesieer Deewj Ùeefo Ùen efveefMÛele nes efkeâ Jen Iešvee keâYeer Ieefšle veneR which only one can happen (be successful) the other
can't happen.
nesieer lees Gmekesâ Iešves keâer mecYeeJevee 0 nesieer~ Ex. : Ùeefo Skeâ ®heSs kesâ efmekeäkesâ keâes hesâkeâe peeS Deewj Ùeefo Ûesnjs Jeeues
Probability is always a number between 0 to 1. If an
event is certain to happen in its probability will be one
Yeeie keâes efmej Deewj otmejs Yeeie keâes hegBÛÚ keâns Deewj veerÛes efiejves hej
(1). If it is certain that the event will never happen ef
mej Jeeuee Yeeie Thej DeeS, lees hegBÛÚ Jeeuee Yeeie Thej veneR Dee
then its probability will be zero (0). mekeâlee Deewj Ùeefo hegBÛÚ Jeeuee Yeeie Thej DeeS lees efmej Jeeuee Yeeie
‘‘efkeâmeer Iešvee E kesâ nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee S(E)/S(P) keâe Devegheele Thej veneR Dee mekeâlee~ Dele: oesveeW IešveeSW hejmhej DeheJepeea IešveeSW
neslee nw~’’ nw~
The probability of occurrence of an event E is the If a one rupee coin is tossed and the face part is
ratio S(E)/S(P). called head and other part is called tail and when it
tossed, the head comes up, then tail cannot comes up
S(E) Devegkeâtue heefjefmLeefle
P(E) = = and if tail comes up then head cannot comes up.
S(P) keâgue heefjefmLeefle Hence both the events are mutually exclusive events.
Maths Capsule 200 YCT
Ex. : efkeâmeer heo hej A keâer efveÙegefòeâ keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee 1/3 nw leLee B keâer ÙeneB hej oesveeW heòes 52 heòeeW mes ner efvekeâeues peeles nQ~ Dele: oesveeW
2/5 nw~ GveceW mes kesâJeue Skeâ ner keâer efveÙegefòeâ nes Fme yeele keâer IešveeSW mJeleb$e nw~
ØeeefÙekeâlee keäÙee nw? Here both the cards are drawn from 52 cards only.
The probability of appointment of A to a post is 1/3 Hence, both events are independent.
and that of B is 2/5. What is the probability that only (ii) E3 = {52 heòeeW ceW mes Skeâ Fkeäkeâe KeeRÛeves keâer Iešvee}
one of them is appointed. E 3 = {Event of drawing an ace from 52 cards}

Sol. : efkeâmeer heo hej A Ùee B keâer efveÙegefòeâ ceW hejmhej DeheJepeea E4 = {51 heòeeW ceW mes Skeâ Fkeäkeâe KeeRÛeves keâer Iešvee}
IešveeSW nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ Ùeefo A keâer efveÙegefòeâ nesleer nw lees B keâer veneR E 4 = {Event of drawing an ace from 51 cards

nesieer~ E 3 Iešvee kesâ Ieefšle nesves keâe ØeYeeJe E4 Iešvee hej heÌ[lee nw~

Appointment of A or B to a post is a mutually The occurrence of event E3 affects the event E4.
exclusive event, because if A is appointed then B Dele: E4, E3 hej Deeefßele Iešvee DeLeJee hejleb$e Iešvee nw~
will not be appointed vice-versa. Hence E4 is a dependent event on E3.
Ùeefo B keâer efveÙegefòeâ nesleer nw, lees A keâer efveÙegefòeâ veneR nesieer~
hetjkeâ IešveeSW (Complementary events)
Dele: FveceW mes efkeâmeer Skeâ keâer efveÙegefòeâ nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee
Hence, probability of appointment of only one Ùeefo efkeâmeer ØeÙeesie ceW ØeefleoMe& meceef° S nes leLee Fmekeâe
1 2
= + GhemecegÛÛeÙe E efkeâmeer Iešvee keâes ØeoefMe&le keâjlee nw, lees S kesâ
3 5 meehes#e E keâe hetjkeâ mecegÛÛeÙe E' Yeer Skeâ Iešvee nw, pees E keâer
5 + 6 11 hetjkeâ Iešvee keâneR peeleer nw~
= ⇒
15 15 If the sample space in an experiment is S and its
subset E represents some event, then the
mJeleb$e leLee hejleb$e (Deeefßele) IešveeSW complementary set E' of E with respect to S is also
(Independent an dependent events) an event, which is called the complementary event
of E.
efkeâmeer ØeefleoMe& meceef° keâer oes IešveeSW E1 leLee E2 nQ Ùeefo FmeceW Ex.: Ùeefo A Skeâ Iešvee nes Deewj A Gmekeâer hetjkeâ Iešvee nes, lees
mes efkeâmeer Skeâ Iešvee kesâ Ieefšle nesves DeLeJee Ieefšle ve nesves keâe
P ( A ) = 1 − P(A)
ØeYeeJe otmejer Iešvee kesâ Ieefšle nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâleeDeeW hej veneR
heÌ[lee lees oesveeW IešveeSW hejmhej mJeleb$e keânueeleer nw~ DevÙeLee If A' is an event and A is its complementary event.
then, P(A) = 1 – P(A)
IešveeSW hejleb$e (Deeefßele) IešveeSW keâner peeleer nw~
There are two events E1 and E2 in a sample space. If IešveeDeeW keâer mebef›eâÙeeÙeW (Operation of events)
the occurrence or non-occurrence of one of the
events does not affect the probability of occurrence IešveeDeeW keâe mebIe (Union of events)–Ùeefo E1 leLee E2
of the probability of occurrence of the other event, ØeefleoMe& meceef° S keâer oes IešveeSW nQ, lees Jen Iešvee efpemeceW Jes
then both the events are called mutually
meye DeJeÙeJe GheefmLele nQ, pees Ùee lees E1 ceW DeLeJee E2 ceW DeLeJee
independent. Otherwise the events are called
E1 Deewj E2 oesveeW ceW nw, IešveeDeeW E1 leLee E2 mebIe keâne peelee
dependent events.
Ex. : 52 leeMe Jeeueer ieñer mes oes heòes ›eâceevegmeej KeeRÛes peeles nw, lees nw leLee Fmes E1 ∪ E2 mes ØeoefMe&le efkeâÙee peelee nw~
oesveeW heòes oes efJeefOe mes KeeRÛes peeles nw– If E1 and E2 are two events of the sample space S,
If two cards are drawn sequentially from a deck of then the event in which all those elements are
present, which are either E1 or E2 or both E1 and E2
cards, then both the cards are drawn in two ways :
the event E1 and E2 are called and denoted by E1 ∪
(i) henuee KeeRÛee Fkeäkeâe ieñer ceW hegve: efceuee efoÙee peelee nw~
E 2.
The first ace drawn is shuffled into the deck. heeBmes keâer Skeâ hesâkeâ efueSs efÛe$e (Picture for a throw of
(ii) efvekeâeuee ieÙee heòee hegve: ieÌñer ceW veneR efceueeÙee peelee nw~ dice)-
The drawn card is not added to the deck again.
Sol. : GheÙeg&òeâ ceW S = {52 leeMe kesâ heòes}/ In the above S = {52
playing cards}
(i) E1 = {52 heòeeW ceW mes Skeâ Fkeäkeâe KeeRÛeves keâer Iešvee}
E1 = {Event of drawing second ace out of 52
cards}
E2 = {52 heòeeW ceW mes otmeje Fkeäkeâe KeeRÛeves keâer Iešvee}
E2 = {Event of drawing second ace out of 52
cards}
Maths Capsule 201 YCT
 S= heeBmes keâer hesâkeâ kesâ efueS S = {1, 2, 3, 4,5, 6} Fve mebKÙeeDeeW ceW mes efkeâmeer Skeâ kesâ Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee P1 + P2
+ P3 + ..........Pn nesleer nw~’’
S = To roll the dice = {1, 2,3, 4,5, 6}
If P1, P2, P3, ...... Pn are mutually exclusive
E1 = mece mebKÙee Øeehle keâjvee = {2, 4,6} probabilities of occurrence of n events respectively
then the probability of occurrence of any one of
E1 = To find even number = {2, 4,6}
these numbers is P1 + P2 + P3 + ......... Pn.
E2 = 5 mes keâce mebKÙee Øeehle keâjvee = {1, 2,3, 4} Ex. : efkeâmeer heo hej A keâer efveÙegefòeâ keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee 1/3 Deewj B keâer
E2 = To find number less than 5 = {1, 2,3, 4} efveÙegefòeâ keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee 2/5 nw~ GveceW mes kesâJeue Skeâ ner efveÙegefòeâ
Ex. : Ùeefo oes efmekeäkesâ GÚeues peeSW lees Jen Iešvee ceeuetce keâjeW~ nes Fme yeele keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee keäÙee nw~
If two coin are tossed find the event To probability of appointment of A to a post is 1/3
and the probability of appointment of B is 2/5. What
(i) keâce mes keâce Skeâ Meer<e& efiejs~/At least one head appears
is the probability that only one of them is appointed?
(ii) keâce mes keâce Skeâ hegÛÚ efiejs~/At least one tail appears
Sol. : efkeâmeer heo hej A Ùee B keâer efveÙegefòeâ ceW hejmhej DeheJepeea
Sol. :
IešveeSW nQ Ùeefo A keâer efveÙegefòeâ nesleer nw, lees B keâer veneR nesieer~
(i) keâce mes keâce Skeâ Meer<e& efiejves kesâ efyevog HH, HT, TH neWies~/
Events of at least one head appears HH, HT, TH Ùeefo B keâer efveÙegefòeâ nesleer nw, lees A keâer veneR nesieer~
Dele: ØeefleoMe& meceef° A = {HH, HT,TH} The appointment of A or B to a post are mutually
exclusive events. If a appointed, then B will not. If B
Therefore the model set A = {HH, HT,TH} is appointed, then A will not be. Hence, the
(ii) keâce mes keâce Skeâ hegÛÚ efiejves kesâ efyevog TT, TH, HT probability of appointment of any one of them is :
ØeefleoMe& meceef° B = {TT, TH, HT} Dele: FveceW efkeâmeer Skeâ keâer efveÙegefòeâ nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee
Events of at least one tail appears {TT, TH, HT} 1 2
= +
the model set B = {TT, TH, HT} 3 5
A ∪ B = {HH, HT, TH, TT} 5 + 6 11
= ⇒
(ii) IešveeDeeW keâe meJe&efve‰ (Intersection of events)–Ùeefo E1 15 15
leLee E2 ØeefleoMe& meceef° S keâer oes IešveeSW nw, lees Jen Iešvee
efpemeceW Jes meye DeJeÙeJe meefcceefuele nesles nw lees E1 Je E2 oesveeW ceW
efceße ØeeefÙekeâlee keâe ØecesÙe
IešveeDeeW keâe meJe&efve‰ keâne peelee nw leLee E1 ∩ E2 mes ØeoefMe&le (Theorem of compound probability)
efkeâÙee peelee nw~ ‘‘Ùeefo oes mJeleb$e IešveeDeeW keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee Deueie-Deueie %eele neW,
If E1 and E2 are two events of model space S, then lees oesveeW IešveeSW (Skeâ meeLe) IešWieer~ Fmekeâer ØeeefÙekeâlee Gvekeâer
the event which includes all those elements that are
in both E1 and E2 is called intersection of events and Deueie-Deueie ØeeefÙekeâleeDeeW kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~’’
is represented by E1 ∩ E2. If the probability of two independent events are
(iii) IešveeDeeW keâe Devlej (Difference of events)– Ùeefo known separately, then both events will occur
ØeefleoMe& meceef° keâer oes IešveeSW E1 leLee E2 nQ, lees E1 kesâ Gve (simultaneously). The probability of this is equal to
meye DeJeÙeJeeW Jeeueer Iešvee keâes efpemeceW E1 kesâ DeJeÙeJe veneR nw E2 their individual probabilities.
– E1 mes ØeoefMe&le keâer peeleer nw E2, E1 keâe Devlej keânueelee nw~
Ùeefo n mJeleb$e IešveeDeeW keâer ØeeefÙekeâleeSW P1, P2, P3,.........Pn
If E1 and E2 are two events of the sample space S. neW, lees meYeer IešveeDeeW kesâ Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee P nw~
Then the event consisting of all these elements of E1 If the probabilities of independent events are P1, P2,
and which are not elements of E1 is represented by P3 ........ Pn, the probability of occurrence of all the
E2 – E1 is called difference of events. events is P.
lees/then, P = P1 .P2 .P3 ..........Pn
hetCe& ØeeefÙekeâlee keâe ØecesÙe
Note 1 : Ùeefo Skeâ ØeÙelve ceW efkeâmeer Iešvee kesâ nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee P
(ØeeefÙekeâlee keâe ÙeesieMeerue iegCe)
nes, lees r ØeÙelveeW ceW ueieeleej Fmekesâ nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee
(Theorem of total probability or
additive property of probability) P.P..........r yeej = Pr nesleer nw~
If the probability of occurrence of an event is one
‘‘Ùeefo P1, P2, P3.........Pn hejmhej DeheJepeea (Mutually attempt is P, then the probability of its happening in
exclusive) n IešveeDeeW kesâ Iešves keâer ›eâceMe: ØeeefÙekeâleeSW nes lees consecutive 'r' attempts is P. P ...... r times = Pr.
Maths Capsule 202 YCT
Note 2 : Ùeefo n IešveeDeeW kesâ nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâleeSW P1 P2........Pn Sol. : P1 = A kesâ Éeje ØeMve nue keâjves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = 2/3
nes, lees Fve meyekesâ ve nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee nesleer nw~ Dele: FveceW mes leLee P2 = B kesâ Éeje ØeMve nue keâjves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = 3/5
keâce mes keâce Skeâ Iešvee DeJeMÙe nes Fmekeâer ØeeefÙekeâlee leye oesveeW ceW mes keâce mes keâce Skeâ Éeje ØeMve nue nes peeves keâer
If the probability of occurrence of n events are P1. P2 ØeeefÙekeâlee
......... Pn then there is a probability of not happening P1 = Probability of solving the question by A = 2/3
of all these events. and P2 = Probability of solving the question by B =
Hence, the probability of occurrence at least one. 3/5, then the probability of solving the question by at
1 − (1 − P1 )(1 − P2 ) .......... (1 − Pn ) least one of the two
= 1–(1 – P1) (1 – P2)
Ex. : leeMeeW keâer ieñer mes Skeâ-Skeâ keâjkesâ Ûeej leeMe KeeRÛes peeles nw Deewj
 2  3
GvnW efheâj ieñer ceW veneR jKee peelee nw~ yeleeDeeW Gve meyekesâ = 1 − 1 −  1 − 
 3 5
yeeoMeen nesves keâer keäÙee ØeeefÙekeâlee nw? 1 2
Four cards one by one from the deck of cards are = 1− ×
3 5
drawn and are not put back into the deck, then find
15 − 2 13
what is the probability of them all being kings? ⇒ =
15 15
Sol. : 52 leeMe keâer ieñer ceW 4 yeeoMeen nesles nQ~ Dele: Skeâ yeeoMeen
KeeRÛeves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = 4/52 ÛetBefkeâ KeeRÛes ngÙes leeMe keâes efheâj mes
ieñer ceW veneR jKee peelee nw~ Dele: Mes<e 51 leeMe jn peeles nw Deewj ieefCeleerÙe ØelÙeeMee
Ùeefo yeeoMeen KeeRÛe efueÙee ieÙee, lees Mes<e leerve yeeoMeen jn ieÙes (Mathematical expectation)
Dele: otmejer yeej yeeoMeen KeeRÛeves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = 3/51 ‘‘Ùeefo efkeâmeer keâeÙe& ceW Skeâ JÙeefòeâ kesâ meheâue nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee P
nes Deewj M Jen Oeve nes pees meheâue nesves hej Jen Øeehle keâjsiee, lees
Fmeer Øekeâej leermejer yeej Deewj ÛeewLeer yeej yeeoMeen KeeRÛeves keâer
ØeeefÙekeâleeSW ›eâceMe: 2/50 Deewj 1/49 nesieer~ Oeve PM Gmekeâer ØelÙeeMee nesieer~’’
If P is the probability of a person succeeding in a
∵ IešveeÙeW mJeleb$e nw, task and M is the money he will receive if the he
4 3 2 1 succeeds, then P × M is his expectation.
Dele: DeYeer° ØeeefÙekeâlee = × × ×
Ex. : A Deewj B Skeâ heeBmes keâes 1100 ®heS kesâ Fveece hej hesâkeâles nw
52 51 50 49
1 pees Gme efKeueeÌ[er Éeje peerlee peelee nw pees henues 6 heWâkeâlee nw~
=
270 725 Ùeefo A ves henues heeBmee heWâkeâe, lees Gvekeâer ›eâceMe: keäÙee ØelÙeeMeeSW
There are 4 kings in a deck of 52 cards so one nQ~
4 A and B throw a dice for a price of Rs. 1100 which
probability of drawing the king = . Since the
52 is won by the player who throws b first. If A throws
drawn card in not put back into the deck. Hence the the dice first, what is this respective expectations?
remaining 51 cards remain and so one. Sol. : Ú: heWâkeâves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = 1/6
3 1
Second time probability = Probability of throwing a six =
51 6
Third time probability =
2 henues heWâkeâves ceW A kesâ peerleves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = 1/6 nw Deewj Fme
50 yeele keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee efkeâ B keâes DeJemej efceuesiee 5/6 nw, keäÙeeWefkeâ
1 Gme DeJemLee ceW A nej peeSsiee~
Fourth time probability =
49 The probability of A of winning in the first throw is
4 3 2 1 1 1
Required probability = × × × = = and the probability that B will get the chance is
52 51 50 49 270725 6
Ex. : A kesâ Éeje Skeâ ØeMve nue keâjves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee 2/3 nw, leLee B 5
kesâ Éeje Fmes nue keâjves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee 3/5 nw~ Fve oesveeW ceW mes 6
, because in that case A will loss.
keâce mes keâce Skeâ Éeje ØeMve nue nes peeves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee %eele 5 1
keâerefpeS? Dele: henues heWâkeâves ceW B kesâ peerleves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = ×
6 6
The probability of A solving a question is 2/3, and Therefore, probability of 'B' winning in the first
the probability of B solving it is 3/5. Find the
5 1
probability that the question will be solved by at throw = ×
least one of these two? 6 6

Maths Capsule 203 YCT

 5 5 1 6
otmejs heWâkeâves ceW Akesâ peerleves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = × × Dele: A keâer ØelÙeeMee = × 1100 ®heS
6 6 6 11
(keäÙeeWefkeâ Gme DeJemLee ceW B nej Ûegkeâe nesiee~) = 600 ®heS
In second throw probability of 'A' winning = Hence, A's expectation = 6 × 1100 rupees
5 5 1 11
× × (Because in that case B would have lost) = 600 rupees
6 6 6
otmejer yeej heWâkeâves ceW B kesâ peerleves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability leLee B keâer ØelÙeeMee = 5 × 1100 ®heS
11
of B winning in second throw
= 500 ®heS
5 5 5 1
= × × × 5
6 6 6 6 and B's expectation = × 1100 rupees
3 11
5 1 = 500 rupees
=  ×
6 6
leermejer yeej heWâkeâves ceW A kesâ peerleves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability mecegÛÛeÙe efmeæevle DeeOeeefjle ØeeefÙekeâlee ØecesÙe
of A winning in third throw (Probability theorem based on set theory)
4
5 1
=  ×
6 6 (i) Ùeefo E1 Je E2 oes IešveeSW nes, lees/ If E1 and E2 are two
leermejer yeej heWâkeâves ceW B kesâ peerleves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability events, then
of B winning in third throw P ( E1 − E 2 ) = P ( E1 ) − P ( E1 ∩ E 2 )
5
5 1
=   × ........ FlÙeeefo~
6 6
Dele: A kesâ peerleves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Hence, the probability of
A winning
2 4
1 5 1 5 1
= +     +   + ......... (ii)ØeeefÙekeâlee keâe ÙeesieMeerue ØecesÙe (Additive theorem of
6 6 6 6 6
probability)–
1  5 5 
2 4

⇒ 1 +   +   + ....... (a) Ùeefo efkeâmeer ØeefleoMe& meceef° S keâer oes IešveeSW E1 leLee E2 nQ, lees
6   6   6   oesveeW IešveeDeeW keâer ØeeefÙekeâleeDeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue oesveeW IešveeDeeW kesâ
  mebIe Deewj meJe&efve‰ keâer ØeeefÙekeâleeDeeW kesâ Ùeesieheâue kesâ yejeyej neslee
1 1  6 nw~
⇒  =
6  1 − 25  11 If there are two events E1 and E2 in a sample space,
 36  then the sum of the probability of both the events is
equal to the sum of the probability of the union of
∵ iegCeeslòej ßesCeer cesW ( a + ar + ar 2 + ..... ∞ )  the intersection of both events.
 
 a  P ( E1 ) + P ( E 2 ) = P ( E1 ∪ E 2 ) + P ( E1 ∩ E 2 )
 Sn = 
a−r
Ùee/or
∵ in geometric series ( a + ar + ar 2 + ..... ∞ ) 
  P ( E1 ∪ E 2 ) = P ( E1 ) + P ( E 2 ) − P ( E1 ∩ E 2 )
 a  Ùeefo E1 leLee E2 hejmhej DeheJepeea IešveeSW nQ, lees IešveeDeeW keâer
 Sn =  (b)
a−r
ØeeefÙekeâleeDeeW keâe Ùeesieheâue oesveeW IešveeDeeW keâer ØeeefÙekeâleeDeeW kesâ
B kesâ peerleves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/probability of B winning : meefcceueve kesâ yejeyej neslee nw~
3 5
5 1 5 1 5 1 If E1 and E2 one mutually exclusive events then the
= × +   × +   × + .........
6 6 6 6 6 6 sum of the probability is of individual events is
equal to the sum of probabilities of both the events.
1 5  5 5 
2 4

⇒ × 1 +   +   + ........ ∵ P ( E1 ∪ E 2 ) = P ( E1 ) + P ( E 2 ) − P ( E1 ∩ E 2 )
6 6   6   6   Ùeefo IešveeSW DeheJepeea nw~/If the events are exclusive,
5 1 5 lees/then, P ( E1 ∩ E 2 ) = 0
⇒ × =
36 1 − 25 11
36 Dele:/hence, P ( E1 ∪ E 2 ) = P ( E1 ) + P ( E 2 )
Maths Capsule 204 YCT
Ex. : Ùeefo 10 efškeâšeW hej 1 mes 10 lekeâ keâer (ØelÙeskeâ hej Skeâ) Dele: Fme ueIegke=âle ØeefleoMe& meceef° hej E2 keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee
mebKÙeeSW efueKeer ieÙeer nw~ keâesF& mebKÙee oesnjeF& veneR ieÙeer nw~ Ùeefo n ( E1 ∩ E 2 )
A Skeâ Ssmeer Iešvee nw~ efpemeceW efJe<ece mebKÙeeÙeW nes Deewj B Skeâ nesieer~
n ( E1 )
Ssmeer Iešvee nes, efpemeceW 3 mes efJeYeepÙe mebKÙee nes, lees efoKeeDeeW
Therefore, the probability of E2 on this reduced
efkeâ,
n ( E1 ∩ E 2 )
P ( A ∪ B ) = P ( A ) + P ( B) − P ( A ∩ B) sample space is
n ( E1 )
If number from 1 to 10 (one on each) are written on
10 tickets. No number are repeated if A is such Fmeer keâes E2 Iešvee keâer ØeefleyevOeer ØeeefÙekeâlee E1 kesâ Ieefšle nesves kesâ
event in which there are odd numbers and B is an ØeefleyevOe kesâ DeeOeej hej keâne peelee nw~
event in which number divisible by 3 is marked. The This is called the restricted probability of event E2
show P (A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A ∩ B).
on the basis of the restriction of occurrence E1.
Sol. : ØeefleoMe& meceef°/Sample space = {1, 2,3,.........10}
E2 n ( E1 ∩ E 2 )
A = {1, 3, 5, 7, 9} Dele:/hence, P =
E1 n ( E1 )
B = {3, 6, 9}
Fmeer Øekeâej/similarly, P
E2 (E ' ∩ E 2 )
=n 1
5 1 3 n ( E '1 )
P (A) = = , P ( B) = E1
10 2 10
A ∪ B = {1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9} Ex. : efkeâmeer efJeÅeeueÙe keâer Skeâ keâ#ee ceW 80 efJeÅeeLeea nw~ efpemeceW 50 ves
ieefCele, 40 ves meebefKÙekeâerÙe Deewj 10 ves oesveeW efJe<eÙe ues jKes nw~
A ∩ B = {3, 9}
efkeâmeer Úe$e keâes ÙeÂÛÚÙee Ûegvee peelee nw~ ØeeefÙekeâlee %eele keâerefpeSs
6 3
P ( A ∪ B) = = efkeâ Jen meebefKÙekeâerÙe keâe Úe$e nw~
10 5
2 1 There are 80 students in a class of a school. In which
P ( A ∩ B) = 50 have taken Mathematics, 40 have taken statistics
10 5
and 10 have taken both the subjects. A student is
1 3 1 3
∴ P ( A ) + P ( B) − P ( A ∩ B) = + − = selected at random. Find the probability that he is a
2 10 5 5
student of statistics.
P ( A ∪ B ) = P ( A ) + P ( B) − P ( A ∩ B)
Sol. : ceevee ieefCele kesâ Úe$eeW keâe mecegÛÛeÙe M leLee meebefKÙekeâerÙe kesâ
ØeefleyevOeer ØeeefÙekeâlee Úe$eeW keâe mecegÛÛeÙe S nw~
Let the set of mathematics students be M and the set
(Conditional probability)
of statistics student be S.
ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâmeer ØeefleoMe& meceef° keâer oes IešveeSW E1 leLee E2 ∴ n ( M ) = 50, n (S ) = 40
nw~
n ( M ∩ S) = 10
leLee P ( E1 ) ≠ 0
Suppose there are two events E1 and E2 in a sample ∵ keâesF& Skeâ Úe$e 80 Øekeâej mes Ûegvee pee mekeâlee nw~/ Only
space and P(E1) ≠ 0.
one student can be selected in 80 ways
Ùeefo Ùen ceeve efueÙee peeS efkeâ Iešvee E1 Ieefšle nesleer nw lees nce
50 5 40 1
hetjs ØeefleoMe& meceef° S kesâ meYeer lelJeeW keâes Âef° ceW jKekeâj kesâJeue P (M) = = , P (S ) = =
80 8 80 2
E1 kesâ lelJeeW hej ner efJeÛeej keâjWies~ Fme ØeefleyevOe kesâ Devleie&le
10 1
ueIegke=âle ØeefleoMe& meceef° (Reduced sample space) kesâJeue E1 P ( M ∩ S) = =
80 8
ner nesiee~ Deye E1 kesâ Ieefšle nesves kesâ efueÙes Ùen DeeJeMÙekeâ nw efkeâ
Dele: meebefKÙekeâerÙe keâe Úe$e nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee, Ùeefo Jen ieefCele
E1 ∩ E 2 keâesF& efyevog (DeJeÙeJe) heeÙee peeS~
keâe Úe$e nw~
If it is assumed that the event E1 occur, then
considering all the elements of the complete sample Hence the probability of being a student in
space S, we will consider only the elements of E1. mathematics is
Under this restriction the sample space will be E1 P (S ∩ M ) P ( M ∩ S) 1/ 8 1
only. Now for the occurrence for E1, it is necessary P (S / M ) = = = =
P (M) P (M) 5/8 5
that some point (element) E1 ∩ E2 be found.
Maths Capsule 205 YCT
 Sol. : Lewues ceW 3 ieWboW efYeVe-efYeVe jbieeW keâer nQ~ Ùeefo ueeue keâes R mes,
efceße ØeeefÙekeâlee ØecesÙe veerueer keâes B mes leLee heerueer keâes Y mes efve®efhele efkeâÙee peeS, lees
(Compound probability theorem)
Fme hejer#eCe keâe ØeefleoMe& meceef°
(i) Ùeefo oes IešveeDeeW E1 leLee E2 kesâ meeLe Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee, E1 There are 3 balls of different colour in the bag. If red
keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee leLee E2 keâer ØeefleyebOeer ØeeefÙekeâlee, peyeefkeâ E1 Ieš is denoted by R, blue by B and yellow by Y, then the
Ûegkeâer nw, kesâ iegCeveheâue kesâ yejeyej neslee nw DeLee&led sample space of this test is :
If the probability of occurrence of two events E1 and S = {RB, BY, YR, BR, YB, RY}
E2 is equal to the product of the probability of E1 and
the restricted probability of E2 when E1 has occurred ØeefleoMe& meceef° %eele keâjvee
i.e. (Find the sample space)
E
P ( E1 ∩ E 2 ) = P 2 .P ( E1 ) Ex. : Skeâ efmekeäkesâ keâes Øeef#ehle keâjves hej ØeefleoMe& meceef°
E1
efueefKeS~
(ii) Ùeefo oes IešveeSW E1 leLee E2 mJeleb$e nes, lees Gvekesâ Skeâ meeLe
Write the sample space for throwing a coin.
Iešves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee, Gvekeâer Deueie-Deueie ØeeefÙekeâleeDeeW kesâ
Sol. : Skeâ efmekeäkesâ keâes Øeef#ehle keâjves hej ØeefleoMe& meceef°,
iegCeveheâue kesâ yejeyej neslee nw DeLee&led
If two events E1 and E2 are independent, then the On throwing a coin, the sample space,
probability of their occurring together is equal to the S = {H, T}.
product of their individual probability i.e. Ex. : Skeâ heemes keâes Øeef#ehle keâjves hej ØeefleoMe& meceef° efueefKeS~
( )
P E1 ∩ E 2 = P ( E1 ) .P ( E 2 ) Write the sample space for throwing a dice.
Ex. : leeMe kesâ 52 meeceevÙe heòeeW keâer ieñer ceW mes 2 heòes Skeâ-Skeâ Sol. : Skeâ heemes keâes Øeef#ehle keâjves hej ØeefleoMe& meceef°,
keâjkesâ efvekeâeues peeles nw~ ØeeefÙekeâlee %eele keâjeW peyeefkeâ ØeLece heòee On throwing a dice, the sample space,
Fkeäkeâe leLee otmeje jbieerve heòee (Honour card) nes~ otmeje heòee S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
efvekeâueves kesâ hetJe& henues heòes keâer ieñer ceW Jeeheme veneR jKee peelee Ex. : Skeâ efmekeäkeWâ keâes Ûeej yeej GÚeuee ieÙee nQ~
nw~ If a coin has been tossed four times :
From a deck of 52 common cards, 2 cards are taken Sol. : ∵ nce peeveles nQ efkeâ efmekeäkesâ keâes peye nce GÚeueles nQ lees
out one by one. Find the probability when the first
card is Ace and the second is Honor card. The first
mecYeJele: efÛeòe (H) Ùee hešd (T) Dee mekeâlee nw~ Dele: efmekeäkesâ
card is not put back into the deck before the second keâes 4 yeej GÚeueves mes ØeefleoMe& meceef°,
card is drawn. If a coin is tossed four time then the number of sample
Sol. : jbieerve heòee (Honour card) keâe leelheÙe& Fkeäkeâe, yeeoMeen, space will be = 24 = 16
yesiece leLee iegueece mes nw~ S = {HHHH, HHHT, HHTH, HTHH, THHH, HHTT,
Honour card refers to Ace, King, Queen and Jack. HTHT, HTTH, THHT, THTH, TTHH, HTTT,
ceeve ueerefpeS efkeâ Fkeäkeâe efvekeâueves keâer Iešvee E1 leLee Honour THTT, TTHT, TTTH, TTTT}
card efvekeâueves keâer Iešvee E2 nw~ Ex. : Skeâ heeBmee oes yeej Øeef#ehle efkeâÙee ieÙee nw~
Suppose the event of drawing an ace is E1 and the A dice is thrown twice :
event of drawing honour card is E2. Sol. : JÙeehekeâ ™he mes ØelÙeskeâ heefjCeece keâes ›eâefcele Ùegice (x, y) Éeje
4 1  E 2  15 5 efve®efhele efkeâÙee pee mekeâlee nw peneB x henues heeBmes hej Deewj y otmejs
P ( E1 ) = = leLee P   = =
52 13 E
 1 51 17 heemes hej Øekeâš nesves Jeeueer mebKÙeeSB nQ~ Dele: ØeefleoMe& meceef°
Dele: efceße ØeeefÙekeâlee mes/Hence, from the mixed efvecveefueefKele nw :
probability,
In general terms each outcome can be represented by
 E2 
P ( E1 ∩ E 2 ) = P ( E1 ) P   an ordered pair (x, y) where x are the numbers
 E1  appearing one the first die and the numbers
1 5 5 appearing on the first dice and y are the numbers
= × = appearing on the second dice. Hence the sample
13 17 221
Ex. : Ùeefo Skeâ Lewues ceW 3 ieWos efYeVe-efYeVe jbieeW keâer nw~ ueeue (R), space is as follows :
veerueer (B), heerueer (Y) Ùeefo Skeâ yeej ceW oes ieWoW efvekeâeueer peeleer S = {(x, y) : x henues heemes hej Øekeâš mebKÙee Deewj y otmejs heemes hej
neW, lees Fmekeâe ØeefleoMe& keäÙee nesiee? Øekeâš mebKÙee nw~
If there are 3 balls of different colour in a bag. Red S = {(x, y) : x} : x is the number appearing on the first
(R), Blue (B) and Yellow (Y), if two balls are drawn dice and y is the number appearing on the second
at a time, what will be its pattern. dice.
Maths Capsule 206 YCT
DeLee&le/Hence, Dele: S = {HHHH, HHHT, HHTH, HTHH, THHH,
= {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1, 5), (1, 6), (2, 1), (2, 2), HHTT, HTHT, HTTH, THHT, THTH, TTHH,
(2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), (2, 6), (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 3), (3, 4), HTTT, THTT, TTHT, TTTH, TTTT}
(3, 5), (3, 6), (4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 4), (4, 5), (4, 6), Ex. : Skeâ Lewues ceW 4 heerues leLee 3 veerues kebâÛes nQ~ Ùeefo ÙeeÂÛÚÙee
(5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4), (5, 5), (5, 6), (6, 1), (6, 2), 1 kebâÛee efvekeâeuee peeS, lees Fme hejer#eCe keâe ØeefleoMe& meceef°
(6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 5), (6, 6)}.
Ex. : Skeâ efmekeäkeâe GÚeuee peelee nw Deewj efmekeäkesâ hej hešd Øekeâš
efueefKeS leLee efvekeâeuee ieÙee kebâÛee veerues jbie keâe nw~
There are 4 yellow and 3 blue marbles in a bag. If
neslee nw leye Skeâ heemee HeWâkeâe peelee nw~
1 marble is drawn at random, then write the
A coin is tossed and a tail appears on the coin, sample space of this test and the marble drawn is
then a dice is thrown blue in colour :
Sol. : nce peeveles nQ efkeâ efmekeäkesâ hej hešd (T) Øeehle neslee nw Deewj heemes
Sol. : ∵ Lewues ceW 4 heerues leLee 3 veerues kebâÛes nQ~
hej ›eâceMe: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Ùee 6 mebKÙee Øekeâš nesleer nw~ Dele:
4 heerues kebâÛeeW keâes ceevee Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 mes leLee 3 veerues kebâÛeeW
efmekeäkesâ hej hešd Deeves mes Skeâ heemee HeWâkeâe peelee nw DevÙeLee veneR
keâes B1, B2, B3 mes efve™efhele keâjles nw~
keâer ØeefleoMe& meceef°,
There are 4 yellow and 3 blue marbles is the bag. 4
We know that tail is obtained on the coin and the
yellow marbles are denoted as Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and 3
numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 appear on the dice
blue marbles are denoted as B1, B2, B3.
respectively. Hence, if a coin come up tail then a
dice is thrown, otherwise the sample space. ceevee Lewues ceW jKes 7 kebâÛeeW ceW mes 1 kebâÛee efvekeâeueves keâer Iešvee keâe
S = {T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6} ØeefleoMe& meceef°
Ex. : Skeâ heeBmee leLee Skeâ efmekeäkeâe GÚeuee peelee nw~ Let the sample space of events of taking out 1
marble out of 7 marbles kept in the bag be
When a dice and a coin is tossed :
Sol. : Skeâ heeBmee leLee Skeâ efmekeäkeâe GÚeueves hej ØeefleoMe& meceef°, S = {Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, B1, B2, B3} leLee B = {B1, B2,
B 3}
When a dice and a coin is tossed then sample
space will be : Ex. :
1
S = {1H, 2H, 3H, 4H, 6H, 1T, 2T, 3T, 4T, 5T, 6T} (A) efkeâmeer Iešvee kesâ Ieefšle nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee nes, lees
Ex. : ceevee efkeâ meblejeW keâer Skeâ hesšer ceW mes 3 meblejs ÙeeÂÛÚÙee 2
efvekeâeues peeles nQ~ ØelÙeskeâ meblejs keâer peeBÛe keâjves hej nce Gmekesâ Ieefšle ve nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee yeleeFS~
The probability of occurrence of an event is
Kejeye keâes D leLee mener keâes N mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nQ~ Fme
1
hejer#eCe keâe ØeefleoMe& meceef° %eele keâerefpeS~ then tell the probability of not occurring of the
2
Suppose 3 oranges are taken out at random from a event.
box of oranges. After examining each orange, we
1
mark the bad one with D and the good one with (B) efkeâmeer Iešvee kesâ Ieefšle ve nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee nes, lees
N. Find the sample space of this test : 3
Gmekesâ Ieefšle nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee yeleeFS~
Sol. : ∵ nceW %eele nw efkeâ Kejeye meblejs keâes D mes leLee mener meblejs keâes
If the probability of not occurrence of an event is
N mes ØeoefMe&le keâjles nQ~ 1
We know that bad orange is represented by D and good then tell the probability of occurring of the
3
orange is represented by N. event.
∵ hesšer ceW mes 3 meblejs ÙeeÂÛÚÙee efvekeâeues peeles nQ~ Dele: hejer#eCe keâe Sol. : (A) ∵ P(E) + P(E) = 1
ØeefleoMe& meceef°, ∴ Ieefšle ve nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of
3 oranges are drawn at random from the box. Therefore,
occurrence–
the sample space of the test,
S = {DDD, DDN, DND, NDD, NND, NDN, DNN, P(E) = 1 − P(E)
NNN} 1 1
= 1− =
Ex. : Ûeej efmekeäkesâ Øeef#ehle efkeâÙes peeles nQ~ Fme Iešvee mes 2 2
mecyeefvOele ØeefleoMe& meceef° Debefkeâle keâerefpeS~
(B) ∵ P(E) + P(E) = 1
Four coins are thrown. The sample space related to
this event will be : Ieefšle ve nesves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of not
Sol. : ∵ Ûeej efmekeäkesâ Øeef#ehle efkeâS peeSB Ùee efmekeäkeâe Ûeej yeej Øeef#ehle occurrence–
P(E) = 1 − P(E)
efkeâÙee peeS heefjCeece meceeve nw~
The result is the same whether four coins are tossed 1 2
= 1− =
or the coin is tossed four times. 3 3
Maths Capsule 207 YCT
Ex. : leerve JÙeefòeâÙeeW Éeje efkeâmeer ue#Ùe Yeso keâer ØeeefÙekeâleeSB (iv) A, B kesâ efveMeeves ueie peeÙeW efkeâvleg C keâe veneR, efpemekeâer
4 3 2 ØeeefÙekeâlee/Probability of hitting the target by A and B
›eâceMe: , , nw~ Ùeefo leerveeW efveMeevee ueieeles nQ, lees
5 4 3 4 3 1 1
but not by C = × × =
The probability of hitting the target of three 5 4 3 5
4 3 2
persons is , , respectively, then– Ûet B e f k eâ Ùes meYeer hejmhej DeheJepeea IešveeSB nQ,
5 4 3 ∵ All these are mutually exclusive event,
(a) ue#Ùe Yeso keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee %eele keâerefpeS~/ Find the Dele:/hence, DeYeer° ØeeefÙekeâlee/required probability
probability of hitting the target
2 1 2 1
(b) keâce-mes-keâce oes kesâ Éeje ue#Ùe Yesoves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee = + + +
5 10 15 5
%eele keâerefpeS~/ Find the probability of hitting the
12 + 3 + 4 + 6
target by at least two persons. =
30
Sol. : ceevee leerve JÙeefòeâ ›eâceMe: A, B Deewj C nQ leye/ Let three
25
persons are A, B and C respectively then, =
A Éeje efveMeevee ueieeÙes peeves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of 30
4 5
hitting target by A = =
5 6
B Éeje efveMeevee ueieeÙes peeves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of Ex. : leeMe kesâ 52 heòeeW keâer Skeâ Yeueer-YeeBefle heWâšer ieF& ieñer ceW
3 mes Skeâ heòee efvekeâeuee ieÙee nw~ efvekeâeues ieS heòes keâer
hitting target by B =
4 ØeeefÙekeâlee %eele keâerefpeS–
C Éeje efveMeevee ueieeÙes peeves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of A card has been drawn from a well shuffled deck
2 of 52 cards. Find the probability of the card
hitting target by C =
3 drawn
(a) A keâe efveMeevee ve ueieves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of not (i)heòee FËš keâe nw/ The card is of diamond
hitting target by A = 1 − =
4 1 (ii)heòee FËš keâe vener nw/ The card is not of diamond
5 5 (iii)heòee keâeues jbie keâe nw (DeLee&led efÛeÌ[er Ùee ngkegâce keâe)/ The
B keâe efveMeevee ve ueieves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of not card is black in colour (i.e. club and spade)
3 1 (iv)heòee keâeues jbie keâe veneR nw/ The card is not black in
hitting target by B = 1 − =
4 4 colour
C keâe efveMeevee ve ueieves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of not Sol. : leeMe kesâ kegâue heòeeW keâer mebKÙee/Total number of cards =
2 1
hitting target by = 1 − = 52
3 3 (i) ieñer ceW kegâue FËšeW kesâ heòeeW keâer mebKÙee/ Total number of
efkeâmeer keâe Yeer efveMeevee ve ueieves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of diamond cards in deck = 13
1 1 1 1
not hitting target by any one = × × = Dele: efvekeâeues ieS heòes keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee pees FËš keâe nw/ the
5 4 3 60 13 1
Dele: ue#Ùe Yeso keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee Hence, probability of hitting probability of card being a diamond = =
52 4
1 59
the target = 1 − = (ii) kegâue heòeeW keâer mebKÙee pees FËš kesâ veneR nQ/ Total number of
60 60
cards drawn which are not diamond = 52 – 13 = 39
(b) keâce-mes-keâce oes efveMeeves efvecve Øekeâej mes ueieeÙes pee mekeâles nw/ At
efvekeâeues ieS heòes pees FËš keâe veneR nw, keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/
least two targets can be hitting following ways :–
probability of the card drawn which is not diamond
(i) A, B, C meYeer keâe efveMeevee ueie peeÙes, efpemekeâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/ A,
39 3
B, C all of three hit the target then probability = =
4 3 2 2 52 4
= × × = (iii) keâeues jbie kesâ heòeeW keâer mebKÙee/ Number of black cards =
5 4 3 5
(ii) B, C kesâ efveMeeves ueie peeÙeW efkeâvleg A keâe veneR, efpemekeâer 13 + 13 = 26
ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of hitting the target by B and C Dele: keâeues jbie kesâ heòeeW keâes efvekeâeueves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/
1 3 2 1 26 1
but not by A = × × = probability of black card = =
5 4 3 10 52 2
(iii) C, A kesâ efveMeeves ueie ueeÙeW efkeâvleg B keâe veneR, efpemekeâer (iv) pees heòee keâeues jbie keâe veneR nw, Gmekeâes efvekeâeueves keâer ØeeefÙekeâlee/
ØeeefÙekeâlee/ Probability of hitting the target by A and C Probability of the card which is not black
4 1 2 2 1 1
but not by B = × × = = 1− =
5 4 3 15 2 2
Maths Capsule 208 YCT